2019 01 en PG Eee International Small PDF

Electronics and Electrical Engineering
Learning solutions for basic and advanced training

Content
Laboratory Furniture.........................................................................................8
Media .............................................................................................................14
Electricity and Electronics ..............................................................................52
Electric Power Technology............................................................................118
Industrial Motor Controls .............................................................................182
Power Transmission and Distribution...........................................................214
Communications and Radar Technology ......................................................224
Services ........................................................................................................282
Some training solutions included in this product guide do not yet fully comply with
EU directives regarding safety, health, and environmental protection (CE marking).
If you are located in a country where this marking is required, please contact your
Festo sales representative before placing an order.
1
Electronics and electrical engineering > Learning solutions
Discover a wide range of practical learning solutions

in foundational technology fields …
Comprehensive solutions Modular design concepts Safety rules! Success with seamless
interconnection of learning methods
Over the years, we have built a rich Instructors from all over the world Electric currents can be hazardous
portfolio of learning solutions cover- have access to our broad spectrum and can cause damage or injury if A broad array of products, including
ing electrical engineering and elec- of learning solutions. From self-con- not handled properly and carefully. hardware, simulation software, web-
tronics, justifiably, given their great tained training packages to full- based training products, and exten-
importance in all areas of produc- fledged systems, modularity is the During the design phase of our learn- sive curriculum, seamlessly inter-
tion, as well as process and factory common denominator. ing systems, we paid special atten- connect to provide instructors with
automation. tion to safety features – from safe the most comprehensive, industri-
connection leads to new ground- al-based training programs available
The integration of the US-Canadian Modularity enables instructors to ing methods – to avoid mishaps like worldwide.
company Lab-Volt in 2014 further exactly match requirements and ex- electric shocks and short-circuits.
strengthened our expertise by add- pand their solution over time, as Workbooks also tackle security pro-
ing new products specialized in elec- needs evolve, without unnecessary cedures to instill safe work habits
trical engineering, telecommunica- duplication of equipment, optimizing and techniques.
tions, and electronics. the return on investment.
2 www.festo-didactic.com
Electronics and electrical engineering > Learning solutions
… that answers extensive training requirements,

from fundamentals to in-depth study of specialized topics
Qualification in foundational
technologies
Electronics, electrical engineering,

and telecommunications form the
foundation of several technologies
and important new topics, like re-
newable energies, Industry 4.0,
and digitization in the industrial
and domestic worlds.
Therefore, knowledge of these

fundamental technologies – at
varying degrees – is useful for a
wide range of workers, and no lon-
ger strictly reserved for specialized
occupations, like electrical engi-
neers and electronics technicians.
Relevant and efficient learning

solutions are key in the qualifica-
tion of competent workers.
Learning solutions cover the

following technology fields
Electricity and electronics learning Electric power technology learning Communications and radar
solutions solutions technology learning solutions
Our FACET® electronics training sys- Our unique program in electric pow- This category encompasses training
tem, and several training packages, er technology addresses today’s in- systems like satellite, microwave,
help students learn electrical princi- creasingly diversified training needs. antenna, digital and communica-
ples, electronic circuitry, and compo- Covered topics include electric ma- tions, and more. The systems are
nents. Solutions cover fundamentals, chines and power circuits, motor fully operational, enabling realistic
digital and communication electron- controls and drives, power electron- learning in networks and protocols,
ics, and industrial electronics and ics, and renewable energies, as well baseband processing and modula-
electricity. as power generation, transmission, tion, transmission and propagation,
distribution, and protection. and radar technology.
www.festo-didactic.com 3
Electronics and electrical engineering > Holistic and turnkey training solutions
Holistic and Turnkey Training Solutions

Everything from a single source
Design, planning, and equipping The benefits for you

of complete technology and – Security during the planning pro-
training labs cess and professional consultation
during the entire project
Festo Didactic has set itself the goal – State-of-the-art planning tools, as
of making learning even more effec- well as a range of products which
tive, using its experience from 50 are tailored to your requirements,
years of company history to develop ensure rapid and effective progress
learning solutions, as well as lab and with projects
workshop equipment, for the train- – Investment security and optimal
ing sector. utilization of laboratories custom-
ized for your training needs
We will support you with the concep- – Professional lab design based on
tualization, planning, and equipping international standards
of your individual labs or workshops – State-of-the-art training equipment
by means of a comprehensive range that combines Festo Didactic learn-
of learning systems and a broad ing systems with products by other
spectrum of technologies in the ar- market leaders
ea of technical training. Our range
of products and services compris-
es complete learning systems, as
well as industrial training and con-
sultation.
Electronics and electrical engineering > Holistic and turnkey training solutions
We offer a comprehensive scope

of services, from project definition
and conceptual planning, to
installation of equipment and
training for:
– Industrial training centers
– Vocational training centers
– Universities and colleges
– Sixth forms
– Advanced Placement (AP)
courses
– Knowledge labs
Virtual Tour
➔ www.festo-turnkey-solutions.com
Effective learning environments

for a positive learning experience
Essential technologies Electricity/Electronics and Industry 4.0 – Highlights

Festo Didactic can develop custom- Drive Technology – Highlights – CP Factory with Industry 4.0
ized mechatronics and automation – Basic training packages as the very applications: CPS, RFID technology,
training environment needs, such as: first step of education and training NFC, Plug & Produce, standard
– Electricity/Electronics and in Automation interfaces, SOA, MES4 software,
Drive Technology – Ability to train in all aspects of Augmented Reality
– Virtual Mechatronics Electricity and Electronics, – CP Factory as a convertible factory
– Partly Automated Systems including contact-based circuits with exceptional flexibility
– Industry 4.0 and electrical drives – CP Factory Robot Cell for industrial
– Fluidics – Servo/stepper motors robotics training
– Mechanical Engineering – Connected Learning with
– CAD/CAM/CNC Tec2Screen; an innovative learning
methodology
Electronics and electrical engineering > Flexible room concepts
Flexible Room Concepts

Innovative workbenches
Equipping of learning rooms The benefits for you

according to individual During the consultation you will
requirements profit from our years of experience
not only with the training market, but
Flexible use of space also with installing various training
We will present you with an individu- centers, complete workshops, and
al concept based on the spatial con- labs. We will take into account the
ditions and specific requirements of latest safety requirements, and our
the location. In doing so, we will fo- high quality standards guarantee a
cus on cost-effective and optimal use long service life.
of space, as well as multi-functional
equipment. Training in the areas of We will be glad to provide an on-site
electrical engineering, pneumatics, concept and planning consultation.
or mechatronics, as well as theoreti
cal training or lectures, can take
place in the same room. Using the
ceiling system, industrial connectors,
and universally mobile equipment,
the room layout can be adapted in
just a few minutes.
Efficient and versatile use of rooms

saves space and cost.
Electronics and electrical engineering > Flexible room concepts
Multi-functional teaching rooms

– Individual
– Flexible
– Cost-efficient
Our room concept offers individual

options for your learning environ-
ment equipment. Mobile work-
benches and utility supplies that
you can fold back up into the
ceiling ensure flexible and cost-
efficient utilization of rooms.
Further information regarding flexible room concepts see:

➔ www.festo-didactic.com
Main components of
room concept
Storage Workstation system Power supply

Both workbenches and equipment The mobile supports for the learning The flexible ceiling system is a
can be stored clearly and compactly systems enable a high degree of holistic concept for multi-functional
in intelligent storage systems in the flexibility with virtually unlimited rooms, which enables hands-on and
same room or in an adjoining room; options. The workbenches can be theoretical teaching with appropriate
an advantageous flexibility provided optimally adapted to any teaching utility supplies. With energy, com-
by our overall concept. situation, quickly and simply. This pressed air, and a data connection
refitting option enables highly effi- directly at the learning location, the
cient space utilization, and therefore, ceiling system is ideal for basic and
the greatest possible cost efficiency specialized technical training.
and safety.
Laboratory Furniture
8
Frameline........................................................................................................10
Learnline ........................................................................................................12
9
Laboratory furniture > Frameline
Frameline
Mobile and flexible
The mobile solution Space-saving Safe storage

As the table legs are positioned In keeping with the overall concept
With the mobile workstation system, at an angle to one another, the of flexibility, Frameline mobile con-
Frameline combines the Require- models can be set up back-to-back tainers provide storage furniture
ments of a highly flexible lab or or parked one in front of the other and a standing workstation all rolled
classroom arrangement with multi- in order to save space. This ensures into one.
purpose setup possibilities, such as that space is used as effectively as
electrical engineering and pneumat- possible. The different models available pro-
ics trainings on the same furniture. vide a range of options for careful,
Flexible logical storage of teaching materials
Components with a range of and accessories.
different designs can be accommo-
dated – whether they’re an ER unit, As a result, the mobile container
a DIN A4 frame, or a profile plate. creates a structured workplace and
A mounting frame is available to suit saves time.
all inserts.
Flexible tables
Frameline side tables provide a con-
venient and secure space for setting
up devices and experiment mate-
rials. They provide extensive table
space and ample leg room. Thanks
to their sturdy, high-quality construc-
tion, the tables are guaranteed to
be suitable for even strict require-
ments. They are also available with
a fold-out table top for space-saving
storage.
10 Worldwide at your fingertips. Find your contact person at: www.festo-didactic.com

Laboratory furniture > Frameline
1 Mobile Frameline, complete 5 Frameline profile plate, 1 5

model without energy duct 700 x 700 mm, removable
Mobile Frameline basic frame and – Slots in grid dimension 50 mm for
setup with two DIN A4 lines and one fastening of Quick-Fix components
ER line for individual lab and work- – Suspension for profile plate
shop design. Highly flexible and uni- – Profile plates can be stowed
versal for basic and further techni- in the Frameline mobile container
cal training. Can be positioned back if required.
to back, space-saving storage of 3 Order no. 8087160
frames compactly in a row at a depth
of one meter also possible, including 6 Frameline mobile table
test setup. Compact design for ex- – Dimensions (W x D x H):
tremely short setup times. 1500 x 700 x 780 mm, with four 6
Dimensions (W x D x H): casters, two with brakes 2
1505 x 700 x 1953 – 2073 mm – Table with four legs in accordance
Order no. 8075133 with DIN EN 1729, stable, welded
design with light gray frame and
2 Frameline mobile folding table legs made from precision profile
– Dimensions (W x D x H): steel tubing
1500 x 700 x 750 mm, with four – Tabletop made from 25 mm, three-
casters, two with parking brakes ply, quality chipboard E1 in accor-
– Table with four legs in accordance dance with DIN 68765, melamine
with DIN EN 1729, stable, welded resin coating in light gray, and ad-
design with light gray frame and ditional overlay edges, with 3 mm 7
legs made from precision profile ABS edge band, homogeneously
steel tubing sealed
– Maximum payload: 150 kg – Table legs inwardly offset to be
– Folding tabletop for space-saving adapted to the Mobile Frameline
storage Order no. 8087149
– Tabletop with HPL coating
Order no. 8087150 7 Frameline, mobile container for
motor test bench
3 Frameline, mobile container for – Inside shelf, (W x D) 770 x 760 mm,
A4 plates with slotted mat at top and bot- 3
– Inside shelf, (W x D) 770 x 760 mm, tom providing two compartments:
with slotted mat at top and bottom above for the storage of A4 plates,
providing two compartments for and below for the storage of 8
the storage of A4 plates motors and accessories
– Two hinged doors with 270° – Two hinged doors with 270°
fittings, blue handles, and locking fittings, blue handles, and locking
system system
Order no. 8087154 Order no. 8087156
4 Frameline, keyboard shelf 8 Cable guide

For placement of computer keyboard For a set of laboratory cables.
and mouse. Ensures that cables are kept neatly
– Bearing capacity 10 kg and in order. Dimensions (W x D x H): 4 9
– Supporting plate, 640 x 172 mm 150 x 136 x 63 mm
– Swing arm length, 589 mm Order no. 535812
– Swivel angle: 180°
– Tilt: 45° 9 Frameline monitor mounting
Order no. 8087159 bracket
Monitor folding arm, approx. length,
455 mm, including fall protection,
max. weight 5 kg, infinitely adjust-
able in all directions.
Order no. 8087157
Laboratory furniture > Learnline
Stationary Learnline
Ergonomic and flexible
The stationary solution Move up into another dimension: Quality from Festo
profile columns as set-up space We don’t make compromises when it
With the stationary workstation sys- Use the versatile profile columns as a comes to quality. Workmanship and
tem, Learnline combines the require- set-up space, compatible with Quick- functionality are of the highest level.
ments for typical desk systems with Fix, for equipment sets or for attach-
high functionality. They provide am- ing additional components vertically. The rigid design and the high-qual-
ple desk space and legroom. ity coating of the work surface and
frame guarantee a long service life
despite many stresses and strains.
Learnline can handle the rigorous
routine of everyday teaching.

Laboratory furniture > Learnline
1 Basic stationary unit 3 Monitor bracket, long 1 3

Stable and with a high-quality Monitor bracket for TFT and LCD
coating, the basic worktables are monitors with drill holes in ac-
guaranteed to fulfill your high re- cordance with the VESA standard
quirements. The height of the work- (distance between holes 75 x 75 mm
top ensures a comfortable working or 100 x 100 mm)
position when seated. For holding – Long, telescopic, articulated arm
a mounting frame for profile plate for a large swivel angle
set-up. – Distance from mounting surface 4
Dimensions: W 1512 x D 780 x H 760 mm (approx. 8 – 38 cm)
Order no. 535835 – For mounting on Learnline mount-
ing frames or fastening to a wall
2 Mounting frame/Mounting sets – Rotatable up to 180°, tiltable up
for A4 mounting frame to 45° 2
Versatile profile columns form the – Supplied complete with mounting
core of the Learnline system. They material
are used to mount the profile plate – Maximum load capacity 15 kg
frame, to attach components, or as Order no. 556293
an alternative mounting surface for 5
your training components. 4/5/6 Protective grounding for
A4 mountings are mounted between workbenches
the profile columns. Up to three rows The products serve as protective
of A4 mountings can be attached by grounding for workbenches as per
means of two additional mounting the VDE 0100 standard. This is
sets for A4 mounting. achieved by connecting accessi-
When mounting profile plates, order ble, conductive parts to each other
one mounting set per profile plate. by means of equipotential bonding
When mounting A4 units, order one conductors and by connecting all
mounting set for A4 mounting for this to the PE conductor of the pow-
each additional row. er supply.
Mounting frame for A4 mounting frame 6
Order no. 806141 6 Grounding kit
Mounting set for A4 mounting frame A grounding kit is required for con-
Order no. 8065498 necting all conductive parts of one to
two workbenches. The connector for
3 Cable guide the PE conductor of the power sup-
For a set of laboratory cables. ply is included.
Ensures that cables are kept neatly Order no. 8049368
and in order. 7
W 150 x D 136 x H 63 mm 7 Connection kit
Order no. 535812 A connection kit is required for
connecting a workbench to the
4 Monitor bracket, short PE conductor of the power supply.
Monitor bracket for TFT and LCD Order no. 8049447
monitors with drill holes in ac-
cordance with the VESA standard 8 T connector for PE conductors
(distance between holes 75 x 75 mm A T connector lets you combine up to
or 100 x 100 mm). three PE conductors for connection
– Short swivel arm for minimum to the power supply. 8
distance to the mounting surface Order no. 8049442
(approx. 8 cm)
– For mounting on Learnline mount-
ing frames or fastening to a wall
– Rotatable up to 180°, tiltable up
to 45°
– Supplied complete with mounting
material
– Maximum load capacity 23 kg
Order no. 556292
Media
14
Software .........................................................................................................16
Multimedia Training Programs/Courses/LMS..................................................16

Tec2Screen® ....................................................................................................34
FluidSIM® ........................................................................................................40
EasyPort .........................................................................................................42
Teachware.......................................................................................................44
Electricity and Electronics Workbooks .............................................................46
15
Media > Software > Multimedia training programs/courses/LMS
Multimedia Training Programs

Effective learning solutions
Courses and programs relevant System requirements for WBTs

to studies in the fields of electric – PC with Win 2000/XP/Vista/
power technology, electricity and Windows 7
electronics, communications and – Flash Player, version 8.0 or higher
radar technology: – Sound card
– DVD drive
Electrical engineering – Screen resolution:
– Electrical protective measures minimum 1024 x 768 pixels
– Electrical engineering 1
– Electrical engineering 2 Languages
– Electronics 1 WBTs are often available in several
– Electronics 2 languages. The language is select-
ed when starting the WBT and can
Automation technology be changed directly on every page
– Sensor technology 1 during the training, and includes a
– Sensor technology 2 multilingual dictionary.
– Actuators – DC motor
– Electric drives 1 Content Builder
– Electric drives 2 The authoring tool, Content Builder,
allows the development of high
Course linked to a training system quality digital training media, such
– Electromechanical as classic web-based training,
– DC and AC Power Circuits Tec2Screen® courses, or material for
– Industrial controls blended learning scenarios.
– FACET E-Learning program,
covering: Basic principles of
Electricity and Electronics,
Digital and Microprocessor,
Electronics, Industrial Electronics,
Communications
Flexible training programs and cours- The training programs are optionally Industrial Training Zone
es from Festo Didactic allow instruc- available as follows: – Electrical Theory
tors the freedom to be creative, in- – CD-ROM – Industrial Electrical
creasing student motivation. – License for local networks – Mobile Electrical
(on request) – AC/DC Motors and Drives
Highlights – Web-based training (WBT) for – Brushless DC Motors
– Unparalleled didactic and Classroom Manager or MindSight
multimedia course topics – For installation on your servers See pages 29 and 31 for complete
– Scope for self-study during or in your Learning Management lists of available courses and pro-
classroom-based training system grams in additional fields and topics.
– Learning scenarios can be – For integration in open-source
individually customized software
– Varied program functions, such as (such as Moodle, Ilias, etc.)
a glossary, search function, notes
– Can be used in conjunction with a Festo Didactic also provides custom-
Learning Management System – ized E-Learning packages for specific
Classroom Manager or MindSight needs, and gladly offers step-by-step
– Can be integrated into training guidance and advice, from the de-
concepts which use other media sign phase through the installation
(Word, Excel, PDF, etc.) of a complete Learning Management
– Some can be used in conjunction System.
with specific training systems
– Participant guidance
– Monitoring of learning progress

Electrical Protective Measures Actuators – DC Motor
This interactive multimedia training – Definition and overview of Using the everyday example of a From the table of contents:
program provides an introduction to protective measures to prevent car park access control system, the – The function of actuators in
the complex topic of protective mea- direct contact trainee learns the basics of a mecha- mechatronic systems
sures. It explains what electrical pro- – Protection by insulating active tronic system. – Electric motors
tective measures are and how they components – DC motor
are classified. Trainees will also be- – Protection by covering or cladding Building on this, the training pro- – Torque and current
come familiar with all the legal regu- – Protection by barriers gram determines what function the – Behavior of DC motors
lations in this area. – Protection by distance actuators have in the controller. A DC – Induced voltage and speed control
– Definition and overview of motor is then studied in more detail – Characteristic torque/speed curve
The measures that are effective in protective measures to prevent as an example of a typical actuator, – Working with data sheets
preventing direct and indirect contact indirect contact E.g., its structure and the laws which – Determining the transmission ratio
are outlined using various specific – Production by disconnecting power govern its operation. Further chap-
examples and functional principles. supply ters cover speed control and the use Order no. On request
– Mains systems (TN, TT, IT systems) of data sheets, as well as the trans-
Finally, there is an explanation of – Protection by disconnection mission ratios which can be achieved
how protective measures are test- – Testing protective measures by using a gearbox.
ed and what actions should be tak- – Measurement and measuring
en in case of an accident involving devices
electricity. – Safety and assistance
– Summary and questions to check
From the table of contents: understanding
– The dangers of electricity
– Humans and electricity Order no. On request
– Electric shock hazards
– What are electrical protective
measures and how are they
classified?
– Protection levels
– Protective measures, protection
classes
– Differences between DIN stan-
dards, VDE regulations and DIN-
VDE standards, statutory require-
ments, and legal consequences.
Our authoring tool:

Content Builder
Design and create your own
training media
Electrical Engineering 1 Electrical Engineering 2
The “Electrical engineering 1” train- Various tools are built-in to the train- The “Electrical engineering 2” train- From the table of contents:
ing program is one of a series of new ing program, such as Excel working program is one of a series of new – Electric charge
programs in the field of electrical sheets, an integrated calculator, PDF training programs in the field of elec- – Capacitor
engineering and electronics. These files, and various downloads. The trical engineering and electronics. – A capacitor in a DC circuit
programs are real-world oriented and training programs contain both a These programs are real-world ori- – A capacitor in an AC circuit
authentically structured. Case stud- comprehensive glossary and a full ented and authentically structured. – Applications of the capacitor
ies from practice provide a concise text search. Case studies from practice provide a – Variable capacitor
illustration of the topics covered. All concise illustration of the topics cov- – Coil
training content is taught by means From the table of contents: ered. All training content is taught by – A coil in a DC circuit
of audio clips. Additionally, the nar- – Closed circuit means of audio clips. Additionally, – A coil in an AC circuit
rative text can be viewed on the site- – Electrical conductivity the narrative text can be viewed on – Applications of the coil
map. – Units and symbols the sitemap. – Physical variables
– Ohm’s Law – Calculating with changing values
Trainees experience a regular – Measuring in the circuit Various tools are built into the train- – Light switch-off delay
exchange of input and output, with – Voltage supplies ing program, such as Excel work- – Electrical behavior of a grinder
phases of presentation and expla- – The resistor as a component sheets, an integrated calculator, – Power generation and transmission
nation alternating with phases of – Series connection of resistors PDF files and various downloads.
activity and interaction. This enhanc- – Parallel connection of resistors The training programs contain both Order no. On request
es motivation and learning. – Voltage divider a comprehensive glossary and a full
– The resistor as a sensor text search.
Progress monitoring exercises are – Battery-powered screwdriver
scheduled after a maximum of five – Measuring range extension
pages of learning, with the goal of – Temperature controlled heating
having trainees repeat, apply, and – Level detection
develop what they have learned
themselves. Exercises are incorpo- Order no. On request
rated during teaching, at the end of
each learning step, and within the
case studies. During an exercise,
the program responds to each of the
trainee’s answers with the appropri-
ate feedback.
18 All training programs on data storage medium or as a WBT version, also for installation on networks and learning management systems – with as many licenses as you need.
Electronics 1 Electronics 2
The “Electronics 1” training program Various tools are built into the training The “Electronics 2” training program From the table of contents:
is one of a series of new programs in program, such as Excel worksheets, is one of a series of new programs – Signal types
the field of electrical engineering and an integrated calculator, PDF files and in the field of electrical engineer- – Integrated circuits
electronics. These programs are re- various downloads. The training pro- ing and electronics. These programs – Operational amplifier (OpAmp)
al-world oriented and authentically grams contain both a comprehensive are real-world oriented and authen- – AC voltage of various frequencies
structured. Case studies from prac- glossary and a full text search. tically structured. Real case studies – Characteristic values of amplify-
tice provide a concise illustration of provide a concise illustration of the ing circuits
the topics covered. All training con- From the table of contents: topics covered. All training content – Circuit technology of amplifiers
tent is taught by means of audio – Semiconductor technology is taught using audio clips. Addition- – Filters
clips. Additionally, the narrative text – Diodes ally, the narrative text can be viewed – Bistable flip-flop
can be viewed on the sitemap. – Bipolar transistors on the sitemap. – Single flip-flop
– Field-effect transistors – Sine wave generator
Trainees experience a regular – Regulated power supply Various tools are built into the train- – Rectangle generator
exchange of input and output, – Audio amplifier ing program, such as Excel work- – Thyristor-controlled drilling
with phases of presentation and – Audio amplifier with sound control sheets, an integrated calculator, machine
explanation alternating with phases PDF files and various downloads. – Brightness control with triac
of activity and interaction. This Order no. On request The training programs contain both – Adjusting the speed of an
enhances motivation and learning. a comprehensive glossary and a full electric screwdriver
text search.
Progress monitoring exercises are Order no. On request
scheduled after a maximum of five
pages of learning, with the goal of
having trainees repeat, apply and
develop what they have learned
themselves. Exercises are incorpo-
rated during teaching, at the end of
each learning step, and within the
case studies. During an exercise, the
program responds to each of the
trainee’s answers with the appropriate
feedback.
Our authoring tool:

Content Builder
training media
Sensor Technology 1 Sensor Technology 2
Sensors in pneumatics Content extracts: Sensors for object detection Content extracts:
This training program deals in detail – Project: Selection of sensors in This training program deals in detail – Project: Selection of sensors
with the sensors used to detect end one of the clamping units of a with the sensors used to detect ob- in a milk bottling plant
position on cylinders and with pres- processing centre jects in automated systems. Based – Object detection in industrial
sure and flow sensors in pneumatic – Advantages and disadvantages on a complex example from indus- practice
systems. Based on a complex exam- of various end position sensors trial practice, trainees are taught to – Switching characteristics of
ple from industrial practice, trainees on cylinders select the suitable sensors. The nec- proximity sensors
are taught to select suitable sen- – Simple displacement encoders essary basic knowledge for this is – Hysteresis
sors. The necessary basic knowledge on cylinders provided in the Technical Knowledge – Connection technology: Two-wire
for this is provided in the Technical – Use of pressure sensors to improve and Components modules, to which technology, three-wire technology,
Knowledge and Components mod- safety in pneumatic systems they can refer at any time. four-wire technology
ules, to which they can refer at any – Use of flow sensors to safeguard – NO/NC (Normally Open, Normally
time. system cycle times All training content is taught by Closed)
– Output signals from sensors means of audio clips. Additionally, – Inductive sensors: Construction
All training content is taught by – Connection technology the narrative text can be viewed. and mode of operation, factor-1
means of audio clips. Additionally, – NO/NC (Normally Open, Normally sensors, special designs, flush
the narrative text can be viewed. Closed) fitting sensors, application
– Switching functions examples
– Sensors for end position detec- – Optical sensors: Diffuse sensor,
tion: Pneumatic and mechanical through-beam sensor, retro-reflec-
limit switch, reed switch, transistor tive sensor, background fade-out,
switch, Hall sensor, position sensor fibre optic cable, light types, reflec-
– Types of pressure measurement tion types, adjustment, contrast
– Sensors for pressure measure- sensor, color sensor
ment: Mechanical pressure switch, – Capacitive sensors: Construction,
electronic pressure sensor, mode of operation, usage and
– Sensors for flow measurement: examples
Volumetric flow meter, effective – Ultrasonic sensors: Construction,
pressure principle, ultrasonic flow mode of operation, applications
meter, mass flow meter, heat-loss
method Order no. On request
Order no. On request
Electric Drives 1 Electric Drives 2
The “Electric drives 1” interactive – Familiarization with different The training program “Electric From the table of contents:
multimedia training program pro- DC motors drives 2” further explores the mate-
vides an engaging introduction to – General (functional principles, rial covered in “Electric drives 1” and Controlling DC motors
the world of electric motors. commutation, technical data, also includes new topic areas. – Armature reaction
brushless DC motor, load depen- – Speed control
The first section sets out the basic dency, difference between series This learning program is suitable for – Four-quadrant operation
principles of electric drives. The and parallel connection) beginners and advanced students.
second section illustrates the – Parallel connection behavior The first two chapters address Controlling AC motors
construction and functioning of – AC motors the topic of controlling DC and AC – Motor characteristic curve
DC motors, while the third section – Difference in power supply motors. The third chapter focuses – Open-loop and closed-loop
deals with the special features of AC (DC, AC, three-phase AC) on the energy efficiency of electric speed control
motors. – Familiarization with different drives, looking at economic and envi- – Frequency converters
AC motors ronmental aspects. – Smooth start-up
From the table of contents: – General functional principle
– Basic principles of electric drives (difference between synchronous Energy efficiency
– Familiarization with different mo- and asynchronous motor), techni- – Economic aspects
tor types (stepper motor, asynchro- cal data, rating plate, characteris- – Degree of efficiency
nous motor, universal motor) tic curves and their interpretation, – Minimising losses
– Mechanical principles (conversion definition of reactive, apparent, – Reliability
of mechanical/electrical energy, and effective power) – Energy efficiency measures
motor – generator, circuit diagram – Single-phase AC motor – Environmental aspects
and current direction, transmission – Three-phase AC motor special – Merits of electric motors
variables (force, mechanical pow- cases (stepper motors)
er, efficiency etc.), definitions of – Summary and review exercises Order no. On request
torque and speed)
– Electronic principles (basic prin- Order no. On request
ciple of the motor, Lorentz force
using the example of a conduc-
tion loop, electrical and magnetic
fields, occurrence of torque, right-
hand rule)
Our authoring tool:

Content Builder
training media
Electromechanical DC and AC Power Circuits

Training System Training System
This course is intended to be used Topics covered: This site-license eLearning course is eSeries
in conjunction with either the – Power Circuits and Transformers intended to be used in conjunction en 579791
Computer-Assisted 0.2 kW Electro- – AC/DC Motors and Generators with the DC and AC Power Circuits
mechanical Training System (LabVolt Training System (LabVolt Series
Series 8006 or the Electromechanical eSeries 8010-1).
Systems Simulation Software). en 586998
es 586999 This eLearning course covers courses
It contains all the technical content SCORM DC Power Circuits and Single-Phase
and exercise procedures of two en 587000 AC Power Circuits, each of which has
manuals: Power Circuits and Trans- es 589189 a pretest and posttest. Each course
formers, and AC/DC Motors and Stand-alone includes the topics covered in the
Generators. Each course begins with en 587001 book-based content and their related
a pretest and ends with a posttest. es 589190 hands-on exercises. Exercise proce-
Each course includes the topics cov- dures are presented in enhanced PDF
ered in the book-based content and format. Completed sheets may be
their related hands-on exercises. printed, saved to a specific location,
Exercise presentation of technical or sent via email to the instructor.
content is accompanied by voiceover Exercise presentation of technical
narration to minimize the amount of content is accompanied by voiceover
on-screen reading. narration to minimize the amount of
on-screen reading.
Industrial Controls
Training System
This site-license eLearning course eSeries

bundle is intended to be used in con- en 586013
junction with the Industrial Controls es 586014
Training System (LabVolt Series SCORM
8036). en 586015
es 589831
It contains five courses, all of which Stand-alone
begin with a pretest and end with a en 586016
posttest. Each course includes the es 589832
topics covered in the book-based
content and their related hands-on
exercises. Exercise procedures are
presented in enhanced PDF format.
Completed exercises may be printed,
saved to a specific location, and sub-
mitted (emailed) to the instructor.
Exercise presentation of technical
content is accompanied by voiceover
narration to minimize the amount of
on-screen reading.
Contact us for more formats

and licensing options.
Packages containing all
eSeries and ITZ courses are
available.
FACET Brushless DC Motors –

ITZ
The eSeries for FACET® program The basic design of the FACET® The Brushless DC Motors course Topics covered:
consists of 30 courses, each carefully courses is always similar. They begin provides an interactive training ex- – Motor Components
designed to foster recognition, un- with a 50-question pretest and con- perience that explains how to de- – Commutation
derstanding, experimentation, clude with a 50-question posttest. termine and calculate motor speed, – Motor Performance
troubleshooting, application, and Each course is made up of a quantity torque, and power, how motors and – Selecting a Brushless Motor
evaluation of analog and digital of units based on the complexity of drives operate, and how to identify
electronics circuitry. the accompanying board. Each unit the hardware and firmware involved eSeries format, 50 users, first year
has a Fundamentals section followed in motor operation. The course also 120V/60Hz
They are grouped into four main by many exercises that allow stu- covers the safety considerations re- en 585631
topics: dents to apply the information from lated to electromechanical system
– Basic Electricity and Electronics Fundamentals. Each exercise con- operation.
– Digital and Microprocessor cludes with graded review questions.
Electronics The units conclude with a 10-ques-
– Industrial Electronics tion quiz.
– Communications Systems
See page 56 for details.
Rich in comprehensive content and
competency-based, hands-on learn-
ing activities, each course gives stu-
dents critical skills in one or more of
the key areas of electronics study.
Courses are designed to be self-
paced, autonomous training.
Electrical Theory – Mobile Electrical –

ITZ ITZ
The Electrical Theory course provides Topics covered: The Mobile Electrical course provides Topics covered:
an interactive training experience – Fundamentals an interactive training experience – Electrical Fundamentals
designed to teach the fundamental – Basic Physics designed to teach the fundamental – Circuit Fundamentals
principles behind electrical systems. – Circuit Fundamentals principles behind electrical systems – Circuit Analysis
– Circuit Analysis of mobile equipment. It explains the – Basic Magnetism
The course begins with the basic – Basic Magnetism various physics laws related to elec- – Circuit Components
concepts: atoms, charge, voltage, – Magnetic Circuits trical power, and describes the ba- – Electrical Testers
and current. The course then con- – Single-Phase AC Circuits sic terminology and formulas behind – Charging and Starting Systems
tinues with an in-depth, theoretical – Magnetic Induction electrical systems.
approach to circuit analysis, basic – Poly-phase AC Circuits eSeries format, 50 users, first year
magnetism, magnetic induction, and The course covers the basic electrical 120V/60Hz
single- and poly-phase ac power eSeries format, 50 users, first year system common to almost all com- en 585515
circuits. The course theory-based, 120V/60Hz bustion engine vehicles, and how the 220V/50 Hz
and is designed to train electrical en 585483 battery, charging, and starting sys- en 585516
technicians. 220V/50 Hz tems function and interact with each 220V/50 Hz
en 585484 other. Finally, it also covers the ba- es 585517
220V/50 Hz sics of digital multimeters and their
es 594157 use for various electrical tests.
Industrial Electrical – AC/DC Motors and Drives –

ITZ ITZ
The Industrial Electrical course Topics covered: The AC/DC Motors and Drives course Topics covered:
describes the components, func- – Electrical Fundamentals provides an interactive training ex- – System Components
tions, and interactions of electrical – Circuit Fundamentals perience designed to teach the fun- – AC/DC Motors
systems. It covers various topics – Circuit Analysis damental principles behind electrical – Selecting a Replacement Motor
related to electrical systems: – Basic Magnetism motors and drives. It explains how or Drive
circuits, basic magnetism, circuit – Circuit Components to identify and calculate the speed, – Line Protection and Filtering
components, and electrical testers. – Electrical Testers torque, and horsepower of a motor, – Electrostatic Concepts
– Charging and Starting Systems how motors and drives operate, and – AC/DC Drive Hardware
The course also explains the formu- how to identify the hardware and – AC & DC Braking
las, laws, and basic terminology of eSeries format, 50 users, first year firmware involved in their operation. – Testing the System
electricity. The Industrial Electrical 120V/60Hz – Checking the System
course is specially designed to teach en 585458 The course teaches how to match – Using the HIM with the Drive
the basic principles of electrical sys- 220V/50 Hz system components to their respec- – Selecting a Drive
tems directly where it is required. en 585459 tive applications and covers the safe-
220V/50 Hz ty considerations associated with op- eSeries format, 50 users, first year
es 594153 erating electromechanical systems. 120V/60Hz
en 585530
220V/50 Hz
en 585531
220V/50 Hz
es 594160
Contact us for more formats

and licensing options.
Packages containing all
eSeries and ITZ courses are
available.
MindSight
Learning management system
A perfect work environment Content editing and management Communication tools Highlights
MindSight allows for content cus- Instructors can communicate with – Carefully selected tools that
MindSight is a powerful learning tomization, reorganization, and students about projects, progress, optimize the learning environment
management system (LMS) that op- administration. Easy-to-use tools notes they save in the journals, etc. – Extensive science and technology
erates all components of the mul- enable the addition of information, They can send messages to the en- E-Learning course library
timedia curriculum, as well as the course building from existing con- tire class or selected students. The – Compliant to SCORM 1.2
classroom management system. tent, and SCORM package uploading. blog feature further enhances com- – Adapted to high school, vocational,
It is used to present, report, and Tools also enable the operation of munication among teachers and stu- college, or university students
customize the technical subjects for external applications. dents. – Customizable and scalable to suit
multimedia courses, such as eSeries evolving needs
or ITZ courses. It offers full manage- MindSight embeds image files, Test editor – Complementary training lab
ment of classroom, groups, and video files, slideshows, PDFs, doc- The Test Editor also allows instruc- equipment and programs for
content access. uments, spreadsheets, and Flash tors to create custom exercises, blended learning
files into Sharable Content Objects quizzes, and tests to assess custom- – Can be branded to customers’
MindSight can be connected to train- (SCOs). This customized content can ized content that has been uploaded visual identity
ing hardware, such as FACET, or as a be seamlessly incorporated into the into the eSeries curriculum.
stand-alone, E-Learning program. curriculum. Extensive courses library
Grades and reports To quickly add content to MindSight,
Classroom and user management Content delivery Student results can be viewed in instructors can choose from an ex-
User accounts can be created or im- The right content can be assigned to real time. Grade weighting can be set tensive collection of eLearning cours-
ported with only a few simple clicks, the right students in just a few clicks. to fit specific needs. MindSight has es, called eSeries.
or with a specified course code that A scheduling tool limits access to the a wide variety of reports that can be
allows students to self-register. courses that are appropriate only for generated either in well-designed, eSeries courses are optimized when
Groups can be organized by class pe- scheduled periods. printable PDFs or exported to a bundled and integrated directly into
riod, course, or any other criteria, for spreadsheet for customized format- MindSight because they benefit from
easy management. Teacher Annotations ting and inclusion in an external its unique features, but they can also
Screens in the eSeries curriculum management system. be used outside of MindSight.
can be edited to ensure that stu-
dent understanding is maximized. The courses include theory, videos,
Instructors can mask existing text, exercises and/or job sheets with pro-
add directions or explanations, and cedures, tests and quizzes, etc.
highlight important details through
directional text boxes.
Available training courses Order no.
eSeries courses (eSeries format)

Advanced Hydraulics 588044
Advanced Pneumatics 588196
DC and AC Power Circuits Training System 579791
Grid-Tied Systems 583456
Grid-Tie Training System 583450
Hydraulics Basic Level - America 8089947
Hydraulics Fundamentals 588039
Industrial Controls Training System 586013
Industrial Wiring Training System 583479
Electrohydraulics Basic Level - America 8091935
Electropneumatics Basic Level - America 8091953
Electromechanical Training System 586998
FACET® eSeries courses (29 courses available) See page 56
Mechanical Training System 583461
Versions and purchasing options: Nacelle Operation and Maintenance 583451
Piping Fundamentals 583477
Hosted version: PLC and HMI Programming Siemens 8093570
MindSight is primarily offered as a web-based, hosted version. Pneumatics Basic Level - America 8089954
– Up to 200 concurrent users can access MindSight 24/7 from any computer Pneumatics Fundamentals 588191
connected to the Internet. If necessary, more users can be added. Preparatory Electricity & Electronics Training System 585735
– Annual subscription fees include automatic system updates and unlimited Pressure, Flow, and Level Processes 588411
data storage on secure servers. No need to worry about computer compati- Pumps Training System 583474
bility or IT maintenance issues. Programmable Logic Controller - Basic Programming 587571
– Recommended access to the Internet via port 80/443 (HTTP/SSL) or via Refrigeration Training System 763507
proxy server will allow for quick and easy registration and updating. Rigging Basics 8089944
Solar Thermal Energy Training System 579818
Network version: Solar/Wind Energy Training System 583452
MindSight is also available as a LAN-based application. A network appliance is Temperature Processes 588352
provided in this case. Complete eSeries Library 585647
en es fr ITZ – eSeries Courses (50-user, perpetual license, en)
MindSight – Network appliance 589245 Industrial Hydraulics 585428
MindSight – Hosted version, 200 users, 1 year 589244 Industrial Pneumatics 585445
Note: Several license options are available. Contact a sales representative for details. Industrial Electrical 585456
Industrial Mechanical 585469
Electrical Theory 585481
Mobile Hydraulics 585495
Mobile Electrical 585512
AC/DC Motors and Drives 585528
Pneumatic Specialist 585538
PLC Fundamentals 585548
Weld Academy 585580
Industrial Safety 585588
Diesel Engines 585597
Marine Diesel Engines 585609
Gas Turbine Engines 585617
Advanced Hydraulics 585624
Brushless DC Motors 585630
Weld Academy ITZ (Instructor Package) 585636
Complete ITZ – eSeries Library 585643
Notes:
– Other languages, formats, and license options are offered.
– More than 15 STEM-related courses are also available.
Visit www.labvolt.com for details.
Classroom Manager
Learning management system
Simple, professional, affordable: All the digital training media are The Classroom Manager defines We’ve got great offers for ordering
The Classroom Manager learning compiled in a central library for course structures and sets time all the training programs with the
management system direct access, greatly reducing frames, dates for attendance, train- Classroom Manager – take a look at
course preparation time. ing aids, access requirements and the table.
– Create and manage users and certification options. Participants
user groups Participants are provided with the and potential applicants can access Please note:
– User self-registration corresponding material for each ses- this information as required. – WBTs that have already been
– Individual assignment of training sion, but instructors can also create installed from CD-ROM cannot
topics to users or groups new media for tests or question- Has everyone done their homework? be integrated into the Classroom
– Monitor learning progress in the naires as needed for the completion The Classroom Manager also pro- Manager after installation. To do
tutor cockpit of courses or training sessions. vides a clear picture of participants’ this, you will require a new version.
– Easy integration of own resources learning success. With the progress – The WBTs and Tec2Screen® courses
– Option to design own courses by monitoring system you always have are not included in the scope of
using existing learning units an overview of course attendance delivery for the Classroom Manag-
– Individual creation of certificates and the progress of each student. er. Please order separately.
– Support for SCORM standards 1.2
and 1.3 The Classroom Manager also allows Refer to the product description or
students to keep an eye on their the Internet for details of the WBTs
The Classroom Manager is the ideal courses: the qualifications on offer and Tec2Screen® courses, as well as
platform for quick, and tailored are displayed clearly, and registering the available languages.
management and implementation is quick and easy.
of online training courses. The Class- System requirements
room Manager provides the user – Windows 2000 Server
with classroom seminars, E-Learning (web edition) or later
modules, and Tec2Screen® courses – Flash Player 8.0 or later
as needed. – Administrator access is essential
for installation
– In addition to Classroom Manager,
a number of free open-source
components need to be installed
(Apache 2.x/MySQL 4.x or 5.x/PHP
4.x/Zend Optimizer). These are
supplied in the installation bundle.
– For standard installation, the
required ports are 80 (Apache)
and 3306 (MySQL)
– The hardware should be an Intel/
AMD x86 or x86-64 platform. No
minimum requirements for CPU,
memory or hard disk
Available training programs
Fluid engineering
– Pneumatics
– Hydraulics
– Electropneumatics
– Electrohydraulics
Electrical engineering
– Electrical safety measures
– Electronics 1
– Electronics 2
Automation technology
– Sensor technology 1
– Sensor technology 2
– Discover MPS® 200
Campus/enterprise license On request – Actuators – DC motor
ASP solution On request – Electric drives 1
Note: Contact your sales representative for more licensing options. – Electric drives 2
– Open- and closed-loop control
Tec2Screen® Manager 20/20 is free to download after ordering the courses/ – GRAFCET
simulations. It can be used as an alternative to Classroom Manager for pur- – PLC programming in accordance with IEC 61131
chase when the learning management system is not necessary. – LOGO! Training
– Fieldbus technology
– Machine vision
– Safety engineering
– Process automation
Metalworking
– Turning
– Milling
– Drilling
– Materials science
Technology and Environment
– The fascination of technology
– Renewable energies
Lean Management/Lean Production
– Value stream analysis and mapping
– Poka Yoke
– 5S – Workstation organization
– TPM – Total Productive Maintenance
Order no. configurable On request
Content Builder
Design and create your own training media
Create digital training media quickly The authoring tool, Content Builder, Create interaction! Integrated facili- Order no. 576293
and inexpensively allows the development of high- ties for creating interaction scenar-
quality digital training media, such ios mean additional motivation for
Create whole training scenarios to as classic web-based training, students. Intelligent functions allow
build and deepen knowledge! Tec2Screen® courses, or material for you to produce ready-to-use results
blended learning scenarios. without any need for programming
Easy creation of exercises and tests, knowledge.
thanks to a wide choice of exercise Content Builder is the perfect tool for
types and ready-made interaction a wide range of needs, from training Speak many languages! The lan-
scenarios. PowerPoint import func- projects to public relations. Wheth- guage import and export function
tionality allows rapid E-Learning. To- er dealing with data, facts, or argu- allows you to create multilingual
gether, these features enable opti- ments – Content Builder can be used training media in next to no time.
mized workflow in the production of to communicate information in a Texts to be translated can be easi-
training media. structured and stylish way. ly output, and the automatic import
function allows the translations to
The numerous appealing templates simply be inserted at the same loca-
provide attractive form as well as tion in text or audio formats.
functionality, and additional content
can be inserted via drag and drop, or
by importing it from other digital me-
dia formats, such as PowerPoint.
Media > Software > Tec2Screen®
Tec2Screen®
Connected Learning for Electricity and Electronics
Tec2Screen® Courses Tec2Screen® Courses
For example For example
Alternative Current Digital technology:

Technology Boolean laws
RC elements
The concept consists of: Exciting courses for Training content Training content
– Tec2Screen® app explorative learning – Resistor for alternating current: – Boolean laws:
– Courses Videos, animations, measuring ohmic, capacitive and inductive commutative law, associative law,
– Simulations exercises, and test assignments resistors distributive law, De Morgan’s laws
– Tec2Screen® Manager for inspire students to explore and – Phase shift – Simple Boolean relationships
20 users/workstations discover. The measuring instruments – Design and function of low- and
– Learning management system: integrated into the courses addition- high- pass filters Further courses:
Classroom Manager ally make interactive troubleshoot- – Cut-off frequency of a filter – Basic logic functions
– Connects ing exciting. – Disjunctive and conjunctive
– Tec2Screen® hardware Further courses: normal form
– Optional learning systems Completing the courses offline – Resistor for alternating current: – Schmitt triggers, astable and
outside of the lab, is also possible, ohmic, capacitive and inductive monostable multivibrators
so that technical knowledge can be resistors – Bistable multivibrators
learned anywhere at any time. – Phase shift
– Design and function of low- and
high- pass filters
– Cut-off frequency of a filter

Media > Software > Tec2Screen®
What actually is
Connected Learning?
Learning methods which frequent-

ly supplement and support each
other and include the following:
– Practical learning
– Classroom-based learning
– Self-learning
With Connected Learning, these

methods are fused into a single
form of learning. The virtual and
the real world are seamlessly in-
tegrated. Software and hardware,
theory and practice, learner and
teacher – Connected Learning pro-
motes intuitive, interactive learn-
ing.
Our patented solution for

Connected Learning: Tec2Screen®.
Fun and motivation while learning
are guaranteed!
Overview of all Tec2Screen® courses at:

➔ www.tec2screen.com
Understand the real world better The learning management system New interfaces: Connects The hardware
thanks to simulations The Classroom Manager manages To explore the connection between As a basic unit, the Tec2Screen® base
As a component of modern training courses and simulations, as well the real and the virtual world, we links the iPad® with the patented
systems, the Tec2Screen® simu- as self-made documents and have developed the Connects – plug- Connects. The iPad® can also be
lations can be used to test and materials. The trainer assigns these in interface modules with a patented used as a fully functional tablet,
simulate controllers and applications to the students individually and can interface. The Connects enable direct independently of the Tec2Screen®,
for PLC technology under realistic simultaneously record their learning interaction between software and in the classroom and elsewhere.
conditions. The new knowledge progress. hardware, and thus direct interaction
encourages practical and safe exper- between theory and practice. Festo Didactic won the 2015 iF
imenting without real consequences Design Award for the Tec2Screen®.
or the need to purchase additional Unique: the signal flow is completely
hardware. transparent and easy to follow.
Media > Software > Tec2Screen® > Courses
Tec2Screen® Courses
DC technology DC technology DC technology DC technology
Ohm’s law, power, work, energy Resistors and consumers Voltage sources, adaptations Capacitors, parameter-dependent
resistors, measuring
Training content Training content Training content
Basic electrical variables Connecting ohmic resistors/ Voltage sources: series connection Training content
– Voltage, current, charge consumers in series – Internal resistance Capacitors in DC circuits
– Measuring voltage and current – Laws governing the series – Load conditions – Functional principle and designs
connection of ohmic consumers – Calculating capacitance
Ohm’s law – Calculating components and Voltage sources: parallel connection – Permittivity and dielectric
– Deriving Ohm’s law from equivalent resistances – Even and uneven voltage properties
measurements and applying it – Line resistances and voltage drop – Even and uneven internal – Electrolytic capacitors
– The resistor as a component: – Series resistors for bulbs or LEDs resistances – Charge and discharge curves
designs, value ranges, colour – With and without load resistance – Typical applications
coding Connecting ohmic resistors/ – Series and parallel connection
consumers in parallel Adaptations – Capacitors as energy storage
Power, work, energy – Laws governing the parallel – Interfaces between electrical devices
– Learning about the terms power connection of ohmic consumers circuits
and work and how to calculate – Calculating components and – Voltage adaptation Parameter-dependent resistors
them equivalent resistances – Power adaptation – Non-linear, voltage-depen-
– Calculating costs when using – Power ratings of voltage sources – Current adaptation dent, temperature-dependent,
electrical energy light-dependent resistors
Mixed circuits Required Connects – Characteristics, applications,
Required Connects – Practice: Deriving laws from – 2x Multimeter Connect characteristic curves
– 2x Multimeter Connect measurements – 1x Analog In Connect – Components for protective circuits,
– 1x Analog In Connect – Kirchhoff’s second law alarm systems
– Kirchhoff’s first law de/en 8034079
de/en 8028129 – Resistor networks Measuring and measuring errors
– Potentials and potential The accessories mentioned below are – Multimeters: designs, safety,
The accessories mentioned below are differences required to conduct the courses. resolution, accuracy
required to conduct the courses. – Direct and indirect measuring
Required Connects – 1x Equipment set TP 1011 of resistance values
– 1x Equipment set TP 1011 – 1x Multimeter Connect Fundamentals of electrical engineering/ – Measuring circuits and measuring
Fundamentals of electrical engineering/ – 1x Analog In Connect electronics errors
electronics
de/en 8034077 Required Connects
– 2x Multimeter Connect
The accessories mentioned below are – 1x Analog In Connect
required to conduct the courses.
de/en 8034078
– Equipment set TP 1011
Fundamentals of electrical engineering/ The accessories mentioned below are
electronics required to conduct the courses.
– 1x Equipment set TP 1011

Fundamentals of electrical engineering/
Tec2Screen® Manager electronics
The Tec2Screen® Manager 20/20 is available as a free download and can be used as
an alternative to Classroom Manager for purchase. The following license levels are
available for courses and simulations:
– 20 users/20 workstations

AC technology AC technology AC technology AC technology
Characteristics Capacitors I Coils I RC elements
Training content Training content Training content Training content

– Generation of alternating current – Charging and discharging with rect- – Types of coils, distinguishing fea- – Resistor for alternating current:
– Signal shapes (sine, rectangular, angular voltage tures ohmic, capacitive and inductive
triangular, sawtooth) – Measuring voltage and current at – Magnetic fields, inductance, time resistors
– Presentation forms: Pointer dia- the capacitor with an oscilloscope constant – Phase shift
gram and linear representation – Measuring and calculating phase – Progression of voltage and current – Design and function of a low-pass
– Frequency, period, amplitude, mo- shift of sine signals when applying DC voltage filter
mentary values – Frequency-dependent reactance – Measuring and calculating reac- – Design and function of a high-pass
– Current intensity and power (with- – Calculating reactive power tance filter
out phase shift) – Capacitors in series/parallel – Connecting coils in series and par- – Cut-off frequency of a filter
– Calculating capacity values allel
Required Connects – Phase shift for sinusoidal signals Required Connects
1x Analog In Connect Required Connects – Inductance with and without coil 1x Analog In Connect
1x Analog In Connect cores
de/en 8028116 de/en 8034082
de/en 8074467 Required Connects
The accessories mentioned below are 1x Analog In Connect The accessories mentioned below are
required to conduct the courses. The accessories mentioned below are required to conduct the courses.
required to conduct the courses. de/en 8074469
– 1x Equipment set TP 1011 – 1x Equipment set TP 1011
Fundamentals of electrical engineering/ – 1x Equipment set TP 1011 The accessories mentioned below are Fundamentals of electrical engineering/
electronics Fundamentals of electrical engineering/ required to conduct the courses. electronics
– 4 mm Safety laboratory cables electronics – 4 mm Safety laboratory cables
– 4 mm Safety laboratory cables – 1x Equipment set TP 1011
electronics
– 4 mm Safety laboratory cables
In addition to course and simulation management, the Classroom Manager learning

management system offers comprehensive user management. It also has numerous
learning management functions, such as integrating your own training media/
ocuments and documenting progress. The following license levels are available:
Tec2Screen® Courses
AC technology AC technology Digital technology Digital technology
Electric power Three-phase systems Basis logic functions Boolean laws

– Measuring and calculating effective – Presenting 3-phase alternating – Statements and variables Boolean laws:
power current – Truth tables – Commutative law
– Capacitive and inductive reactive – Star and delta circuits in genera- – AND function – Associative law
power tors and consumers – OR function – Distributive law
– Apparent power – Standardized casing colors for – NOT function – De Morgan’s laws
– Phase shift  (phi) between active three-phase wires – XOR function Simple Boolean relationships
and reactive power – Circuit symbols – NAND function
– Power factor: Ratio between the ac- – Phase voltage and phase-to-phase – NOR function Required Connects
tive power and the apparent power voltage 2 x Digital I/O TTL (5V) Connect
– Reactive power using electric mo- – Concatenation factor (ratio of Required Connects
tor as an example phase voltage to phase-to-phase 2 x Digital I/O TTL (5V) Connect de/en/es/sk 8046972
voltage)
Required Connects – Phase shift de/en/es/sk 8046971 The accessories mentioned below are
1x Analog In Connect required to conduct the courses.
Required Connects The accessories mentioned below are
de/en 8034084 1x Analog In Connect required to conduct the courses. – 1x Equipment set TP 1012
Basic principles of digital technology
The accessories mentioned below are de/en 8034085 – 1x Equipment set TP 1012 – 2 mm Safety laboratory cables
required to conduct the courses. Basic principles of digital technology – 4 mm - 2 mm safety measuring adapter
The accessories mentioned below are – 2 mm Safety laboratory cables
– 1x Equipment set TP 1011 required to conduct the courses. – 4 mm - 2 mm safety measuring adapter
electronics – 1x Equipment set TP 1011
– 4 mm Safety laboratory cables Fundamentals of electrical engineering/
electronics
Tec2Screen® Manager
The Tec2Screen® Manager 20/20 is available as a free download and can be used as
an alternative to Classroom Manager for purchase. The following license levels are
available for courses and simulations:

Digital technology Digital technology Digital technology
Disjunctive and conjuctive Schmitt triggers, astable and Bistable multivibrators

normal forc monostable multivibrators
Training content
Training content Training content – Asynchronous multivibrators
Optimizing logic circuits Schmitt trigger – State-controlled synchronous
– Disjunctive normal form – Function and application, multivibrators
– Conjunctive normal form e.g. distorted signals – Edge-triggered synchronous
– Karnaugh maps – Trigger levels and hysteresis multivibrators
– Characteristic curves – RS flip-flop, D flip-flop, JK flip-flop,
Required Connects – Debouncing switches T flip-flop, JKMS flip-flop
2 x Digital I/O TTL (5V) Connect Astable and monostable multivi-
brators Required Connects
de/en/es/sk 8046973 – Function and application 2 x Digital I/O TTL (5V) Connect
– Edge control
The accessories mentioned below are – Retriggerability de/en/es/sk 8046994
required to conduct the courses.
Required Connects The accessories mentioned below are
– 1x Equipment set TP 1012 2 x Digital I/O TTL (5V) Connect required to conduct the courses.
– 2 mm Safety laboratory cables de/en/es/sk 8046991 – 1x Equipment set TP 1012
– 4 mm - 2 mm safety measuring adapter Basic principles of digital technology
The accessories mentioned below are – 2 mm Safety laboratory cables
required to conduct the courses. – 4 mm - 2 mm safety measuring adapter
– 1x Equipment set TP 1012

– 4 mm - 2 mm safety measuring adapter
In addition to course and simulation management, the Classroom Manager learning

management system offers comprehensive user management. It also has numerous
learning management functions, such as integrating your own training media/
documents and documenting progress. The following license levels are available:
Media > Software > FluidSIM®
FluidSIM® 5
Pneumatics/hydraulics/electrical engineering
For more than 20 years, FluidSIM® Testing in real time Speed made visible Wide range – maximum convenience
has been the world’s leading circuit Whether in a training environment The new simulation core of Fluid- Pneumatics, hydraulics, electrical
diagram design and simulation or in an engineering office, the sim- SIM® 5 achieves simulation rates engineering: the libraries are avail-
program for pneumatics, hydraulics, ulation of control systems and pro- up to 10 kHz. The parameters of all able separately or together in the
and now also for electrical engineer- cesses has long been standard in actuators can be precisely adjust- same program. The user decides
ing. Being able to freely design con- industry, helping to minimize losses ed. FluidSIM® 5 writes the simula- which of the libraries to use in the
trol systems is motivating, and pro- due to crashes and ensuring great- tion results in millisecond cycles program. All technologies interact
motes creativity and focus. Beyond er efficiency and improved quality. and delivers them as a text file! The optimally in a circuit diagram or
that, FluidSIM® provides teachers The parameters of all components new simulated oscilloscopes make project.
with a wealth of text, images, and are identical to those of the training frequencies up to 100 kHz visible.
videos for multimedia-based lesson packages from Festo Didactic and Flexible installation and use
planning. Experience real-time can be fully adapted to the charac- Learning with fun and success Online registration, network license,
simulations with apprentices, spe- teristics of other components. Theory is necessary for learning, but usage at home: FluidSIM® 5 offers
cialists, or students and celebrate real practice provides motivation many license models that facili-
successful learning at all levels! The many aspects of GRAFCET and promotes successful learning! In tate economical learning scenarios
GRAFCET long-ago replaced the dis- many situations, FluidSIM® 5 can in a school or in a company. A new
One tool for all needs placement-step diagram in training. easily be used as a controller for the learner administration function even
As a teacher and trainer, you are FluidSIM® 5 does even more with real system: the EasyPort makes it allows you to provide and monitor
the expert who masters tasks that GRAFCET: possible – convenient, digital; and licenses for learning groups and to
are needed to prepare effective les- – Editing – for documentation analog! New: with the joystick, use the software at home.
sons, which is why FluidSIM® 5 of- conforming to standards FluidSIM® 5 is not only fun, but it
fers the expert mode. Your trainees – Visualizing – for maximum clarity now also allows several switches
should initially concentrate on the – Monitoring – colored signals and valves to be operated simulta-
essentials. They can work and learn indicate where the process is neously.
successfully in the standard mode, running correctly or not at all
which has a reduced range of func- – Control – for manufacturer-neutral
tions and offers advantages for the control of all fluid systems and
learning process. electrical systems

Media > Software > FluidSIM®
Professional CAD according Libraries for new technologies Simulation in high definition Convenient documentation
to standards – Libraries for all levels of pneumat- – Signal processing up to 10 kHz – Project administration, drawing
– Convenient drawing with alignment ics and hydraulics training pack- – Virtual oscilloscope for frequencies sheets
lines and new snap functions ages, including control technology up to 100 kHz – Individual drawing frames in
– Easy insertion of new symbols and proportional technology – Simultaneous simulation of all all sizes
into existing connections – New: drives in pneumatics circuits in a project – Automatic bills of materials, flow
– Variable drawing frames – Vacuum technology – Simulated values can be shown at path numbering, switching element
– Continuous scaling and rotation – Sensors in pneumatics run-time tables, terminal diagrams, cables,
– Dimensioning functions – Safety in pneumatic systems – Several switches can be operated wiring lists, and tubing lists
– Intersection calculation of lines, – Mobile hydraulics with the joystick – Exports into all common formats
rectangles, and ellipses – Electrical engineering, electronics
– Circuits with contacts Learning material included FluidSIM® for homework
Completely according to standards – Slides, pictures, animations, sec- – New expansion for administering
– All symbols to DIN ISO 1219 or GRAFCET in various modes tional drawings, video sequences external users over the Internet
DIN EN 81346-2 – GrafEdit: create GRAFCETs in – Description of the physical-mathe- – Administration of learning groups
– Connection identification according compliance with the standard matical simulation models – Integrated chat functions
to new equipment identifier – GrafView: visualize the control – Training program for FluidSIM® – Simple administration by the tutor
– GRAFCET according to the current sequence represented as beginners
standard a GRAFCET – Details of all components at the
– GrafControl: control the process push of a button
with the GRAFCET, including error – Completed sample presentations
simulation and process monitoring for your training course
– GrafPLC – Language changeover at run-time
– Multilingual (standard German/
English)
Pneumatics Electrical engineering System requirements

Local installation, Local installation, – Windows XP, Vista, 7, 8 or 10 New languages – free of charge
single license de/en/es/fr/pt/ro/ru single license de/en/es/fr/pt/ro/ru – Processor with at least In the future, you will receive
Order no. 8024357 Order no. 8024359 1 GHz new language variants free of
Network installation, Network installation, – At least 1 GB RAM charge on the Internet. They
single license de/en/es/fr/pt/ro/ru single license de/en/es/fr/pt/ro/ru – Dual core processor can be integrated into your
Order no. 8024360 Order no. 8024362 (recommended) existing version via an update.
Hydraulics Recommended accessories: Visit us on the Internet

Local installation, X-Box controller There you will find all the
single license de/en/es/fr/pt/ro/ru without cable 8032252 We can meet your needs information you need on
Order no. 8024358 Multiple licenses for local or currently available versions
Network installation, network installation with as and updates for existing
single license de/en/es/fr/pt/ro/ru many licenses as necessary. FluidSIM® users.
Order no. 8024361
Media > Software > EasyPort
EasyPort USB
Interface for measuring, open-loop control, closed-loop control
Connection of software/simulation Technical data Control of numerous

with actual training equipment/ – 24 V power supply via separate practical process models
all PLCs screw terminals or via SysLink
connectors With the included EasyPort, and
The principle is simple: the USB in- – Interface to PC (galvanically iso- the EasyVeep® simulation software,
terface is connected to the PC. The lated): USB 2.0, RS 232. Up to 4 a wide variety of practical process
connection to the automation equip- modules can be connected via a models can be controlled with any
ment is via standard SysLink con- USB hub. Transmission speed: PLC. The models are documented
nectors. Therefore input and output 115 kbaud and meet a broad range of require-
signals can be read into and output – Analog interface: sub-D 15-pin ments.
from a PC. To ensure that EasyPort socket, 12 bit resolution, 4 analog
is adaptable to different situations, inputs, 2 analog outputs, sample EasyVeep® is easy to install and of-
we have developed software for the frequency 0.5 kHz fers exciting fields of application. The
device drivers with a graphical user – Digital interface: 16 digital inputs, topics covered include the following:
interface, via which connections can 16 digital outputs on 2 x 24-pin – 7-segment display
be made. Centronics sockets with 8 digital – Alarm systems
inputs each (24 V), 8 digital out- – Level crossings
puts (24 V). 24 V power supply. – Elevators
Digital signals represented by LEDs – Garage doors
– Large LCD display, display of chan- – Multi-storey car parks
nel, unit, trend, and measured val- – Sluice gates
ue (4 digits). Selection of the chan- – Sorting systems
nel to be displayed and the units – Hot water tanks
via keys. – Washing machines
– Controllable via ActiveX Control – Wind generators
from LabVIEW, C++, or Visual Basic – and much more
EasyPort USB 19”

– Technical data as with EasyPort
USB , but for installation in a 19”
support system
– Front plate: 19” plate with 36 HP

Media > Software > EasyPort
Connects the simulation to the real world
Example applications Measuring Control (open loop) Closed-loop control Controlling a

simulation
PC: – FluidLab®-PA – FluidSIM® (only digital) – FluidLab®-PA – EasyVeep®

Software and simulations – FluidLab®-P – S7-PLCSIM – FluidLab®-P – FluidSIM®
– FluidLab®-H – CODESYS® Soft-SPS from version 2.0 – CIROS®
– LabVIEW – LabVIEW – LabVIEW – LabVIEW
– C++ – C++ – C++ – C++
– Visual Basic – Visual Basic – Visual Basic – Visual Basic
Interface: USB Interface: USB Interface: USB Interface: USB
Interface:
EasyPort USB
Interface: digital/analog Interface: digital/analog Interface: digital/analog Interface: digital
Real training equipment – Simulation box, – Simulation box, – Simulation box, – Any PLC
digital/analog digital/analog digital/analog – Simulation box, digital
– MPS® PA – MPS® PA – MPS® PA – EduTrainer®
– TP 210 – MPS® – TP 210
– TP 610 – TP 301 – TP 610 Recommendation:
The CODESYS® starter kit
EasyPort USB is the PC EasyPort USB is the PC EasyPort USB is the with CECC-LK and EasyPort
interface for receiving interface to control actual PC interface to control USB contains everything
analog measurements and processes or simulations an actual closed-loop that is needed to start on
digital signals. on a PC via an actual PLC. controlled system. the subject of control
➔ Page 101
Measurement data logged Actual process, controlled Closed-loop controlled
via: via: system, controlled via: Simulated process,
– FluidLab®-PA – S7-PLCSIM – FluidLab®-PA displayed via:
– FluidLab®-P – FluidSIM® – FluidLab®-P – CIROS®
– FluidLab®-H – CODESYS® from version 2.0 – FluidSIM®
– EasyVeep®
EasyPort USB 548687 EasyPort USB 19“ 8021637 Also order:

For EasyPort with a real process or SimuBox:
I/O data cable with SysLink connectors (IEEE 488) at both ends, 2.5 m 34031
Analog cable, parallel, 2 m 529141
For EasyPort with a real PLC:
I/O data cable with SysLink connectors (IEEE 488) on both ends, crossover 167106
For EasyPort, freely wirable, with any PLC:
I/O data cable with SysLink connector IEEE 488 and bare cable-end sleeves 167122
For EasyPort with an EduTrainer®:
Scope of delivery I/O data cable, crossover, with terminal socket, 0.3 m 167197
– EasyPort USB/EasyPort USB 19“ For EasyPort with a real PLC or SimuBox:
– 24 V connecting cable on 4 mm safety plugs Analog cable, crossover, 2 m 533039
– USB cable
– CD-ROM: EasyVeep®, EasyOPC driver, datasheet, Activ-X control, CODESYS starter kit with CECC-LK and EasyPort USB 8024001
examples of control using LabVIEW Universal connection unit, digital (SysLink) 162231
Quick-Fix screw adapter 549806
Media > Teachware
Teachware
Teaching materials for basic and advanced training
Theory and practice, our range Technical literature and textbooks Workbooks Dictionaries and manuals
The technical literature and text- For more than 50 years, Festo Symbols, rules, standards, formulae,
– Electric power technology books provide the basis for studying Didactic has been at the forefront etc. You don’t need to have every-
– Power transmission and technologies and processes. For of industrial training with training thing in your head, but you do need
distribution trainers and teachers, they are es- packages with equipment sets and to know where to find it!
#YL
– Industrial controls sential for preparing courses. They tailored workbooks that include ex-
I NTI
– Protective relaying also provide practical exercises with ercises and sample solutions (in- GST
E
CTR 6E
%LE
R UN
N
3E
– Electricity and electronics professional guidelines for those cluding CD-ROM). The exercises are ISIE 7µRTERBUCHÙDERÙ!UTOMATISIERUNGSTECHNIK
$ICTIONARYÙOFÙ!UTOMATIONÙ4ECHNOLOGY
– Communications and who do not enjoy self-study on a PC. based on real industrial practices
radar technology
– PLC
and have been successfully imple-
mented in a wide range of special- LECTR
O
GY AT ATI
ON
LO EUM
ized training. E UTO
M
A wide range of different teaching
materials for ongoing basic and
advanced training are available for
O
NRIVE 0N 0RO
CES
O
SÚ!
CHN
O
ENÚ4
E
ATI ALV
these topics.
S M 6
OF ESSE
T O
SUR
E
!U VE
H
RES
$RI
NIT
C
Ú
5
OC ICA
L
OR
R
PS % L E CTR
T
'ERMANÚnÚ%NGLISHÚÚ%NGLISHÚnÚ'ERMAN
K
ES RE
$EUTSCHÚnÚ%NGLISCHÚÚ%NGLISCHÚnÚ$EUTSCH
U
UC ES
IN
SE :YL

Media > Teachware
Legal security Choose from the following types

of license:
Festo Didactic’s teaching materials
are already in widespread use for Campus license
a diverse range of purposes. With The standard option for commer-
the new licenses, the legal basis cial (professional) use. Ideal for all
for individualized use has now those wishing to use the training
been established. From now on, materials at a single location.
users have the option of choosing
one of three types of license, to Enterprise license
ensure an optimized – and legal- For large (international) companies
ly secure – use of Festo’s teaching and educational institutions with
materials tailored to your needs. multiple locations.
For information on each of the

license types, please see the
following table.
Note:
– The license types are valid for all
Festo Didactic training materials.
– The full rights of use are set
out in the legal information
contained in the purchased
training materials.
Properties Campus license Enterprise license
Scope of delivery Teaching material As agreed

(workbook with
multimedia CD-ROM*)
Document protection – –
Document can be modified X X
Reproduction rights X X
Multilingual version* – X*
Target group Commercial/educational Commercial/educational

organizations (single location) organizations (multiple locations)
Shop
* The languages offered vary depending on the training material.
Media > Teachware > Electricity and electronics
Electricity and Electronics

Workbooks
Fundamentals of Fundamentals of Fundamentals of Basic electronics circuits

direct current technology alternating current technology semiconductors
Workbook Workbook Workbook Workbook
With CD-ROM With CD-ROM With CD-ROM With CD-ROM
D1

R1 UAC1

230 V UDC
C1

50 Hz

R2 UAC2

D2

230 V/18 V

UDC

0 (Y1) –

t

0 (Y2) –
Festo Didactic Festo Didactic Festo Didactic Festo Didactic

567209 EN 567217 EN 567283 en 567291 en
Fundamentals of Fundamentals of Fundamentals of semiconductors Basic electronics circuits

direct current technology alternating current technology The third volume of the fundamen- The workbook for basic electron-
The fundamentals of direct current The workbook for fundamentals of tals of electrical engineering/elec- ics circuits completes the series of
technology, provide an introduction AC technology continues the intro- tronics deals with semiconductors. workbooks for the fundamentals of
to the world of electrical engineer- duction to electrical engineering/ covering the design and mode of op- electrical engineering/electronics.
ing/electronics. The content is ex- electronics components and systems eration of modern semiconductors, Particular emphasis is placed on the
plained and elaborated in realistic with topics relating to AC technolo- with their application demonstrated analytical examination of the inter-
projects. The primary focus is on the gy. The main topics covered are the in project exercises. action between the components al-
explanation of the basic variables, electric field and induction, and the ready covered in the first three books
behavior and relationships and the resulting behavior of components in As an introduction to the topic, dif- on the fundamentals.
recording of these using measure- the AC circuit. ferent diodes, such as the semicon-
ments. ductor diode, Zener diode, and LED The content includes project exer-
Topics such as the capacitor and coil are considered and the basic con- cises with selected basic circuits, in
Among the variables covered are in the DC and AC circuit, as well as cepts are worked out. Content in- which the design is first developed
voltage, current, resistance, and con- the series and parallel connection of cluding PN junction, reverse volt- and then analyzed on the basis of
ductance as well as energy and ca- resistor, coil and capacitor are cov- age, or conducting state current is measurement technology. The cir-
pacity. Ohm’s law is explained in de- ered in project exercises. The vari- demonstrated both theoretically cuits include power supply unit cir-
tail. Particular emphasis is placed on ables and relationships of active and, where possible, using measure- cuits, amplifier circuits, flip-flops,
the use of measuring devices. The resistance, reactance, and imped- ments. The topic of transistors is also and power electronics circuits, as
circuit examples include series and ance, and the topic of phase shift of explained using bipolar and unipo- well as circuits commonly used in in-
parallel connection, voltage divider, current and voltage are covered in lar transistors. The book also covers dustrial practice.
bridge circuit, and voltage sources. detail. power electronics components, such
as diac, triac, and thyristor. The workbook contains:
The workbook contains: The workbook contains: – Solutions
– Solutions – Solutions The workbook contains: – Didactic notes
– Didactic notes – Didactic notes – Solutions – Worksheets for the student
– Worksheets for the student – Worksheets for the student – Didactic notes – Multimedia CD-ROM with graphics
– Multimedia CD-ROM with graphics – Multimedia CD-ROM with graphics – Worksheets for the student
– Multimedia CD-ROM with graphics K.-H. Drüke
C. Löffler C. Löffler Edition 2011, 382 pages, in color,
Edition 2010, 300 pages, in color, Edition 2010, 290 pages, in color, M. Wäschle in folder.
in folder. in folder. Edition 2010, 208 pages, in color,
in folder. Campus license:
Campus license: Campus license: de 567289
de 567207 de 567215 Campus license: en 567291
en 567209 en 567217 de 567281 es 567293
es 567211 es 567219 en 567283 fr 567295
fr 567213 fr 567221 es 567285
fr 567287
46 Licensing options are detailed on page 45.

Basic principles of Basic principles of closed-loop

digital technology control technology
Workbook Workbook
TP 1012 TP 1013
With CD-ROM With CD-ROM
S1
&
S2
& +
e + y
B1
+
S
=1
B2
&
B3
1
S1
10 50
V °C
U
S2
T
8 40
B1 6 30
B2 4 20
2 10
B3
0
0 50 100 150 200 250 s 300
t
Festo Didactic Festo Didactic

8023433 en 8023437 en
Basic principles of Basic principles of Fundamentals of analogue

digital technology closed-loop control technology technology
The basic principles of digital tech- The optimum introduction to the The workbook imparts knowledge
nology workbook provides an intro- world of closed-loop systems is pro- about the structure, function and
duction to the world of digital signals vided by the workbook, Basic prin- characteristics of operational ampli-
and their interconnection. The prima- ciples of closed-loop systems. Basic fiers. Five projects are specifically
ry focus is on the explanation of the terms are explained through exam- targeted at the topic of operational
basic variables, behavior, and rela- ples, with the focus then shifting to amplifiers and their application as
tionships. behaviors and relationships. Special impedance converters, computing
focus is given to the topics of behav- amplifiers, sawtooth wave genera-
The content is project exercises with ior and analysis of control processes. tors, voltage controllers, and power
selected basic circuits, in which amplifiers.
the design is first developed and The content includes project exer-
then analyzed on the basis of mea- cises with selected basic circuits, in The workbook contains:
surement technology. The contents which the design is first developed – Sample solutions
include elementary logic modules and then analyzed on the basis of – Training notes
and logic circuits, Schmitt triggers, measurement technology. Training – Worksheets for the student
trigger circuits, flipflops, counting content, includes structure of a con- – USB stick
circuits, data conversion, and arith- trol circuit, spring responses and dy-
metic circuits. namic behavior, Bode diagram, con- K.-H. Drüke
trolled system modeling, positive Edition 2015, 222 pages, in color,
The workbook contains: and negative feedback, and two and with USB Stick, in folder.
– Sample solutions three-step controllers as well as P, PI,
– Training notes and PID controllers. Campus license:
– Worksheets for the student de 8023586
– Multimedia CD-ROM with graphics The workbook contains: en 8023587
– Sample solutions es 8023588
S. Enderle – Training notes fr 8023589
Edition 2012, 200 pages, in color, – Worksheets for the student
in folder. – Multimedia CD-ROM with graphics
Campus license: C. Ament

de 8023432 Edition 2013, 170 pages, in color,
en 8023433 in folder.
es 8023434
fr 8023435 Campus license:
de 8023436
en 8023437
es 8023438
fr 8023439

Workbooks
'&)XQGDPHQWDOV Power supply systems Building automation with KNX

)$&(7 and protective measures
(OHFWURQLFV Workbook Workbook

TP 1111 TP 1131
%DVLF
(OHFWULFLW\DQG(OHFWURQLFV
/DE9ROW6HULHV
6WXGHQW0DQXDO
L1
L2
L3 E4 E5 E6
S9 S10 S11
PEN
S3 S4 S5
E2 E3
S6 S7 S8
M S12 S2 S13
3
E7 E1 E8
S1
L1
L2
L3
N 3 4 3
PE
4 4 3
S1 S2 E1
M
3 3 3 3
3 4 3
L1
L2
S3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8 T1 E2, 3
L3
3 3
N
3 3
S9, 10, 11, 12, 13 E4, 5, 6, 7, 8

RCD RCD
M
3

)HVWR'LGDFWLF
567309 en 8023445 en
HQ

Programming Microcontroller FACET® Power supply systems Building automation with KNX
The 50-hour introduction course to Courseware is available for all and protective measures Modern buildings demand a wide
microcontroller programming course FACET® circuit boards to foster un- The workbook for power supply sys- variety of technologies, the most im-
introduces the concepts of develop- derstanding, experimentation, trou- tems and protective measures cov- portant being intelligent building au-
ing electronic systems using micro- bleshooting of analog and digital ers in detail the topic of the safety of tomation, as a modern building can-
controllers. Students learn what a electronics circuitry: electrical systems in accordance with not function without it.
microcontroller is, how to construct – DC Fundamentals DIN VDE.
circuits and systems based on mi- – DC Network Theorems The workbook for the basic princi-
crocontrollers, and how to program – AC 1 Fundamentals The specific conditions and the mea- ples of building automation intro-
microcontrollers using the Flowcode – AC 2 Fundamentals sures for avoiding dangerous situa- duces the relevant topics in realis-
software. The course is suitable for – Semiconductor Devices tions are explored using realistic sit- tic projects. Focus is on the software
BTEC National in Engineering unit – Transistor Amplifier Circuits uations. Different types of networks tools, equipment, and configuration,
6, Microcontroller systems for en- – Transistor Power Amplifiers (TN-C, TN-CS, TT and IT network), as well as their interaction and ex-
gineers. – Transistor Feedback Circuits protection against direct and indi- tended options.
– Power Supply Regulation Circuits rect contact, protection against elec-
Table of contents: – Operational Amplifier tric shock (including in the event of a The workbook contains:
– Introduction Fundamentals fault), protection through RCD, and – Sample solutions
– Intro to microcontrollers – Operational Amplifier Applications initial and repeat testing of electrical – Training notes
– Using E-blocks – Digital Logic Fundamentals systems and devices are explained in – Worksheets for the student
– Flowcode – first program – Digital Circuit Fundamentals 1 project form. – Multimedia CD-ROM with graphics
– Flowcode – examples – Digital Circuit Fundamentals 2
– Programming exercises – Digital Signal Processor The workbook contains: N. Karlsson
– Arduino adjustments – Microcontroller System – Solutions Edition 2013, 110 pages, in color,
Development – Didactic notes in folder.
Matrix Technology Solution Limited – 2-Bit Microprocessor – Worksheets for the student
Edition 06/2018 – Microprocessor Application Board – Multimedia CD-ROM with graphics Campus license:
80 pages, in color, in folder. – Breadboard de 8023444
– FET Fundamentals J. Stumpp en 8023445
Campus license: – Transducer Fundamentals Edition 2012, 230 pages, in color, es 8023446
en 8094009 – Thyristor and Power Control in folder.
Circuits
– Magnetism/Electromagnetism Campus license:
– Motors, Generators, and Controls de 567307
– Power Transistors and en 567309
GTO Thyristors es 567311
– Analog Communications fr 567313
– Digital Communications 1
– Digital Communications 2
– Fiber Optic Communications
– Communications Transmission
Lines
– QPSK/OQPSK/DPSK
See pages 59–74 for details.

Fundamentals of Fundamentals of Fundamentals of Fundamentals of

circuits with contacts DC machines AC machines three-phase current machines
Workbook Workbook Workbook Workbook

TP 1211
With CD-ROM With CD-ROM With CD-ROM With CD-ROM
L1

N

PE

-T1 -T2
L+ L+

L- L-

-P1
A1 A2 E2 E1
V

-M1

M

3600

1/min

3400
n = f [IE]
n

3200

3000

2800

2600

2400

2200

2000

1800

30 60 90 120 150 180 210 240 270 300 mA 330

IE

Festo Didactic Festo Didactic Festo Didactic Festo Didactic

567315 EN 571783 en 571791 en 571799 en
Fundamentals of Fundamentals of DC machines Fundamentals of AC machines Fundamentals of

circuits with contacts In drive technology, DC drives cur- We come into contact with AC drives three-phase current machines
Contactor controls still have their rently play a major role in mobile every day, as these motors are com- The sturdy design and wide range
place despite increasing automa- drive solutions. The workbook for the monly used in household appliances of applications thanks to modern
tion and increasingly cost-effective fundamentals of DC machines cov- and electric handheld tools in par- power electronics have contribut-
control electronics. The workbook ers the specific topics relating to DC ticular. The workbook for the funda- ed to three-phase motors becom-
for the fundamentals of circuits with drives. The content is first elaborated mentals of AC machines introduces ing the standard drives for industri-
contacts covers the specific top- theoretically and then consolidated the topics relating to AC motors in al applications. In the workbook for
ics relating to relays and contactor in exercises. In addition to the design realistic projects. Particular empha- the fundamentals of three-phase
controls in six realistic projects. The of the machines, their circuitry and sis is placed on design, circuitry and current machines, the design, con-
control circuit with topics such as areas of application are demonstrat- areas of application. Control ques- nection and areas of application are
self-latching loop and locking plays ed in realistic projects. tions on the content facilitate the as- explained on the basis of realistic
just as important a role here as the sessment of learning success. project exercises. The machines are
primary circuit with the circuits for The workbook contains: exposed to a wide range of simulat-
asynchronous three-phase motors, – Solutions The workbook contains: ed load situations in order to deter-
from simple starting to star-delta – Didactic notes – Solutions mine their options.
reversing circuit. – Worksheets for the student – Didactic notes
– Multimedia CD-ROM with graphics – Worksheets for the student The workbook contains:
The workbook contains: – Multimedia CD-ROM with graphics – Solutions
– Solutions J. Stumpp – Didactic notes
– Didactic notes Edition 2011, 150 pages, in colour, J. Stumpp – Worksheets for the student
– Worksheets for the student in folder. Edition 2011, 152 pages, in colour, – Multimedia CD-ROM with graphics
– Multimedia CD-ROM with graphics in folder.
Campus license: J. Stumpp
J. Stumpp de 571781 Campus license: Edition 2011, 166 pages, in colour,
Edition 2010, 120 pages, in colour, en 571783 de 571789 in folder.
in folder. es 571785 en 571791
es 571793 Campus license:
Campus license: de 571797
de 570901 en 571799
en 567315 es 571801
es 567317 fr 571803
fr 567319

Workbooks
Stefan Hesse
Fundamentals of Fundamentals of Fundamentals of
servo motor drive technology stepper motor drive technology Lexikon der elektrischen
Optoelectronics
Antriebstechnik
Workbook Workbook Festo Didactic Workbook

TP 1421 TP 1422
TP 1023
IL
mA
R1
C1 C2 G UL
12V E AM5610 V 1k 5V
10nF 10nF
12V/1,5W
mA
IL
MPP
1,5
0,5
0
0 1 2 3 4 V
UL
Festo Didactic Festo Didactic Festo Didactic

571853 EN 571861 EN ISBN 3-8127-9265-6 8083810 en
Fundamentals of Basic principles of Glossary of Fundamentals of optoelectronics

servo motor drive technology stepper motor drive technology electrical drive technology The primary objective of this work-
Servo drives play a particularly im- The workbook for the basic princi- Modern drive technology is increas- book is the set-up and analysis of
portant role in automation, as they ples of stepper motor drive technol- ingly recognised by the bringing optoelectronic components, as well
have developed into the standard ogy provides a detailed introduc- together of electrical and mechan- as a selection of basic circuits.
drive in recent years thanks to state- tion to the topics relating to modern ical components in drive systems. The circuits include twilight switch-
of-the-art controller technology. stepper motor drives in practical New and improved drive capabilities es, light barriers, infrared remote
The workbook for the fundamen- exercises. can be achieved through the use of controls, fiber-optic cables for data
tals of servo motor drive technology compact power electronics, innova- transmission, and power supply
provides a detailed introduction to In addition to basic content including tive motor concepts, optimised me- circuits. This direct interaction of
the topics relating to modern servo design and commissioning of step- chanical components, new materials theory and practice ensures fast
drives in practical exercises. per motor drives, practical topics and high-performance communica- progress and sustainable learning.
such as homing, speeds, positioning, tion technology. This book lists the
The topics covered include the de- acceleration and braking ramps play main concepts in glossary format The workbook contains:
sign and commissioning of a servo an important role as well. More de- and provides brief explanations to – Sample solutions
drive, RPM regulation, regulating tailed content, for example current facilitate a better understanding of – Educational instructions
torque and homing as well as addi- reduction for stepper motor drives, is these drives. However since there is – Data storage medium with PDF files
tional content such as positioning also covered. more to an electrical drive that just – Worksheets for learners
with variable speeds, acceleration, the electric motor, it also touches
braking and positioning tasks. The workbook contains: on areas such as measurement sys- The worksheets support the learn-
– Sample solutions tems, power electronics, gear units, er in the information and planning
The workbook contains: – Training notes controllers and components for phase as well as with execution,
– Solutions – Worksheets for learners transmitting power. monitoring and documentation.
– Didactic notes – Multimedia CD-ROM with graphics
– Worksheets for the student S. Hesse All exercises require independent
– Multimedia CD-ROM with graphics F. Ebel, M. Pany Edition 2004, 200 pages, bound. performance, evaluation and docu-
Edition 2010, 194 pages, in colour, mentation from the learner.
F. Ebel, M. Pany in folder. de 539265
Edition 2010, 192 pages, in colour, K.H. Drüke
in folder. Campus license: Edition 2018, 120 pages, in colour, bound.
de 571859
Campus license: en 571861 Campus license:
de 571851 es 571863 de 8081038
en 571853 en 8083810
es 571855
fr 571857

52
Electronics Training System – FACET® ............................................................54
System Description .........................................................................................54

The eSeries Curriculum ...................................................................................56
Base Units .......................................................................................................58
Circuit Boards .................................................................................................60
Accessories .....................................................................................................76
Electrical Engineering and Electronics – Equipment sets ..............................80
System Description .........................................................................................80

Fundamentals of Electrical Engineering...........................................................82
Building Automation Systems .......................................................................100
Accessories and Optional Components .........................................................110
53
Electricity and Electronics > FACET® > System description
FACET® and the eSeries
FACET® and eSeries – System overview Flexibility in delivery Rugged construction for durability
A completely integrated system The FACET® training workstation con- To accommodate a variety of training The hardware components of the
sists of a base unit and your choice situations, the system offers multi- FACET® system are highly safe and
The FACET® with eSeries training in a series of 30 boards to choose ple configurations. Whichever you designed for durability.
system is a unique combination of from, covering a wide range of elec- plan to use, FACET® workstation
hardware and software, providing a tronics topics. can be ordered as a stand-alone or A complete electronic workstation is
complete learning solution for Elec- USB-connected version. formed when a training board is in-
tronics training. Each board comes with comprehen- serted into the base unit. The built-in
sive, hands-on instruction with the- The courseware can be delivered in a guide and stopper protects the unit
This modular training system encom- ory and practice. This courseware is standard, paper-based curriculum or, from damage.
passes four areas of electronics: offered in traditional paper format or be a computer based interactive
– Basic principles of Electricity on a computer based platform. multimedia courseware, the eSeries. The unique zero insertion force (ZIF)
and Electronics Furthermore, the eSeries can be or- connector with a lockable knob in-
– Digital and Microprocessor The computer based courseware, dered as an autonomous courseware sures the integrity of the connection.
Electronics called eSeries for FACET®, can run as or, managed by our Learning The connector is gold-plated for add-
– Industrial Electronics stand-alone or within the MindSight Management System, the Mind- ed durability.
– Communications LMS platform, providing a seamless Sight. This LMS can configured as a
integration of courseware delivery LAN- or Web-based software. Power is distributed to the board by
and classroom management. the base unit, which is fully protect-
When combined with the LMS Mind- ed against short circuits, reverse
Conventional or virtual instrumenta- Sight and eSeries courses, FACET® voltage and overcurrent.
tion is required to complete the train- becomes a totally connected learning
ing set up. system for electronics that enhances The fact that there is no high voltage
learning speed and retention. makes the system completely safe
for students.
FACET® is suitable for a multitude
of training purposes in education-
al, industrial, R&D and training lab-
oratories.
Electricity and Electronics > FACET® > System description
The FACET® System at a glance
A complete FACET® training station

consists of:
– FACET® Base Unit:
Manual or USB
– FACET® Circuit Boards:
Choice of 30 topics
– Instrumentation:
The Virtual Instrument Package
or
Conventional Instrumentation
that includes: Multimeter,
Dual-trace oscilloscope, and
signal generator
– Courseware:
Paper manual (hard copy)
or
Computer-based – eSeries (Web
based or Hosted LMS) or SCORM
or Stand-alone
– Accessory kit
The Boards – learning optimization Learning with hands-on Features – Student-controlled circuit
The Boards are made of quality FACET® incorporates built-in circuit – Durable construction where modification capability
grade PCB mounted on a sturdy poly- modification and fault insertion mechanical components are – Instructor-controlled fault
styrene tray for added rigidity. capabilities. Circuits can be faulted capable of millions of cycles insertion capability
Durable, industrial-grade compo- to teach real-world troubleshooting. of operation – Computer-activated circuit
nents are capable of withstanding Students must then locate, isolate, – Voltage regulation and protection modification and fault insertion
millions of cycles of operation. Pre- and troubleshoot the malfunction against over-voltage and short capability (computer-controlled
wired circuits minimize wiring time. through a series of troubleshoot- circuit conditions for safety in system)
ing steps, including the use of test training – Choice of stand-alone, LAN,
The components are clearly iden- instruments. Up to twenty CMs and – Gold-plated zero insertion force or Web based configuration
tified with silk-screened circuits. twelve faults are introduced from the (ZIF) connector technology
Active components are mounted on base unit, reducing the need for con- – Silk-screened circuit and
sockets for easy replacement. necting leads and allowing practical component identification
assessment of a student’s under- – Circuit boards mounted in sturdy
standing of a circuit. trays for easy handling and
connection to base unit
– Minimal wiring required saves
lab time
– Variety of industrial-grade com-
ponents provide broad, hands-on,
real-world training experience
Electricity and Electronics > FACET® > eSeries
The eSeries Curriculum

Complete electronics learning solution
The eSeries for FACET® program cur-

rently consists of 30 courses, each
carefully designed to foster recogni-
tion, understanding, experimenta-
tion, troubleshooting, application,
and evaluation of analog and digital
electronics circuitry.
Rich in comprehensive content and

competency-based, hands-on learn-
ing activities, each course gives stu-
dents critical skills in one or more of
the key areas of electronics study

Available topics:
Basic Electricity and Electronics Digital and Microprocessor Industrial Electronics Communications Systems
– DC Fundamentals Electronics – Transducer Fundamentals – Analog Communications
– DC Network Theorems – Digital Logic Fundamentals – Magnetism/Electromagnetism – Digital Communications 1
– AC 1 Fundamentals – Digital Circuit Fundamentals 1 – Motors, Generators, and Controls – Digital Communications 2
– AC 2 Fundamentals – Digital Circuit Fundamentals 2 – Power Transistors and GTO – Fiber Optic Communications
– Semiconductor Devices – 32-Bit Microprocessor Thyristors – Transmission Lines
– Transistor Amplifier Circuits – Digital Signal Processor – FET Fundamentals – QPSK/OQPSK/DPSK
– Transistor Power Amplifiers – Microcontroller System Develop- – Thyristor and Power Control
– Transistor Feedback Circuits ment Circuits
– Power Supply Regulation Circuits – Microprocessor Application Board – Breadboard
– Operational Amplifier
Fundamentals
– Operational Amplifier Applications
eSeries bundles :
Basic EE for MindSight, en 585750 Digital&μP for MindSight, en 585757 Industrial E for MindSight, en 585763 Comm E for MindSight, en 585769
Basic EE for SCORM, en 585752 Digital&μP for SCORM, en 585759 Industrial E for SCORM, en 585765 Comm E for SCORM, en 585771
Basic EE for Stand-Alone, en 585753 Digital&μP for Stand-Alone, en 585760 Industrial E for Stand-Alone, en 585766 Comm E for Stand-Alone, en 585772
Complete bundle eSeries for FACET

for MindSight, en 585743
for SCORM, en 585745
for Stand-Alone, en 585746
Electricity and Electronics > FACET®
A program designed for student

achievement
Conforming to the highest measures

of educational quality, the eSeries
for FACET® courseware is designed
to facilitate and reinforce progres-
sive mastery of the course material.
Delivered by means of student man-
uals or eSeries for FACET® software,
the courseware provides an exten-
sive array of instructional benefits,
including:
– An outline of the principles and
concepts covered in each course
helps to clarify course content and
focus.
– General and specific objectives
stated in each unit help define
learning outcomes and expecta-
tions for students.
– Topic discussions help to foster
thorough comprehension.
– Hands-on activities engender
dynamic and retentive learning.
– Emphasis on, and definition of new
words and phrases throughout the
text, helps students to develop
comfort and familiarity with highly
technical terms.
– Equipment lists support students’
efforts to efficiently organize time Connected learning Flexibility Supportive
and materials. The eSeries for FACET® enhances eSeries for FACET® can be ordered in The instructor guide and support-
– Students receive constant feed- learning speed and retention by three different formats. ive pre- and post-tests provide both
back with a review test and com- featuring interactive multimedia – First option is as stand-alone instructors and students with an
petency ratings with each exercise, courseware with hand-on exercises courses, i.e. no need for LMS. extensive overview and working
comprehensive unit tests, and ad- on pre-wired circuit boards. – Secondly, with our MindSight knowledge of electricity, analog, and
ditional questions on new material. Learning Management system digital electronics.
– Online data collection of exercise For circuit comprehension and (LMS). This powerful LMS is used
results, quizzes, and unit tests analysis to present, report, and customize
facilitates instant feedback to Students perform experiments on a the technical subjects for each of
students. wide range of electronics and elec- FACET®’s extensive line of training
– Troubleshooting skills develop- tricity training modules that combine modules.
ment is facilitated through 12 theory and application with live con- – Finally, all eSeries courses are
instructor-or computer-activated nection to base unit and board. This available as SCORM-compliant, so
fault switches and 20 circuit- provides practical skills training over they are usable with other learning
modification switches. a full curriculum on electronic/ management systems.
electricity subjects.
MindSight Learning
Management System
Please see pages 28–29
for more information.
Electricity and Electronics > FACET® > Base units
The FACET® Base Units
1 Computerized Base Unit The FACET® base units provide volt-

The computerized base unit is linked age supply with protection and con-
to the computer automatically by the ditioning circuitry to run each
courseware when needed, and can FACET® board.
also be activated via a USB port
by the teacher through password- Specific features of all FACET® base
protected software. The computer- units include:
ized base unit contains 32 relays – Distributed +15 and -15 V DC, and
controlled by commands from the variable ±10 V DC power to the var-
student’s computer. Circuit Modifi- ious circuit training boards. Coarse
cations (CM) and faults are switched and fine controls are provided to
in and out automatically by the soft- adjust the variable DC supplies.
ware. – Self-protection against short
circuit, reverse voltage, and over-
A message on the student’s comput- current conditions.
er screen indicates that a CM or fault – Long-life ZIF connector, with a
is activated. In the troubleshooting rotary knob that locks the training
exercises, faults are also inserted au- board into the base unit. The ZIF
1 Computerized Base Unit 91000-5x 580867 tomatically by the computer, thereby connector itself is protected from
freeing the instructor to assist stu- damage by built-in stops.
dents with individual activities. – The fingers on the connectors are
gold-plated for added durability.
– Included is an accessory kit con-
taining terminal posts, connectors,
2 Manual Base Unit adapters, and patch cords required
The Manual Base Unit contains a to perform experiments on the
total of 32 Circuit Modification (CM) FACET® training board.
and fault switches. Students manu-
ally select CM switches as the course Necessary accessories, also order:
progresses, while the protected fault
switches are reserved for Instructor Power cable with IEC connector at
use by means of an integrated, lock- one end and country-specific plug at
ing-cover assembly. other end.
Connector as per CEE 7 for DE, FR, NO, SE,
FI, PT, ES, AT, NL, BE, GR, TR, IT, DK, IR, ID
Order no. 582146
Connector as per NEMA 5-15 for US, CA,
Central America, BR, CO, EC, KR, TW, TH,
2 Manual Base Unit 91000-3x 580866 PH, JP
Order no. 582145
Connector as per BS 1363 for GB, IE, MY,
SG, UA, HK, AE
Order no. 582148
Connector as per AS-3112 for AU, NZ,
CN, AR
Order no. 582147
Connector as per SEV 1011 for CH
Order no. 582150
Connector as per CEI 23-50 for IT
Order no. 582151
Connector as per NBR 14136 for BR
Order no. 582152
Other plug types are available on request.
Electricity and Electronics > FACET® > Circuit Boards > Basic Electricity and Electronics
DC Fundamentals DC Network Theorems

Circuit Board 91001 Circuit Board 91002
The DC Fundamentals Training Circuit – Resistance, Current, and Voltage Consisting of nine training circuit – Superposition Solution for
Board is used by students to perform in a Series Resistive Circuit blocks and a constant-source cur- a Two-Source Circuit
practical exercises that demonstrate – Resistance, Voltage, and Current rent block, the DC Network Theo- – Millman’s Theorem Solution for
DC principles. Students will become in a Parallel Resistive Circuit rems Circuit Board enables students Two-Source Circuit
familiar with all the components to – Resistance, Voltage, and Current in to perform practical exercises that – Thevenizing a Single-Source and
be able to successfully identify and a Series-Parallel Resistive Circuit demonstrate theoretical DC princi- a Dual-Source Network
isolate the circuit blocks on the train- – Power in a Series, Parallel, and ples. When a circuit has two volt- – Thevenin Resistance (Rth) and
ing board and perform trouble-shoot- Series-Parallel Resistive Circuit age sources in different branches, Thevenin Voltage (Vth) of a
ing exercises. – The Rheostat theorems are used to solve for volt- Bridge Circuit
– The Potentiometer age and/or current in these circuits – Thevenin to Norton Conversion
Topic Coverage – Voltage and Current Dividers where Ohm’s Law cannot be applied. – Norton to Thevenin Conversion
– Instrument Familiarization – The DC Ammeter/ Ohmmeter/ – Tee and Wye or
– FACET® Base Unit Familiarization Voltmeter Topic Coverage Pi and Delta Networks
– DC Fundamentals Circuit Board – Troubleshooting DC Circuits 1 – Component Location and – Transformation of Delta and
Familiarization Identification Wye Networks
– Symbols and Schematics – Circuit Board Operation – Troubleshooting Basics
– Basic Safety Rules – Currents and Node Currents in a – Troubleshooting DC Networks
– Electrical Safety Rules Two-Element Branch Circuit
– Circuit Resistance, Circuit Current, – Voltages in a Three-Element
Circuit Voltage Series Circuit
– DC Power Sources in Series and – Algebraic Sum of Voltages
in Parallel Series in a Series Circuit
– Opposing DC Sources – Generating Loop Equations
– Identify Types of Switches – Generating Node Equations
– Switching Concepts – Kirchhoff’s Voltage and Current
– Ohm’s Law: Circuit Resistance, Law with a Two-Source Circuit
Circuit Current, Circuit Voltage – Mesh Solutions of a
Two-Source Circuit
DC Fundamentals 91001 en 580877 DC Network Theorems 91002 en 580889

DC Fundamentals 91001 fr 580878 DC Network Theorems 91002 fr 580890
DC Fundamentals 91001 es 580879 DC Network Theorems 91002 es 580891
Workbooks, also order: Workbooks, also order:

Student Manual, en 580644 Student Manual, en 589693
Instructor Guide, en 580647 Instructor Guide, en 580655
Supplementary media: Supplementary media:
eSeries for MindSight, en 580868 eSeries for MindSight, en 580880
eSeries for Stand-Alone, en 580871 eSeries for Stand-Alone, en 580883
AC 1 Fundamentals AC 2 Fundamentals
This Circuit Board contains nine Topic Coverage The AC 2 Fundamentals Circuit Board Topic Coverage
circuit blocks on which students – The Oscilloscope is designed as a continuation of the – Series RLC Circuits
perform varied troubleshooting exer- – The AC Waveform Generator AC 1 Fundamentals program. – Parallel RLC Circuits
cises in the AC 1 Fundamentals pro- – AC Amplitude Measurement – Series Resonant Circuits
gram. Students identify and isolate – Measuring AC Voltage, Current, and – Q and Bandwidth of a
the following circuits: Generator Im- Impedance with an Oscilloscope Series RLC Circuit
pedance, AC/DC Waveforms, Phase – Measuring and Setting Frequency – Resonant Frequency
Angle, Inductance/Inductive Reac- – Inductors in a Parallel LC Circuit
tance, Transformer, Capacitance/ – Phase Angle – Q and Bandwidth
Capacitive Reactance, RC Time Con- – Inductors in Series and in Parallel – Power Division
stants, and RC/RL Wave Shapes. – Fundamentals of Inductive – Power Factor
Reactance – Low-Pass Filters
– Inductive Reactance and – High-Pass Filters
Impedance – Band-Pass Filters
– Series and Parallel RL Circuits – Band-Stop Filters
– What is an Electromagnet? – Troubleshooting Basics
– Transformer Windings – Troubleshooting the AC 2
– Mutual Inductance Fundamentals Circuit Board
– Transformer Turns and
Voltage Ratios
– Transformer Secondary Loading
– Capacitors
– Capacitors in Series and in Parallel
– Fundamentals of Capacitive
Reactance
– Series and Parallel RC Circuits
– RC Time Constants
– RC/RL Waveshapes
– Troubleshooting Basics
– Troubleshooting the AC 1
Fundamentals Circuit Board
AC 1 Fundamentals 91003 en 580901 AC 2 Fundamentals 91004 en 580913

AC 1 Fundamentals 91003 fr 580902 AC 2 Fundamentals 91004 fr 580914
AC 1 Fundamentals 91003 es 580903 AC 2 Fundamentals 91004 es 580915

Semiconductor Devices Transistor Amplifier Circuits

The Semiconductor Devices Circuit Topic Coverage The Transistor Amplifier Circuits Topic Coverage
Board contains nine circuit blocks – Semiconductor Component Board allows students to perform – Circuit Location and Identification
pertaining to skills training in semi- Identification practical exercises that demonstrate – Multistage Amplifier Introduction
conductor circuits. – Control of a Semiconductor Switch transistor amplifier principles. – Common Base Circuit DC Operation
– Diode and DC Characteristics – Common Base Circuit AC Operation
After completion of the FACET® pro- – Half-Wave Rectification Students will identify and isolate – Common Emitter Circuit
grams in AC and DC Fundamentals – Full-Wave Diode Bridge Rectification faults within the following six circuit DC Operation/AC Operation
and AC and DC Circuits and Analysis, – Power Supply Filtering blocks: Attenuator, Common Base/ – Common Collector Circuit
students are ready to train on the – Voltage Doubler Emitter, Common Collector, Bias Sta- DC Operation/AC Operation
Semiconductor Board. – Diode Waveshaping bilization, RC Coupling/Transformer – Temperature Effect on
– The Zener Diode Coupling, and Direct Coupling. Fixed Bias Circuit and
Students in this program will be – Zener Diode Voltage Regulation Voltage Divider Bias Circuit
responsible for analyzing and trou- – Testing the Junctions of a Transistor – Transistor Parameters
bleshooting the following circuits: – PNP Transistor Current Control Familiarization
Diodes and Half-wave Rectification, Circuit – Using the Transistor Specification
Full-wave Rectification with Power – Emitter-Base Bias Potentials Sheet
Supply Filters, Zener Diode Regu- – Collector Current vs. Base Bias – RC Coupled Amplifier DC Operation
lator, Diode Waveshaping, Voltage – Transistor DC Circuit Voltages – RC Coupled Amplifier AC Voltage
Doubler, Transistor Junction, PNP – Transistor Load Lines Gain and Phase Relationship
DC Bias, and Transistor Load Lines – Troubleshooting Basics – RC Coupled Amplifier Frequency
and Gain. – Troubleshooting the Semiconductor Response
Devices Circuit Board – Transformer Coupled Amplifier
DC Operation/ AC Operation/
Frequency Response
– Direct Coupled Amplifier
DC Operation/AC Operation
– Direct Coupled Amplifier
Frequency Response
– Troubleshooting Transistor
Amplifier Circuits
Semiconductor Devices 91005 en 580925 Transistor Amplifier Circuits 91006 en 580937

Semiconductor Devices 91005 fr 580926 Transistor Amplifier Circuits 91006 fr 580938
Semiconductor Devices 91005 es 580927 Transistor Amplifier Circuits 91006 es 580939

Transistor Power Amplifiers Transistor Feedback Circuits

The Transistor Power Amplifiers Topic Coverage The Transistor Feedback Circuit – Shunt-Series Multistage
Circuit Board is designed to teach – Circuit Location and Identification Board enables students to perform Amplifier Current Gain
troubleshooting of transistor power – Transistor Power Amplifier Intro- practical exercises that demonstrate – Shunt-Series Multistage
amplifier circuitry. duction Transistor Feedback principles. Amplifier Output Gain
– Single-Ended Power Amplifier – Shunt-Series Multistage
Training on this Circuit Board DC Operation The circuits found on this board Amplifier Voltage Gain
includes identifying and isolating the – Single-Ended Power Amplifier include: Series Feedback/Shunt – Shunt-Series Multistage
following circuits: Single-Ended AC Voltage Gain and Power Gain Feedback, Multistage Shunt-Series Amplifier Output Impedance
Power Amplifier, Phase Splitter, Push- – Phase Splitter DC Operation Feedback, Attenuator, Multistage – Differential Amplifier Operation
Pull Power Amplifier, Attenuator, – Voltage Gain and Input/Output Series-Shunt Feedback, and the – Single-Ended and Differential
Complementary Power Amplifier, and Signal Phase Relationship Differential Amplifier. Gain Characteristics
Darlington Pair. – Push-Pull Power Amplifier – Common Mode Gain and
DC Operation Topic Coverage Rejection Ratio
– Push-Pull Power Amplifier – Component Location and – Troubleshooting Basics
AC Voltage and Power Gain Identification – Troubleshooting Feedback
– Complementary Power Amplifier – Series Feedback Amplifier Amplifier Circuits
DC Operation Operation
– Complementary Power Amplifier – The Effect of Feedback on AC Gain
AC Voltage Gain and Power Gain – The Effect of Negative Series
– Darlington Pair Current Gain Feedback on Bandwidth
Characteristics – The Effect of Series Feedback on
– Darlington Pair Input and Output Input and Output Impedance
Impedance – The Effect of Shunt Feedback on
– Troubleshooting Basics AC Gain
– Troubleshooting Transistor Power – The Effect of Shunt Feedback on
Amplifiers Bandwidth
– The Effect of Shunt Feedback on
Input and Output Impedance
Transistor Power Amplifiers 91007 en 580949 Transistor Feedback Circuits 91008 en 580961
Transistor Power Amplifiers 91007 fr 580950 Transistor Feedback Circuits 91008 fr 580962
Transistor Power Amplifiers 91007 es 580951 Transistor Feedback Circuits 91008 es 580963

Power Supply Operational Amplifier

Regulation Circuits Fundamentals
The Power Supply Regulation Circuits Topic Coverage The Operational Amplifier Funda- Topic Coverage
Board provides comprehensive, – Circuit Location and Identification mentals Circuit Board provides com- – Operational Amplifier Types and
hands-on instruction in the terminol- – Power Supply Regulator Introduc- prehensive, hands-on instruction Packages
ogy, principles, and applications of tion in the terminology, principles, and – Circuit Board Recognition and
power supply regulation circuits. – Shunt Regulator Operation applications of the circuitry used in Description
– Line Regulation analog applications. – Basic Operational Amplifier
Following a carefully designed in- – Load Regulation Characteristics and Parameters
structional program, students will – Series Regulator Operation Following a carefully designed in- – DC, AC, and other Characteristics
become familiar with all components – Voltage Feedback Regulator structional program, students will of the Inverting Amplifier
of the board; will be able to isolate, Operation become familiar with all components – DC, AC, and other Characteristics
identify, and test a series of circuits; – Voltage Feedback Load Regulation of the board; will be able to isolate, of the Non-inverting Amplifier
and will perform troubleshooting – Foldback Current Limiting Active identify, and test a series of circuits; – The Voltage Follower DC Operation
exercises to demonstrate mastery of Protection Circuit and will perform troubleshooting ex- – The Inverting Gain-of-One Amplifier
the course objectives. – Current Regulator Operation ercises to demonstrate mastery of – The Voltage Follower AC Operation
– Current Regulator Line Regulation the course objectives. – Inverting Summing Amplifier
– Current Regulator Load Regulation Operation
– Three-Pin IC Regulator Operation – Summing, Scaling, and Averaging
and Voltage Regulation – Non-Inverting Summing Amplifier
– Three-Pin IC Current Regulation Operation
and Power Efficiency – Summing Amplifier Configurations
– DC-to-DC Converter Operating – Difference Amplifier DC Operation
Characteristics – Difference Amplifier AC Operation
– DC-to-DC Converter Voltage – Open-Loop Operation
Regulation and Efficiency – Zener-Clamped Operation
– Troubleshooting Basics – The Sine Wave to Square Wave
– Troubleshooting Power Supply Converter
Regulation Circuits – Troubleshooting Basics
– Troubleshooting Operational
Amplifier Circuits
Power Supply Regulation Circuits 91009 en 580973 Operational Amplifier Fundamentals 91012 en 581009
Power Supply Regulation Circuits 91009 fr 580974 Operational Amplifier Fundamentals 91012 fr 581010
Power Supply Regulation Circuits 91009 es 580975 Operational Amplifier Fundamentals 91012 es 581011

Electricity and Electronics > FACET® > Circuit Boards > Basic Electricity and Electronics/Digital and Microprocessor Electronics
Operational Amplifier Digital Logic Fundamentals

Applications Circuit Board 91014
Circuit Board 91013
The Operational Amplifier Applica- Topic Coverage The Digital Logic Fundamentals Topic Coverage
tions course provides comprehen- – Component Location and course provides comprehensive, – Component Location and Identi-
sive, hands-on instruction in the Identification hands-on instruction in the terminol- fication
terminology, principles, and applica- – Band-Pass Filter Operation ogy, principles, and applications of – Operation of General Circuits
tions of operational amplifiers. – The Integrator digital logic circuits. – IC Package Fundamentals
– The Differentiator – AND/NAND Logic Functions
Following a carefully designed in- – Low-Pass Filter Frequency Following a carefully designed in- – OR/NOR Logic Functions
structional program, students will Response structional program, students will – Exclusive OR and NOR Gates
become familiar with all components – Low-Pass Filter Phase and become familiar with all components – Dynamic Response of XOR/XNOR
of the board; will be able to isolate, Transient Response of the board; will be able to isolate, Logic Gates
identify, and test a series of circuits; – High-Pass Filter Frequency identify, and test a series of circuits; – DC Operation of a NOT and an
and will perform troubleshooting ex- Response and will perform troubleshooting ex- OR-TIE
ercises to demonstrate mastery of – High-Pass Filter Phase and Tran- ercises to demonstrate mastery of – Transfer Characteristics of a
the course objectives. sient Response the course objectives. Schmitt and a Standard LS TTL
– Band-Pass Filter Frequency Gate
Response – Set/Reset Flip-Flop
– Band-Pass Filter Phase Response – D-Type Flip-Flop
– DC Characteristics of an Active – Static JK Flip-Flop Operation
Voltage-to-Current Converter – Dynamic Operation of a JK Flip-Flop
– AC Characteristics of an Active – Output Enable Control of a
– RMS or Average Calibrated Volt- Tri-State Gate
age-to-Current Converter – Sink and Source Control of a
– Troubleshooting Basics Tri-State Gate
– Troubleshooting Operational – Static Trigger Levels of a TTL and
Amplifier Circuits CMOS
– Dynamic Transfer Characteristics
of TTL and CMOS
– Static Control of a Data Bus
– Dynamic Control of a Data Bus
– Troubleshooting Digital Circuits
Operational Amplifier Applications 91013 en 581021 Digital Logic Fundamentals 91014 en 581033
Operational Amplifier Applications 91013 fr 581022 Digital Logic Fundamentals 91014 fr 581034
Operational Amplifier Applications 91013 es 581023 Digital Logic Fundamentals 91014 es 581035

Electricity and Electronics > FACET® > Circuit Boards > Digital and Microprocessor Electronics
Digital Circuit Fundamentals 1 Digital Circuit Fundamentals 2

The Digital Circuit Fundamentals 1 Topic Coverage The Digital Circuit Fundamentals 2 Topic Coverage
course provides comprehensive, – Component Location and Identi- course provides comprehensive, – Component Location and
hands-on instruction in the terminolo- fication hands-on instruction in the terminolo- Identification
gy, principles, and applications of dig- – Operation of General Circuits gy, principles, and applications of dig- – Operation of General Circuits
ital circuits. – IC Package Fundamentals ital circuits. – IC Package Fundamentals
– Basic Counter Control Functions – Fundamental BCD Decoder
Following a carefully designed in- – Ripple Counter Waveforms Following a carefully designed in- Operation
structional program, students will – Synchronous Counter Circuit structional program, students will – Fundamental Priority Encoder
become familiar with all components Waveforms become familiar with all components Operation
of the board; will be able to isolate, – Synchronous Counter Circuit of the board; will be able to isolate, – Fundamental ADC Operation
identify and test a series of circuits; Glue Logic identify and test a series of circuits; – Fundamental DAC Operation
and will perform troubleshooting ex- – Basic Operating Modes of the and will perform troubleshooting – Data Selector and Multiplexer
ercises to demonstrate mastery of Shift Register exercises to demonstrate mastery of – The LS151 Multiplexer and
the course objectives. – Shift Register Circuit Waveforms the course objectives. LS155 Demultiplexer
– Fundamental Binary Addition – 1-Line-to-8-Line Demultiplexer
– Binary Addition with Input and – LED Decoder/Driver
Output Carry – 7-Segment LED Display
– Fundamental Binary Comparisons – ODD and EVEN Parity
– Comparators and Counter – Parity Generator/Checker Glue
Modulus Control Logic
– Troubleshooting Basics – Troubleshooting MSI IC Circuits
– Troubleshooting Digital Circuits – Troubleshooting Basics
– The 74LS193 Counter – Troubleshooting Digital Circuits
– The 74LS283 4-Bit Adder
– The 74LS194 Shift Register
– The 74LS285 Comparator
Digital Circuit Fundamentals 1, 91015 en 581045 Digital Circuit Fundamentals 2, 91016 en 581057
Digital Circuit Fundamentals 1, 91015 fr 581046 Digital Circuit Fundamentals 2, 91016 fr 581058
Digital Circuit Fundamentals 1, 91015 es 581047 Digital Circuit Fundamentals 2, 91016 es 581059

Digital Signal Processor Microcontroller System

Circuit Board 91031 Development
Circuit Board 91030
The Digital Signal Processor circuit Topic Coverage The Microcontroller System Develop- This academic version includes a
board introduces students to the – Familiarization with DSPs and ment course provides comprehensive, range of templates and macros for
vast field of digital signal processing DSP programming, overview of the hands-on instruction in the terminolo- popular add-on E-Block kits.
and applications. DSP Circuit Board, the Integrated gy, principles, and applications of
Development Environment (IDE) microcontroller programming. The board can either be used with
The courseware covers the basic con- and Project Structure the FACET® base unit or as a stand-
cepts of digital signal processing, as – DSP Architecture, Processor Arith- This board features a USB program- alone trainer.
well as DSP architectures, memory, metic, the Data Computation Unit, mable PIC microcontroller; on-board
addressing, I/O, and peripherals. It Memory, and Addressing peripherals include LEDs, switches, Topic Coverage
also presents several essential as- – I/O and Peripherals, an Application four 7-segment display, LCD display, – Digital vs. Analog
pects of real-time DSP processing, Using I/Os and Peripherals keypad, light sensor, variable voltage – Inputs and Outputs
such as sampling, A/D and D/A con- – DSP Real-time Processing, source for A/D acquisition, and – Memory
version, and the Fast- Fourier Trans- Sampling and Analog-to-Digital/ Vernier™ sensors inputs. – 16F877A Architecture
form. Digital-to-Analog Conversion, the – Programming
Fast Fourier transform (FFT), An extension surface expands the – Digital Outputs and Clocking
A version of Code Composer Studio, Optimizing DSP applications capabilities of this board for bread- – Digital Inputs
a typical Integrated Development – Signal Processing Applications, boarding or for a wide range of – Basic Loops
Environment (IDE) used to develop, FIR and IIR Filters projects using optional E-Blocks. – Display a Message
debug, and compile DSP applica- – Calculations and Input
tions, is bundled with the board. The chip is programmed with Flow- Conditioning
The source code for the applications Code. A single license academic – Decisions and Macros
used in the courseware is also in- FlowCode v8 is included. Students – The 7-Segment Display
cluded. learn programming using a graphical – String Variables and ASCII Code
programming environment. Flow- – A Simple Hi-Fi
Practical techniques such as the use Code allows you to quickly and
of library functions, DSP application easily develop complex electronic
optimization, and digital filtering al- systems.
gorithms, are also covered in the
courseware.
Microcontroller System Development 91030 en 581210
Microcontroller System Development 91030 fr 581211
Microcontroller System Development 91030 es 581212
Digital Signal Processor 91031 en 585736 FlowCode IDE, Academic license for PicMicro v7, single license 585809
Digital Signal Processor 91031 fr 585737 FlowCode IDE, Academic license for PicMicro v7,10 users license 585810
FlowCode IDE, Academic license for PicMicro v7, site license 585811
Workbooks, also order:
Student Manual, en 583850 Workbooks, also order:
32-Bit Microprocessor Microprocessor Application

Circuit Board 91017 Board
Circuit Board 91602
This board provide comprehensive, Topic Coverage This Circuit Board is an add-on to The Temperature Controller uses two
hands-on instruction in the terminol- – Circuit Board Introduction and the 32-Bit Microprocessor (Model temperature transducers whose out-
ogy, principles and applications of Operation 91017). It allows students to study put current is a function of their tem-
32-bit μC microprocessor systems. – Bus States how microprocessors can control and perature. One transducer is thermal-
– 32-Bit Bus Transfers communicate with external devices. ly bonded to a resistor that is used
The 80386DX CPU is used to demon- – Read and Write Cycles The Application Board has two appli- as a heater. The microprocessor con-
strate microprocessor, memory, I/O – CPU Initialization cation circuits: a DC Motor Controller, trols the turning on and turning off of
concepts, analog systems via con- – Memory Control Signals and a Temperature Controller. the heater, whose status is indicated
verters, as well as serial and parallel – Memory Address Decoding by an LED indicator. The other trans-
protocols. – Memory Data Transfers The DC Motor Controller has a motor ducer is used as a room temperature
– DAC and ADC Ports whose speed and direction of rota- reference, allowing the microproces-
A keypad and a LCD display allow – PPI and Keypad Interface tion can be controlled by the micro- sor to perform closed-loop control of
direct user interaction with the CPU. – Display and Serial Ports processor. Mounted on the motor’s the temperature.
An on-board logic probe, single bus – Maskable and Non-Maskable shaft is a fan blade that makes it eas-
cycle execution mode, and the prac- Interrupts ier for students to see the direction The course can be performed
tical, hands-on approach of the – Exceptions of rotation. The motor’s shaft also through the interactive computer-
courseware guide students. – Immediate, Register, and Memory has an encoder disk with optical in- based learning (CBL) provided with
Addressing Modes terrupter that provides feedback on the Circuit Board 91017 course, or
This board can be interfaced with – Instruction formats the motor speed to the microproces- in a conventional way by using the
higher-level FACET® boards, such as – 80386 CPU Instructions sor, allowing closed-loop control of manuals provided with the Circuit
Transducer Fundamentals; Motors, the motor speed. Board 91017 course.
Generators and Controls; and Fiber
Optic Communications. It can also in-
terface with Application board 91062
for additional exercises.
32-Bit Microprocessor 91017 en 581069

32-Bit Microprocessor 91017 fr 581070
32-Bit Microprocessor 91017 es 581071
Workbooks, also order:

Student Manual, en 589702
Instructor Guide, en 580779
Supplementary media: Microprocessor Application Board 91602 en 581224
eSeries for MindSight, en 581060
eSeries for MindSight, en 581061 Workbooks, also order:
eSeries for Stand-Alone, en 581063 Student Manual, en 585395
Electricity and Electronics > FACET® > Circuit Boards > Industrial Electronics
Breadboard FET Fundamentals

The Breadboard is a complement to Topic Coverage The FET Fundamentals course pro- Topic Coverage
Digital Logic Fundamentals (Model – Astable Multivibrator vides comprehensive, hands-on in- – Component Location and Identi-
91014). The Breadboard module con- – Bistable Multivibrator struction in the terminology, prin- fication
sists of three printed circuit boards – Monostable Multivibrator ciples and applications of JFET, – Unijunction Oscillator Operation
designed so that students can easily – Schmitt Trigger MOSFET, and UJT. Following a care- – JFET Operating Characteristics
connect and change circuits without fully designed instructional program, – The Effect of Gate Bias on Pinch-off
the need to solder components. students will become familiar with – JFET Dynamic Characteristic Curves
all components of the board; will be – JFET Amplifier DC Operation
Students gain the understanding of able to isolate, identify, and test a – JFET Amplifier Voltage Gain
the physical characteristics of com- series of circuits; and will perform – JFET Current Source DC Operation
ponents like pinouts, size, power, troubleshooting exercises to demon- – JFET Current Source Power and
and impedance voltage limits. The strate mastery of the course objec- Load Voltage Variation
breadboard comes with all the leads tives. – Zero Bias Characteristic of a
and components required to con- MOSFET
nect the studied circuits. These cir- – MOSFET Modes of Operation
cuits include astable, bistable, and – MOSFET Voltage Amplifier
monostable multibrators, as well as – Dual Gate MOSFET Mixer
Schmitt trigger (wave-squaring) cir- – UJT Operating Characteristics
cuits. A voltage source powered from – UJT Waveform Generation
the base unit provides the voltages – Hartley Oscillator Operation
required to power the circuits. These – Colpitts Oscillator Operation
voltages are accessible from an addi- – Thermistor Operation
tional solderless breadboard. – Photoresistor Operation
– Fiber Optic Light Transfer
The practical, hands-on approach of – Troubleshooting Basics
the courseware guides students in – Troubleshooting FET Circuits
the observation and measurement – FET Specification Sheets
of signals with an oscilloscope. As – Unijunction Transistor
a prerequisite, students should be Specification Sheets
familiar with the operation of bipolar – Transducer Specification Sheets
transistor circuits.
FET Fundamentals 91010 en 580985

FET Fundamentals 91010 fr 580986
FET Fundamentals 91010 es 580987
Breadboard 91091 en 581221
Breadboard 91091 fr 581222 Workbooks, also order:
Breadboard 91091 es 581223 Student Manual, en 589698
Workbooks, also order: Supplementary media:
Student Manual, en 580399 eSeries for MindSight, en 580976
Instructor Guide, en 580400 eSeries for Stand-Alone, en 580979
Transducer Fundamentals Thyristor and

Circuit Board 91019 Power Control Circuits
Circuit Board 91011
The Transducer Fundamentals course Topic Coverage The Thyristor and Power Control Topic Coverage
guides students through the circuits – Introduction to Transducers Circuits course provides comprehen- – Thyristor Component
and devices used to interface com- – Introduction to the Circuit Board sive, hands-on instruction in the Familiarization
puter and control circuits. Students – Temperature Measurement fundamental terminology, principles, – Thyristor Circuit Fundamentals
learn the principles of input and out- – Temperature Control and applications of thyristor and – Test a Silicon-Controlled
put transducers and how physical – Thermistor Characteristics power control circuits. Rectifier (SCR)
quantities, such as heat, position, – Resistance Temperature Detector – SCR DC Operation
proximity, and force, are converted (RTD) Characteristics Following a carefully designed in- – Gate Trigger Voltage and
to electrical signals for detection and – Thermocouple Characteristics structional program, students will Holding Current
processing. – Capacitance Sensor become familiar with all components – SCR Half-Wave Rectifier
– Touch and Position Sensing of the board; will be able to isolate, – SCR Control of a Half-Wave
This circuit board can be interfaced – Strain Gauge Characteristics identify, and test a series of circuits; Rectifier
with the 32-Bit Microprocessor cir- – Bending Beam Load Cell and will perform troubleshooting – SCR Control of a Full-Wave Rectifier
cuit board to demonstrate the prin- (Strain Gauge) exercises to demonstrate mastery of – Half-Wave Phase Control
ciples of data acquisition and micro- – Ultrasonic Principles the course objectives. – Full-Wave Phase Control
processor control. – Distance Measurement – UJT Characteristics
– Infrared Transmission/Reception – UJT Half-Wave and Full-Wave
– IR Remote Control Phase Control
– Force Measurement – Bidirectional Conduction
– Computerized Temperature Control – The Four Triggering Modes
and Measurement and Comput- – Half-Wave Phase Control
erized Force Measurement:These – Full-Wave Phase Control
exercises and computer interface – Troubleshooting Basics
require the optional 32-Bit Micro- – Troubleshooting Thyristor and
processor board (91017) plus, Power Control Circuits
accessories: 9 V Power Supply
(91730), and Flat Ribbon Cable
(91627)
– Troubleshooting Transducer
Circuits
Transducer Fundamentals 91019 en 581096 Thyristor and Power Control Circuits 91011 en 580997
Transducer Fundamentals 91019 fr 581097 Thyristor and Power Control Circuits 91011 fr 580998
Transducer Fundamentals 91019 es 581098 Thyristor and Power Control Circuits 91011 es 580999

Magnetism/Electromagnetism Motors, Generators,

Circuit Board 91020 and Controls
Circuit Board 91024
The Magnetism/Electromagnetism Topic Coverage The Motors, Generators, and Con- Topic Coverage
course is an extension of the AC 1 – What is Magnetism? trols course provides comprehen- – DC Motor Circuits Familiarization
Fundamentals training board that – Magnetic Fields sive, hands-on instruction in the – Stepper Motor and AC Motor
provides comprehensive, hands-on – Making a Magnet terminology, principles, and appli- Circuits
instruction in the terminology, princi- – What is an Electromagnet? cations of the DC motor, AC synchro- – Analog DC Motor Positioning
ples, and applications of magnetism – The Solenoid nous motor, phase shifter, and step- – PWM DC Motor Positioning
and electromagnetism. – The Relay per motor. – Analog and Pulsed Speed Control
of a DC Motor
Following a carefully designed in- Following a carefully designed in- – Variable Frequency Control
structional program, students will structional program, students are – The Tachometer Generator
become familiar with all components able to perform troubleshooting ex- – The Stepper Motor
of the board; and will be able to iso- ercises on analog and pulse-width – The Stepper Motor Controller
late, identify, and test a series of cir- modulated (PWM) DC motor posi- – Troubleshooting
cuits. tioning, analog and PWM DC motor – Microprocessor Interface:
speed control, variable frequency This exercise and computer inter-
speed control of an AC synchronous face require the optional 32-Bit
motor, operation of a tachogenerator Microprocessor board (91017)
circuit, and speed and position con- plus accessories: 9 V Power Sup-
trol of a stepper motor with optional ply (91730), and Flat Ribbon Cable
computer interface. (91627).
Magnetism/Electromagnetism 91020 en 581108 Motors, Generators and Controls 91024 en 581147

Magnetism/Electromagnetism 91020 fr 581109 Motors, Generators and Controls 91024 fr 581148
Magnetism/Electromagnetism 91020 es 581110 Motors, Generators and Controls 91024 es 581149

Electricity and Electronics > FACET® > Circuit Boards > Communications Systems
Power Transistors and Analog Communications

GTO Thyristors Circuit Board 91018
Circuit Board 91026
In the Power Transistors and GTO Topic Coverage The Analog Communications course Topic Coverage
Thyristors course, students per- – Power Transistors and provides comprehensive, hands-on – Analog Communications Concepts
form practical exercises that demon- GTO Thyristor Identification instruction in the terminology, prin- – Circuit Board Familiarization
strate the use of several power elec- – Overview of the Circuit Blocks ciples, and applications of analog – Amplitude Modulation (AM)
tronic, self-commutated switches. – Familiarization with the Driver communications. – RF Power Amplifier
The course contains six types of Circuit Block – Balanced Modulator
switches that are implemented with – Familiarization with the Load In this course, students receive – RF Stage
a MOSFET, an isolated-gate bipo- Circuit Block hands-on circuit training and acquire – Mixer, IF Filter, and Envelope
lar transistor (IGBT), a fast IGBT, a Basic Operations of Power Bipolar skills to measure radio signals with Detector
bipolar resistor, a Darlington resis- Transistors an oscilloscope. Students also learn – Balanced Modulator and LSB Filter
tor, and a GTO thyristor. Learning of – Basic Operation of Power the functions of oscillators, filters, – Mixer and RF Power Amplifier
switches is expanded with a Driver MOSFETs and IGBTs amplifiers, LC networks, modulators, – RF Stage, Mixer, and IF Filter
section, consisting of an opto-isola- – Basic Operation of GTO Thyristors limiters, mixers, and detectors in – Product Detector and Automatic
tor and driver for power thyristors; – Switching Time and Conduction communication circuits. Gain Control
a Load section, consisting of resis- Voltage Drop – Frequency Modulation (FM) and
tive and inductive components; and – Switching Power in an Inductive Phase Modulation (PM)
general-purpose, fast, and ultra-fast Load – Demodulation
free-wheeling diodes. – Free-Wheeling Diode Recovery (Quadrature Detector)
Time – PLL (Phase-Locked Loop) Circuit
– Losses in Electronic Power and Operation
Switches – FM Detection with a PLL
– The Bipolar Power Transistor – Troubleshooting Basics
– The Darlington Power Transistor – Troubleshooting Analog
– The GTO Thyristor Communications Circuits
– The Power MOSFET
– The IGBT
– The Ultra-Fast IGBT
Power Transistors and GTO Thyristors 91026 en 581171 Analog Communications 91018 en 581084
Power Transistors and GTO Thyristors 91026 fr 581172 Analog Communications 91018 fr 581085
Power Transistors and GTO Thyristors 91026 es 581173 Analog Communications 91018 es 581086

Digital Communications 1 Digital Communications 2

The Digital Communications 1 course Topic Coverage The Digital Communications 2 course Topic Coverage
provides comprehensive, hands-on – Concepts of Digital Communica- provides further comprehensive, – Circuit Board Familiarization
instruction in the terminology, prin- tions hands-on instruction in the terminol- – Introduction to Digital
ciples, and applications of digital – Circuit Board Familiarization ogy, principles, and applications of Transmission
circuits, including: Sampler, Sample/ – Pulse Amplitude Modulation (PAM) digital circuits, including: NRZ, RZ, – Encoding and Decoding
Hold, Adder, Ramp Generator, Com- Signal Generation Manchester Encoding and Decoding, – FSK Signal Generation
parator, Limiter, Filter, CODEC, PLL, – PAM Signal Demodulation Clock Synchronizer, Frequency-Shift – FSK Asynchronous Detection
Compressor, Expander, Integrator, – PAM Time-Division Multiplexing Keying (FSK) Generation, FSK Asyn- – FSK Synchronous Detection
Differentiator, Latched Comparator, (TDM) Transmission chronous and Synchronous Detec- – PSK Signal Generation
Speaker Amplifier, and Channel Sim- – PAM TDM Reception tion, Phase-Shift Keying (PSK) Gen- – PSK Synchronous Detection
ulator. – Pulse-Time Modulation (PTM) eration, PSK Synchronous Detection, – ASK Signal Generation
Signal Demodulation Amplitude-Shift Keying (ASK) Gener- – ASK Asynchronous Detection
Following a carefully designed in- – PTM Signal Generation ation, ASK Asynchronous and Syn- – The Channel Simulator
structional program, students will – Pulse-Code Modulation chronous Detection, Channel Effects, – Effects of Noise on ASK and
become familiar with all components (PCM) Signal Generation and and FSK/DPSK (Differential Phase- PSK Signals
of the board; will be able to isolate, Demodulation Shift Keying) Modem. – Effects of Noise on Asynchronously
identify, and test a series of circuits; – PCM Signal TDM and Synchronously Detected
and will perform troubleshooting – Delta Modulation (DM) Transmitter Following a carefully designed in- FSK Signals
exercises to demonstrate mastery of – DM Receiver and Noise structional program, students will – Operation of an FSK Modem
the course objectives. – Channel Bandwidth become familiar with all components – Operation of a DPSK Modem
– Channel Noise of the board; will be able to isolate, – Troubleshooting Basics
– Troubleshooting Basics identify, and test a series of circuits; – Troubleshooting Digital
– Troubleshooting Digital and will perform troubleshooting ex- Communications 2 Circuits
Communications 1 Circuits ercises to demonstrate mastery of
the course objectives.
Digital Communications 1, 91022 en 581123 Digital Communications 2, 91023 en 581135

Digital Communications 1, 91022 fr 581124 Digital Communications 2, 91023 fr 581136
Digital Communications 1, 91022 es 581125 Digital Communications 2, 91023 es 581137

Fiber Optic Communications Communications

Circuit Board 91025 Transmission Lines
Circuit Board 91028
The Fiber Optic Communications Topic Coverage The Transmission Lines circuit board a step generator that produces a
course provides comprehensive, – Circuit Board Familiarization provides students with the theory 50-kHz square-wave voltage for tran-
hands-on instruction in the theory – Introduction to Fiber Optic and measurement skills required to sient behavior testing, and a signal
and practice of fiber optic communi- Communications implement and test communications generator that produces a sinusoidal
cations technology. – Scattering and Absorption Losses transmission lines. Courseware cov- voltage of variable frequency
– Connectors and Polishing ers the principles and operational (5 kHz – 5 MHz) for steady-state be-
Following a carefully designed in- – Numerical Aperture and Core Area characteristics of transmission lines, havior testing. Each generator has
structional program, students will – Bending Loss and Modal conducting transmission line mea- several BNC outputs providing dif-
become familiar with all components Dispersion surements under transient (step test- ferent output impedances. A load
of the board; will be able to isolate, – Light Source ing) and sinusoidal steady-state con- section, consisting of a configurable
identify, and test a series of circuits; – Driver Circuit ditions, and valuable foundational network of resistors, inductors, and
and will perform troubleshooting ex- – Source-to-Fiber Connection information on the theory and prac- capacitors, permits connection of dif-
ercises to demonstrate mastery of – Light Detector tice of time-domain reflectometry ferent load impedances to the receiv-
the course objectives. – Output Circuit (TDR), as well as impedance matching end of each line.
– Fiber Optic Test Equipment ing and transformation.
– Optical Power Budgets Topic Coverage
– Analog Communications The circuit board uses two 24-meter – Characteristics of Transmission
– Digital Communications: (78.7 feet) RG-174 coaxial cables Lines
This exercise and computer inter- which can be used separately or con- – Transmission Line Measurements
face require the optional 32-Bit nected end-to-end. Each line has five Under Transient (Step Testing) and
Microprocessor plus accessories: probing points that permit observa- Sinusoidal Steady-State Conditions
9 V power supply, and Adapter. tion and measurements of signals
Additional option includes along the line, using an oscilloscope.
Polishing Kit Two generators are provided to study
– Troubleshooting the transmission line behavior:
Fiber Optic Communications 91025 en 581159 Communications Transmission Lines 91028 en 581192
Fiber Optic Communications 91025 fr 581160 Communications Transmission Lines 91028 fr 581193
Fiber Optic Communications 91025 es 581161

QPSK/OQPSK/DPSK
Circuit Board 91029
Phase-shift keying (PSK) is a meth- Topic Coverage

od of digital communication in which – Digital modulation
the phase of a transmitted signal is – Baseband and Passband signals
varied to convey information. The – Partitioning of pulse streams
QPSK/OQPSK/DPSK board provides – Signal constellations for MPSK
students with the theory and mea- – General MPSK equations
surement skills required to imple- – Heterodyning baseband signals
ment and test different types of PSK with a carrier
modulation and demodulation tech- – Unipolar and bipolar signals in
niques used in pulse-coded modula- time and frequency domains
tion (PCM) schemes. – Binary PSK (BPSK), Quadratic PSK
(QPSK), and Offset QPSK (OQPSK)
Courseware covers the principles modulation and demodulation
and operational characteristics of un- – Differential PSK (DPSK) encoding
ipolar and bipolar signals in a base- and decoding
band transmission, measurement
and comparison of BPSK, QPSK,
OQPSK, and DPSK signals in the time
and frequency domains using an os-
cilloscope and spectrum analyzer,
respectively, and familiarization with
all components of the board, includ-
ing isolation, identification, and test-
ing of a series of circuits.
Students will perform troubleshoot-

ing exercises to demonstrate mas-
tery of the course objectives.
All FACET® workbooks on a

QPSK/OQPSK/DPSK 91029 en 581201 single CD!
QPSK/OQPSK/DPSK 91029 es 581202
The entire collection of FACET®
Workbooks, also order: student manuals and instructor
Student Manual, en 580433 guides (PDF version) is conve-
Instructor Guide, en 580439 niently available on a CD-ROM.
Supplementary media:
eSeries for MindSight, en 581195 Order no. 585330
eSeries for Stand-Alone, en 581198
Electricity and Electronics > FACET® > Accessories
Accessories
Virtual Instrument Package
A powerful package Complete software suite The interface unit Virtual Instrument Package, Model 1250
The Virtual Instrument Package, The complete Virtual Instrument The Virtual Instrument unit is a light- Order no. 8098535
LabVolt Series 1250, replaces Package consists of an interface unit weight, compact interface module
conventional desktop test equip- for data acquisition connections, and powered from a standard AC power
ment with a powerful, space-saving, a Windows-based software. The in- wall outlet.
virtual instrumentation package that terface is connected to the computer
gives students state-of-the-art tools via a USB connection. On the front panel of the Virtual In-
to measure, analyze, observe, and strument unit, two BNC connectors
display the results of electronic cir- The software displays the various in- and a pair of safety banana sockets
cuit tests. struments in separate windows and provide access to the various virtual
includes the following virtual instru- instruments. A third BNC connector
Fully integrated with the FACET® ments and signal source: provides the signal generator output.
Electronics Training program, the – Dual-Channel Oscilloscope A BNC connector on the back panel
Virtual Instrument Package enables – Multimeter of the Virtual Instrument unit is the
students to conduct all experiments – Spectrum Analyzer access to the external trigger input of
of the FACET® curriculum. – Waveform Generator the virtual oscilloscope.
This package operates under any one The Virtual Instrument unit samples
of the following Microsoft Windows the signals applied to its various in-
operating systems: puts to provide raw signal data that
Windows 7, Windows 8, is used by the virtual instrument
and Windows 10. software to measure, filter, and dis-
play the input signals. The high sam-
It is also possible to interface the pling rate of 1 GS/s provides the
unit with MATLAB® and LabVIEW® Virtual Instrument unit a 250 MHz
software for advanced control and bandwidth that is amply sufficient for
analysis. the observation and analysis of the
various signals in the FACET® Elec-
tronics Training program.
The Virtual Instrument unit also gen-

erates signal samples (data) that are
converted to analog format to pro-
duce the output signal.
Data exchange between the Virtual

Instrument unit and the host com-
puter that runs the virtual instrument
software is through a USB link (USB
1.1 and 2.0 compatible).
Multimeter Oscilloscope Spectrum Analyzer Arbitrary Waveform Generator (AWG)

The Multimeter has one input The Oscilloscope has two input chan- The Spectrum Analyzer has two The Arbitrary Waveform Generator can
channel sampled at a rate of 1 GS/s nels and an external trigger independent input channels, each produce sine-wave, triangle-wave,
and can measure the AC and DC input. The maximum sampling rate channel being sampled at a rate square-wave DC, and noise signals.
values of voltage and current as well is 1 GS/s when a single channel is of 1 GS/s. The Spectrum Analyzer It has a bandwidth of 20 MHz.
as resistance, like any conventional used and 500 MS/s when both chan- converts the signal samples into The AWG output has a maximum volt-
multimeter. nels are used. Cursors are available frequency-domain information that age range of -10 V – +10 V with 14-bit
to perform voltage, frequency, and is displayed as a graph of signal level resolution and adjustable DC offset.
phase measurements on the dis- as a function of frequency. The verti- The AWG output impedance is 50 Ω.
played signals. The Oscilloscope can cal scale can be either linear or log-
perform continuous sampling or arithmic and has a fully-adjustable
single-shot sampling of the input range. Cursors are available to mea-
signals. sure the level and frequency of par-
ticular components in the displayed
frequency spectra, frequency inter-
vals, signal bandwidth, etc.
The Spectrum Analyzer can perform
continuous sampling or single-shot
sampling of the input signals.
Accessories
Digital Multimeter/Function with NEMA 5-15 cord line Dual-Trace Digital Storage with NEMA 5-15 power cord
Generator, LabVolt Series 1247 en 580851 Oscilloscope, LabVolt Series 798 en 585695
The Digital Multimeter/Function Gen- es 580852 The Dual-Trace Digital Storage Os- with CEE 7 cord line
erator, designed as a general-pur- with CEE 7 cord line cilloscope is a low-cost oscilloscope en 585696
pose instrumentation module, pro- en 580853 that is ideally suited for general pur- with AS-3112 cord line
vides the necessary test equipment es 580854 pose use in any classroom laborato- en 585694
(except oscilloscope) to perform with AS-3112 cord line ry. Two low-capacitance probes are
the lessons in the FACET® program. en 580855 included with the unit.
This instrument consists of a sine/
square/triangle waveshape function Features and Benefits:
generator and an auto-ranging digi- – Color, 7-inch LCD
tal multimeter. The instrumentation – Multilingual, on-display menu
shares a common power input and – 40 MHz bandwidth
is housed in a portable enclosure. – 1 GSa/s maximum sampling rate
All components, switches, and ter- – USB and RS 232 ports
minals are mounted in a tamper-re- – Compact design
sistant manner. The system’s design
protects the instruments from inad-
vertent short circuits and overloads
within the FACET® system.
FACET® Storage Enclosure, Accessory Kit, LabVolt Series 91052

LabVolt Series 1369 The Accessory Kit is a replacement
The FACET® Storage Enclosure is a kit that contains the same accesso-
portable and sturdy metal enclosure ries as those provided with any of
that can house up to ten boards of the FACET® base units. The kit con-
the FACET® program. The enclosure sists of miniature banana-jack jump-
includes a locking cover and a carry- ers and leads, alligator clips, and
ing handle. test point pins.
Electricity and Electronics > System description
Electrical Engineering and Electronics Training Packages

Modern and exciting training
Everything from a single source –

Equipment for electrical engineering
laboratories
Regardless of the control and drive

technology used, electrical engineer-
ing always plays a role.
No matter what your training focuses

on, electrical engineering and elec-
tronics are part of the basic knowl-
edge for all areas of production, pro-
cess and automation technology.
Rapid transfer Maximum compatibility Useful modularity
With learning systems from Festo Whether in initial professional train- Electrical engineering and electronics The training packages for electrical
Didactic, learning laboratories – be ing or more advanced courses: It is are fundamental components of engineering and electronics are ex-
they modular, customized or com- essential to be able to recall what automation. These training packages pandable. For example, they begin
plete – can be equipped for any has been learned and apply it im- can therefore be used where mecha- with electrical protective measures
application and budget, whether for mediately. This is easier to do if the tronics or bus technology are in- and a domestic connection. Later,
industry or trades, for teaching basic worlds of learning and work are as volved. they add the starter kit for sub-distri-
principles, for building systems or similar as possible. That is why the – 4 mm safety sockets and SysLink bution and the topic of building auto-
control or drive technology. training packages for electrical en- guarantee “electrical compatibility” mation. This modularity has a further
gineering only contain industrial – A new standard coupling ensures benefit: each training device is small-
components, and the exercises in that motors and driven elements er, more portable and can be housed
the course documents come from a are universally compatible in a cabinet more easily.
typical, professional environment. – H-rails and housing dimensions
allow components from other
manufacturers to be used

Electricity and Electronics > System description
Proven training concept Theoretical content can be illus-

trated and communicated more
Festo Didactic’s proven and con- clearly with the help of the photos
tinuously upgraded teachware and videos on the enclosed multi-
concept also underpins the train- media CD-ROM to communicate it
ing packages for electrical engi- more clearly.
neering.
Teacher and student versions of
It is based on project-based exer- documents are provided, with
cises that increase in complexity identical page numbering to make
from one exercise to the next. The it easier to answer questions. Exer-
knowledge learned is revisited, re- cise sheets can simply be printed
inforced and consolidated in sub- as required.
sequent exercises.
All projects include practical prob-
lems. Drawings, images and videos
give a broad view of industrial
reality.
Safe connection technology Combination with self-study Mobile solution Winner

When it comes to dealing with elec- Education in schools, companies or Anyone who wants to design varied of the iF product design award 2011
tricity, safety and protective mea- university cannot be successful with- teaching and personal learning con- and the Focus design award in Silver
sures are a key focus. Of course, all out a willingness to do self-study. cepts requires flexible and modular 2011:
of our electrical connections are fit- That is why the appropriate WBTs are training systems. That is why most
ted with safety sockets or plugs. available for all topics. Our range of of the equipment sets from Festo Equipment set TP 1011
– The plug-in modules of the equip- digital training programs provides Didactic are compatible with the Basic principles of electrical
ment set for the basic principles of exciting learning scenarios and sup- practical and mobile Systainers. This engineering/electronics
electrical engineering/electronics plements the classroom-based parts makes storage and transportation
– Power supply units and power of a course. The WBTs are partic- easier and supports flexible working.
supplies ularly well suited for teaching the
– Back plates and EduTrainer® basic principles and thus provide the
optimum supplement to practical
experiments.
Electricity and Electronics > Equipment sets > Fundamentals of electrical engineering
Equipment Set TP 1011

Fundamentals of electrical engineering/electronics
The basis of everything – Training content

Electrical engineering and
electronics – Direct current
Voltage, current, resistance,
The universal patch panel of this conductance, Ohm’s law, using
training package uses the proven measuring devices, energy and
19 mm grid. The universal patch capacity, series and parallel con-
panel and basic power supply unit, nections, voltage dividers, non-
which provides a function generator linear resistors, bridge circuit,
among other things, form the basis voltage source
on which the digital and control tech- – Alternating current
nology component sets can be used. Electric field, induction, capacitor
and coil in DC and AC circuit, series On the safe side! Easy to connect!
With the component set, all basic and parallel circuits, active resis- The system is completely equipped Safety plugs at the bottom, safety
tests of DC, AC and semiconductor tance, reactance and impedance, with safety plugs and sockets based sockets at the top – each component
technology can be performed and phase shift of current and voltage on state-of-the-art technology. has double the connections.
basic electronic circuits can be ex- – Semiconductors
amined. The storage panel, with its Semiconductor diode, Zener diode, This applies to all electrical connec- As a result, measurements can be
clearly labelled slots, provides order LED, bipolar transistors, unipolar tions – whether on the components taken at any time without having to
and structure. transistors, diac, triac, thyristor or devices. The equipment set is modify the circuit, and parallel con-
– Basic electronics circuits therefore ideal for use in any labora- nections are easy to establish.
The equipment set variant TP 1011 M Transistors and basic circuits, tory, even if there are high voltages
additionally contains a measuring multi-level amplifiers, power present. Safety first!
module integrated in the power sup- amplification, differential and
ply unit and the necessary measur- direct current amplifier, impulse
ing leads, adapters, and the PSURe- and saw tooth generators, sine
mote software. wave generators, power supply
unit circuits
82 24-month Festo Didactic warranty

Complete equipment set TP 1011 571780 1 2
The most important components at a glance:

1 1x EduTrainer basic power supply unit without integr. measuring module 576624
2 1x Universal patch panel EduTrainer 567322
3 1x Component set for electrical engineering/electronics 567306
4 1x Safety jumper plugs, 28 pieces, grey-black 571809
Complete equipment set TP 1011 M 8029635

1 1x EduTrainer basic power supply unit with integrated measuring module 567321
2 1x Universal patch panel EduTrainer 567322 3
3 1x Component set for electrical engineering/electronics 567306
4 1x Safety jumper plugs, 28 pieces, grey-black 571809 4
4x 2 mm Safety laboratory cables, 500 mm, red 576295
4x 2 mm Safety laboratory cables, 500 mm, blue 576296
8x 4 mm – 2 mm safety measuring adapter 8023960
1x PSURemote Software, de/en ➔ Page 85 574179
Necessary accessories, also order:

IEC power cable ➔ www.festo-didactic.com 5
4 mm Safety laboratory cables ➔ Pages 111
2x Digital multimeter ➔ Page 115
Digital storage oscilloscope ➔ Page 117
Possibilities of expansion:
Set of components for digital technology ➔ Page 87
Set of components for control technology ➔ Page 89
Equipment set TP 1023 Opto-electronics ➔ Page 90
5 Operational amplifier 576621
Also order: Fundamentals of Fundamentals of analogue Operational amplifier

direct current technology technology For constructing amplifier circuits.
Workbooks Campus licence: Campus licence: – Supply voltage +/-15 V DC via
de 567207 de 8023586 2 mm safety plug
The exercises contain concrete, en 567209 en 8023587 – Output short circuit proof
realistic projects with problem de- es 567211 es 8023588 – Offset compensation possible
scriptions, parameters and project fr 567213 fr 8023589 with potentiometer
tasks. – OP type LM741
Fundamentals of Order no. 576621
In addition to the basic principles alternating current technology
of electrical engineering, the work- Campus licence:
books also thoroughly explain the de 567215
function of the components, their en 567217
characteristic values and the basic es 567219
circuits typical for the components. fr 567221
The workbooks contain: Fundamentals of semiconductors

– Sample solutions Campus licence:
– Educational instructions de 567281
– Multimedia CD-ROM with graphics en 567283
– Worksheets for learners es 567285
fr 567287
The worksheets support the learn-
er in the information and planning Basic electronics circuits
phase as well as with execution, Campus licence:
monitoring and documentation. de 567289
en 567291
es 567293
fr 567295

Basic principles of electrical engineering
for metalworking occupations
Basic principles of The examples used by the training Training content

electrical engineering for package Basic principles of electrical
metalworking occupations engineering for metalworking occu- – Direct current technology
pations to teach the basic principles Voltage, current, resistance, con-
Can you limit your training to DC and are taken from this field. The learn- ductance, Ohm’s law, using mea-
AC technology now and in the future? ing objectives include the electrical suring devices, energy and capaci-
Then this equipment set, with the variables and their relationships with ty, series and parallel connections,
small Combiboard Fundamentals each other. With the project-based voltage dividers, non-linear resis-
EduTrainer® and a reduced range of exercises, the content can be clearly tors, bridge circuit, voltage source
components, is an economical alter- taught through theory and practical – Alternating current technology
native to TP 1011. tests. Measurements illustrate rela- Electric field, induction, capacitor
tionships, and promote understand- and coil in DC and AC circuit, se-
A basic knowledge of circuits is ing and in-depth learning. ries and parallel connection, active On the safe side!
becoming more important even in resistance, reactance and imped- The system is completely equipped
mechanical professions. It is import- The component set contains all of ance, phase shift of current and with safety plugs and sockets based
ant for understanding many func- the components for carrying out voltage on state-of-the-art technology.
tions and processes in complex sys- basic tests for DC and AC technolo-
tems. gy. The clearly labelled slots of the This applies for all electrical connec-
storage panel provide order and tions - whether on the components
structure. or on the Combiboard. The equip-
ment set is therefore ideal for use in
any laboratory, even if there are high
voltages present. Safety first!


1 1x Combiboard Fundamentals EduTrainer 571810
2 1x Set of components for electrical engineering 8005374
3 1x Safety jumper plugs, 28 pieces, grey-black 571809

IEC power cable ➔ www.festo-didactic.com
4 mm Safety laboratory cables ➔ Page 111
2x Digital multimeter ➔ Page 115
PSURemote Software, de/en 574179 3
Set of components for digital technology 574193
Recommended training media, also order:

Fundamentals of direct current technology: Workbook ➔ Page 46
Fundamentals of alternating current technology: Workbook ➔ Page 46
The setting and measurement software for TP 1010, TP 1011 and TP 1011 M
Also order:
PSURemote Software Also with the built-in measuring

module on the power supply unit:
Software incl. USB cable for PC- – Direct measured value indicator
supported setting and measurement for voltage and current inputs
with the basic power supply unit – Recording of measured values
EduTrainer®. over time
– X-Y comparison of measured
Basic functions: values
– Setting the variable DC output – Automatic curve recording with
– Setting the signal shape, frequen- configurable DC voltage output
cy, amplitude and offset of the
frequency generator USB cable with angled USB plug on
– Saving and recalling parameter power supply side, length: 2 m
sets

The perfect introduction to Special characteristics Components included Training content

digital technology – The components of the training – 1 inverter – Elementary logic modules
package are constructed with re- – 2 AND – Important symbols
The training package Basic principles al logic gates. They permit realistic – 2 OR – Designing and optimising
of digital technology provides the examinations of their behaviour. – 1 NAND logical circuits
optimum introduction to the world of – The ICs contained in the compo- – 1 NOR – Logic algebra
digital signal processing. Those who nents have a base and can be ex- – 1 XOR – Conjunctive and disjunctive
learn and understand digital technol- changed in only a few steps. – 1 hex switch and standard format
ogy can easily and quickly learn any – All parts of the equipment set are analogue source 0 – 5 V – Switching matrix diagrams
automation programming language. completely equipped with safety – 1 LED bar graph – Schmitt trigger
plug connections. – 1 counter – Hysteresis
The basic principles of digital tech- – The Combiboard Digital and Con- – 1 7-segment display – Types of trigger circuits
nology include logical operations, trol Technology EduTrainer® in- – 1 RS flip-flop – Using flip-flops
signal flow and data formats. The cluded with this training package – 2 JK flip-flops – Counting circuits
curriculum also includes structured provides the required supply volt- – 2 shift registers – Converting and transferring data
procedures for problem solving. ages for all tests and also contains – 1 full adder – Shift register
a square-wave generator with 7 – 1 signal input – Data conversion
different output frequencies. – Arithmetic circuits
– This Combiboard EduTrainer®
can also be used as a patch panel
for the components of the control
technology equipment set.


1 1x Combiboard Digital and control technology EduTrainer 8023962
2 1x Set of components for digital technology 574193

I/O level converter 5 V ‹–› 24 V 576622
IC zero insertion force socket 576623
Set of components for control technology 8023963
Also order: The workbook contains:

– Sample solutions
Workbook – Educational instructions
– Multimedia CD-ROM with graphics
– Worksheets for learners
Basic principles of
digital technology
Workbook
TP 1012
er in the information and planning
S1
With CD-ROM
phase as well as with execution,
monitoring and documentation.
&
S2
&
B1
=1
B2
&
B3
1
S1
S2
All exercises require independent
B1
B2
performance, evaluation and docu-
B3
mentation from the learner. I/O level converter 5 V ‹–› 24 V IC zero insertion force socket
I/O level converter for the implemen- High-quality IC socket for tool-free
Festo Didactic
tation of digital inputs and outputs adaptation of ICs, compatible with

8023433 en
Campus licence:
de 8023432 for digital technology or microcon- digital technology.
The exercises in the workbook con- en 8023433 trollers on functional models. – 16 pins in a 2.54 mm grid
tain concrete, realistic projects with es 8023434 – Supply voltage DC/24 V via 4 mm – Tool-free assembly using
problem descriptions, parameters fr 8023435 safety plug clamping lever
and project tasks. – 8 inputs 5 V via 2 mm safety plug, – Contacting with 2 mm safety plug
8 outputs 5 V via 2 mm safety plug Order no. 576623
– SysLink connection with 8 inputs
and 8 outputs 24 V
– Acceptable current load per DC/24
V output 300 mA, protected
against short circuits an
overloads
– Sum of the output currents:
max. 2 A
Order no. 576622

Basic principles of control technology
Control technology explained The equipment set permits fast and Components included Training content
simply and comprehensibly flexible construction of different con- – 1x 2 differential inputs with – Structure of a control circuit
trollers and thus allows simple in- subtracter – Spring response, dynamic
The training package Basic principles spections of behaviour based on the – 1x P element behaviour
of control technology provides a fast interaction with controlled systems – 1x I element – Standardising physical variables
and easy-to-understand introduction of different types. – 1x D element – Bode diagram
to the topic of controllers and con- – 1x summer with adjustable offset – Modelling a controlled system
trolled systems. All parts of the equipment set are – 1x limiter with level adaptation of – Positive and negative feedback
completely equipped with safe- the output signals – Two and three-step action
The basic terminology of control ty plug connections. The Combi- – 1x comparator with hysteresis and controller
technology, the behaviour of various board Digital and Control Technology switching output – P, I and PID controllers
controllers and the structured anal- EduTrainer® contained in the equip- – 2x controlled system – Stable and unstable behaviour
ysis of requirements for controlled ment set provides the required sup- – Controller gain
systems are particularly important ply voltages for all tests and also – Delay behaviour according
here. contains a square-wave generator to Ziegler and Nichols
with 7 different output frequencies.
Ways and means of analysing and This Combiboard EduTrainer® is also
solving control problems are shown used in the training package Digital
and looked at in depth through ex- technology.
periments during the projects.


1 1x Combiboard Digital and control technology EduTrainer 8023962
2 1x Set of components for control technology 8023963

Set of components for digital technology 574193

Basic principles of closed-loop
control technology
Workbook
TP 1013
With CD-ROM
e
+
+
+
S
y
10
V
50
°C
U
8 40
4
30
20
2 10
0
0 50 100 150 200 250
t
s 300
mentation from the learner.
Festo Didactic
8023437 en
Campus licence:
de 8023436
The exercises in the workbook con- en 8023437
tain concrete, realistic projects with es 8023438
problem descriptions, parameters fr 8023439
and project tasks.

Opto-electronics
Extend the study of fundamental The training package Opto-electron- Using an EduTrainer patch panel and Training content
electrical engineering and ics expands on TP 1011 or TP 1011M the components of TP 1011 or TP – Light-emitting diodes characteristic
electronics to opto-electronics to provide a comprehensive intro- 1011-M, students easily build com- data and curves
duction to optical electronics. The kit plete working circuits thanks to the – Infrared LED
enables students to explore the com- flexibility and modularity of our train- – Control of LED (gate drive)
bined use of electronics and light. ing concept. They perform multiple – Solar cell
They will learn about optical semi- project-oriented exercises and can – Photodiode
conductor behavior, construction, also measure how they performed. – Phototransistor
and characteristics. – Optical signal transmission (with
The equipment set ensures user photodiode and phototransistor)
safety, as it operates at low voltage – Optocoupler
and does not rely on laser techno- – Fiber optic cable
logy. A convenient storage plate is
included.

Complete equipment set TP 1023 8077920
Components included:
– 1x Photo transistor
– 1x Light diode (IR)
– 1x Photo diode (BPW46)
– 1x Light diode (HLMP)
– 1x Light diode (BL)
– 1x Photo diode (AM5610)
– 1x Lamp (12V-5W)
– 1x LED lamp (15V-1W5)
– 1x IS optocoupler (SFH618A)
– 1x IS optocoupler (MOC3051M)
– 1x Optical fiber (500 mm)
Required equipment:
Only order one of the following equipment sets, either
Equipment set TP 1011 ➔ Page 83
or
Equipment set TP 1011 M ➔ Page 83

– Data storage medium with PDF files
Fundamentals of
Optoelectronics
Workbook
TP 1023
The worksheets support the learner
in the information and planning
12V
C1 C2
10nF 10nF
E
12V/1,5W
G
AM5610
IL
mA
V UL
R1
1k 5V
2
mA
IL
MPP
1,5
0,5
0
0 1 2 3 4 V
UL

Festo Didactic
Campus licence:
8083810 en
de 8081038
tain concrete, realistic projects with
problem descriptions, parameters
and project tasks.
Equipment Sets TP 1515/TP 1516

Microcontroller Development Systems (PIC/Arduino)
Flexibility through modularity Flexible expansion Rugged design for education Non-programmer friendly
The equipment sets TP 1515/1516 A wide selection of optional down- The boards fit together in a flat 2D The equipment sets are supported
offer an affordable introduction to stream boards is available, allowing layout manner allowing the entire by Flowcode – a graphical, advanced
microcontroller systems and pro- coverage of specific topics to perfect- system to be easily seen and under- integrated development environ-
gramming. They are ideal for learning ly match training needs. Instructors stood. ment (IDE) for electronic and elec-
about embedded electronic systems, can select the appropriate devices tromechanical system development.
programmable electronics, and for among input/output boards, wired/ The sets have been designed to be Flowcode allows students to design,
rapid prototyping. wireless boards, motors/actuators electrically and mechanically rugged simulate, and test a wide variety of
boards, sensor boards, prototype to withstand the pressures of the microcontroller-based systems with
Each set consists of a mounting boards, and graphical displays. lab: downstream board interfaces ease.
panel, with a choice of upstream pro- include damage protection resistors
grammer board technology – Boards can be snapped together us- and cannot be damaged by program- A 2D and 3D graphical development
PIC or Arduino – and a standard ing the rugged Har-flex® connectors ming errors. Plastic covers protect interface allows students to con-
downstream board. to form a wide variety of systems panel-based boards and prevent struct a complete electronic system
that can be used for teaching chips from being removed. on-screen, develop a program based
The sets can be used by students in or learning about microcontroller on standard flowcharts, simulate the
educational environments, up to systems, and for the rapid prototyp- system and then produce hex code
engineers in the industrial world. ing of complex electronic systems. for programming a range of devices.
The technology is real, up-to-date,
and provides a great base for train-
ing the next generation of engineers
and technicians.

1 Complete equipment set TP 1515 8085562 1 2
The package includes:

– 1x 8-bit PIC programmer board
– 1x Combo board
– 1x Mounting panel
– 1x Power supply
– 1x USB cable
– 1x Storage tray
– 1x Programming Microcontroller (student manual)
2 Complete equipment set TP 1516 8085563
The package includes:

– 1x Arduino programmer board
– 1x Combo board
– 1x Mounting panel
– 1x Power supply
– 1x USB cable
– 1x Storage tray
– 1x Programming Microcontroller (student manual)
Necessary accessory, please order:

FlowCode see page 97
Possibilities of expansion
Downstream boards see page 94
Included with the equipment sets: Table of contents:

– Introduction
Workbook – Intro to microcontrollers
Programming Microcontroller – Using E-blocks
– Flowcode – first program
– Flowcode – examples
Programming Microcontroller
– Programming exercises
TP 1015/1016 – Arduino adjustments
Workbook
The aim of this course is to introduce

the concepts of developing electron-
ic systems using microcontrollers.
Students learn what a microcontrol-
ler is, how to construct circuits and
systems based on microcontrollers,
and how to program microcontrol-
lers.
Festo Didactic
8094009 en
The course is suitable for BTEC Na-

tional in Engineering unit 6, Micro- Introduce electronics students
controller systems for engineers. to the Internet of Things!
Author: Matrix Technology Solution Limited The Internet of Things, a net-

Edition 06/2018 work in which smart devices
80 pages, in color, in folder connect, communicate, and ex-
en 8094009 change data, is a key concept
underlying the Industry 4.0.
Several boards tackle commu-
nication technologies, such as
Wi-Fi, Ethernet, and Bluetooth.

Downstream circuit boards
1 4 1 Combo Board 4 Actuators Board

The Combo Board works with any up- The Actuators Board includes a DC
stream programmer board, allowing motor with both analogue and digital
multiple technologies to be explored feedback, a servo motor and a step-
using a single downstream board. per motor with gearbox, plus the
The board includes 16 individual circuitry to drive the motors. A DC
LEDs, 16 individual switches, a quad socket allows the various drivers to
7-segment display, a 20 x 4-character be powered from a secondary pow-
alphanumeric LCD, on-boards sen- er supply.
2 sors (light / potentiometer), and an Order no. 8083413
audio output socket. . The graphical
LCD is driven via an intelligent con-
version module (macro) to allow it
to be treated as a standard Alphanu-
meric HD44780 compatible device.
Order no. 8083412
2 Prototype Board
The Prototype Board allows for easy
addition of custom circuitry into the
system. It connects the I/O lines of
a port to an array of standard pitch
holes. The board is supplied with a
small a solderless breadboard and
3 leads.
Order no. 8083406
3 Keypad 3x4 Board

The Keypad Board allows for simple
data entry using an array of switch
inputs. Switches are push to make.
Order no. 8083408

1 Grove Sensor Board* 4 Wi-Fi Board 1 4

The Grove sensor board allows for The Wi-Fi Board allows connection
the addition of many peripherals and and communication with an existing
sensors from the Seeed Studio range Wi-Fi network. It can also be used to
of Grove modules (sold separately). create a data access point. It is pro-
The board can use up to four Grove vided with a fully certified and rugge-
sensors at a time. dized ESP12F module.
2
2 Relay Board Also available:
The Relay Board provides two electri- Downstream circuit boards
cally controllable relays which act as LED board 8083404
isolated switches. The external con- Switch board 8083405
nections to the relays are screw ter- Alphanumeric LCD board 8083407
minals; normally open (NO) and nor- SD Card board 8083409
mally closed (NC) connections allow Terminals board 8083410
for maximum flexibility. Each relay Servo motor board 8083411 3
features a LED. Manual patch board 8083415
Order no. 8083419 Splitter board 8083416
ZigBee board router 8083417
3 Bluetooth Board Upstream link board 8083418
The Bluetooth Board contains a Mi- ZigBee board coordinator 8084231
crochip RN4677 module which pro- Ethernet board 8089822
vides certified Bluetooth 4.0 func- Click board** 8089817
tionality to the system. The module Mono gLCD board 8089818
allows for exploration of both Blue- CAN bus board 8089819
tooth classic (BR/EDR) and Low Ener- Color GLCD board 8089821
gy (LE) protocols. I/O expander board 8089820
Order no. 8089815 *Compatible with Grove™ products
**Compatible with MikroElektronika
products

Upstream circuit boards
8-bit PIC Programmer Board Characteristics: Arduino UNO Programmer Board Characteristics:
– Voltage selector 5V/3.3V – Powered via USB port or
The 8-bit PIC Programmer Board – Powered via USB port or The Arduino UNO Programmer Board external supply
is equipped with a powerful external supply is equipped with the Arduino UNO – Power output via screw terminal
PIC16F18877 microcontroller. – Power output via screw terminal R3 PDIP. – Adjustable clock frequencies
– Adjustable clock frequencies – Programmable via micro USB
This upstream board contains the – Programmable via micro USB This upstream board contains the – 3 ports; 20 I/O
microcontroller that drives the train- – 5 ports; 35 I/O microcontroller that drives the train- – Reset button
ing system. It is loaded with firm- – Reset button ing system. It is loaded with firm- – Chip features:
ware to drive the required embedded – Chip features: ware to drive the required embedded 16 MHz, 32 kb flash memory
functionality. The board presents all 32 MHz, 56 kb flash memory functionality. The board presents all Order no. 8083402
I/O pins collected together as ports Order no. 8083403 I/O pins collected together as ports
sockets. The boards take power from sockets. The boards take power from
an external power supply or from the an external power supply or from the
micro USB port. micro USB port.
It can be used with various program- It can be used with various program-
ming languages including Assembly, ming languages including Assembly,
C, and Flowcode. Using the board C, Arduino IDE, and Flowcode.
with Flowcode allows the use of the Using the board with Flowcode al-
advanced Ghost debugging features lows the use of the advanced Ghost
including in circuit debugging, re- debugging features including in cir-
al time pin monitoring and bus de- cuit debugging, real time pin moni-
coding. toring and bus decoding.

Flowcode 8
A visual programming environment
Flowcode enables quick and easy Other features included the ability Microcontroller flexibility Built into Flowcode is a data record-
development of complex electronic to Auto ID downstream boards that Flowcode gives you the ability to er and oscilloscope which makes test
and electromechanical systems. The are connected, improved compati- work with multiple chip variants in and debugging procedures straight-
graphical programming tool allows bility with Arduino hardware, to give an easy and flexible way. When learn- forward. Flowcode is also compatible
those with little experience to devel- a more streamlined and smooth ap- ing and developing designs using with external hardware including os-
op systems in minutes. proach to programming this popular 8-bit PIC or Arduino microcontrollers, cilloscopes, power supplies, signal
family, and SCADA mode – meaning Flowcode is perfect for students and generators and more.
Flowcode is an advanced integrat- users can now control external hard- makes code-porting simple, meaning
ed development environment (IDE) ware from their PC using this impres- that users can switch target devices Component library
for electronic and electromechanical sive feature. with ease. The library contains a vast collection
system development. Engineers— of components that can be used to
both professional and academic – Graphical programming Testing and debugging create systems, from simple switch-
use Flowcode to develop systems for The graphical icons which are used Ghost Technology embedded on up- es and LED’s to more complex com-
control and measurement based on to develop systems within Flowcode stream boards provides a real-time munications modules.
microcontrollers or on rugged indus- are easy-to-use. It enables first-time log of the status of all the pins on the
trial interfaces using Windows com- developers to pick up the fundamen- microcontroller whilst a Flowcode Electronic communications
patible personal computers. tals and run with their designs. Using program is running on the device. Communications developments form
graphical icons allows users to view a large part of modern day electron-
Furthermore, Flowcode 8 allows full and learn code side-by-side for easi- ic education and understanding.
simulation (including simulation of C er learning. Communications including CAN bus,
code), with users also being able to Bluetooth, USB, Ethernet and WIFI
convert C code to flowcharts and oth- For more advanced users with a are available within the Flowcode en-
er programming languages. good understanding of program- vironment.
ming, Flowcode allows integration of
pre-written codes.
Flowcode 8 licenses
Flowcode for PIC academic, single license 585809

Flowcode for PIC academic, 10 licenses 585810
Flowcode for PIC academic, 50 licenses 585811
Flowcode for Arduino academic, single license 595168
Flowcode for Arduino academic, 10 licenses 595160
Flowcode for Arduino academic, 50 licenses 595164
Contact us for more licensing options.
AC/DC Training System

Introduction to the basic principles of electrical circuits
LabVolt Series 3351 All the components come in a rugged Highlights Main components
carrying case for easy transporta- – Full introduction to important – Fixed to the front panel: protected
The AC/DC Training System is a tion. During experiments, the top lid concepts in ac/ dc circuits DC and AC power sources, resis-
state-of-the-art training system that of the case can be removed, allow- – Comprises the most common tors, an inductor, two capacitors, a
is specifically designed to introduce ing access to the components. The electrical components transformer, switches (SPST, SPDT,
students to the basic principles of form of the case also enables multi- – Operates at a low voltage for DPDT, NO push button, NC push
electrical circuits, both in direct cur- ple units of the training system to be student safety button, selector and knife switch-
rent (DC) and alternating current conveniently and securely stacked – Built-in faults es, AC and DC relays, indicator
(AC). It provides a comprehensive, one atop the other. – Comprehensive courseware lights, a potentiometer, a DC mo-
high-quality, and cost-effective solu- – Rugged transportation and tor, a solenoid, a buzzer, a circuit
tion to rapidly build student knowl- The curriculum is divided into two storage case breaker with test components, a
edge in electricity and electrical cir- courses designed so that students fuse.
cuits. learn progressively the different con- – Individual components that can
cepts important to the study of dc be fixed to or stored in the case
The AC/DC Training System compris- and ac circuits. The courses feature lid: two multimeters, a connection
es the most common electrical com- into exercises that each include all leads set, compass, an iron rod (for
ponents in modern electrical circuits, required theory, as well as hands-on electromagnetism experiments)
easy to access and safe for student experimentations. – Six built-in faults can be individu-
experimentation. Two 24 V power ally inserted using a toggle switch.
supplies provide dc power and ac These faults are designed to test
power. The training system itself can and improve the troubleshooting
be powered from a standard ac wall skills of students.
outlet.

AC/DC Training System 120V/60Hz 587589

AC/DC Training System 220V/50Hz 587590
For other country voltage/frequency configurations, please contact your local sales
representative.
Included manual:
DC Circuit Fundamentals
AC Circuit Fundamentals
Note: PDF version also available.
Topic coverage
– Basic concepts of electrical circuits,
both in direct current (DC) and
alternating current (AC)
– Ohm’s law
– Kirchhoff’s voltage and current
laws
– Using measuring instruments
(voltmeters, ammeters, ohmme-
ters, etc.)
– Solving series and parallel circuits
– Electromagnetism
– Electrical distribution
– Troubleshooting electrical circuits
– Exploration of the most common
electrical components: power
sources, resistors, inductors,
capacitors, transformers, switches,
relays, motors
Electricity and Electronics > Equipment sets > Building automation systems

Power supply systems and protective measures
Fundamentals of electrical Training content Sub-distribution: Advantages

protective measures – Using protective measures and
Power supply: measuring devices – Lockable error switches integrated
Protecting people plays an important – Power supply systems – Planning and execution of initial in the housing facilitate realistic
role when using electrical energy, (TN, TT, IT system) and repeat tests fault finding
as it is not visible and is recognis- – Protective measures in the – Evaluation of the measurement – No additional power supply
able only by its effects. Possible risks different networks results required
must therefore be minimised through – Creating test reports – Complete teaching materials
suitable safety measures. Service connection: – Identifying, describing and including WBT Electrical safety
– Components of a service measuring risks due to errors measures
Examples provide an introduction to connection system – Systematic troubleshooting – For a practical explanation of the
the problems associated with elec- – Additional designations in the protective measures, measure-
trical safety measures. Current con- TN system (TN-C, TN-S, TN-C-S) General: ments and tests are carried out
ditions are examined and the risks – Selection of the protective measure Conducting customer dialogues using conventional test and
resulting from the relevant situation and protective devices – for system commissioning measuring devices.
are demonstrated by means of mea- – Protective measure measuring – for repeat testing – The optionally available Systainer
surements. The subsequent analysis devices – for errors/malfunctions in the solution meets work, transport and
and interpretation of the measure- – Planning and execution of initial electrical system storage requirements efficiently.
ment results show the relationships tests in accordance with DIN VDE – following successful repair
and identify measures. 0100-610 and repeat tests in
accordance with DIN VDE 0105
and BGV A3
– Creating test reports
– Safety and availability advice
for customers


1 1x EduTrainer net board 571825
2 1x EduTrainer house installation 571826
3 1x EduTrainer subdistributor 571827

Safety jumper plugs ➔ Page 112
Installation tester for VDE 0100 ➔ Page 116
Selective RCD EduTrainer ➔ Page 102 574173 3
RCD A/B EduTrainer ➔ Page 102 574174
IT network EduTrainer ➔ Page 103 574178

Electrical protective measures: WBT ➔ www.festo-didactic.com

Power supply systems
and protective measures
Workbook
TP 1111
L1
With CD-ROM
L2

L3
PEN
M
3
L1
L2
L3
PE
M

3
L1
L2
L3

N
RCD RCD
M
3
Festo Didactic
567309 en
Campus licence:
de 567307
and project tasks.
Selective RCD EduTrainer® RCD A/B EduTrainer®
The Selective RCD EduTrainer® Technical data The RCD A/B EduTrainer® covers Technical data
allows for treatment of the topic of – Input voltage: 3 x 400 V AC the topic of residual current circuit – Input voltage: 3 x 400 V AC (50 Hz)
selectivity for residual current circuit – Output voltage: 3 x 400 V AC breakers in mains systems and pro- – Output voltage: 3 x 400 V AC
breakers in mains systems and pro- – Front panel: 133 x 297 mm tective measures. The two basic – Tap for downstream circuit
tective measures. The selective RCCB – Console housing with rubber feet types of RCD, type A and type B, are breakers/RCCBs
ideally supplements the RCD A/B for use in an A4 frame or on a table compared with each other and their – Pushbutton and adjustment
EduTrainer®, so that it can be easily – Connection via 4 mm safety plugs essential characteristics can be elab- potentiometer for fault simulation
integrated and its essential charac- orated. The board is equipped with – Voltage type for leakage current
teristics can be elaborated. a fault simulator at which various can be set to alternating voltage,
types of voltage can be selected for pulsed direct voltage or smoothed
The locations of all connections the simulation of leakage current indirect voltage
are standardised and are laid out cluding alternating voltage, pulsed – Max. leakage current: approx.
as safety sockets. direct voltage and smoothed direct 40 mA, option for looping in an
voltage. An additional voltage tap for ammeter
downstream circuit breakers/RCCBs – Front panel: 266 x 297 mm
enables optimal integration into the – Console housing with rubber feet
equipment set for mains systems for use in an A4 frame or on a table
and protective measure. – Connection via 4 mm safety plugs
The locations of all connections

are standardised and are laid out
as safety sockets.

IT Network EduTrainer®
The IT network EduTrainer® expands Technical data

the equipment set for mains systems – Input voltage: 3 x 400 V AC
and protective measures to include – Output voltage: 3 x 400 V AC
the topic of IT systems. The inte- – Output current: max. 1 A
grated fault simulator allows simu- – Front panel: 399 x 297 mm
lation of insulation faults which are – Console housing with rubber feet
detected and displayed by the insu- for use in an A4 frame or on a table
lation monitor. If the adjustable val- – Connection via 4 mm safety plugs
ue is fallen short of, this is indicated
by a lamp, as well as a buzzer which
can be acknowledged.
The locations of all connections

are standardised and are laid out
as safety sockets.
Order no. 574178

Electrical safety measures for metalworking occupations
Sensitising people to hazards: The training package uses numerous Training content Benefits
The electrical safety measures for examples to illustrate the particular
metalworking occupations issues of dangers due to electrical Mains supply: – Lockable error switches integrat-
energy and explains the necessary – Power supply systems ed in the housing facilitate realistic
The aim of protective measures is to protective measures. (TN, TT, IT system) fault finding
protect persons and machines from – Safety measures in the different – No additional power supply
harm. The exercises require the current networks required
conditions to be examined and the – Complete teaching materials
Special rules must be followed when dangers resulting from the particu- Service connection: including WBT Electrical safety
dealing with electrical energy, be- lar situation to be demonstrated by – Components of a service connec- measures
cause electrical energy is recognis- means of concrete measurements. tion system – For a practical explanation of the
able only by its effects. – Additional designations in the TN safety measures, measurements
The subsequent analysis and inter- system (TN-C, TN-S, TN-C-S) and tests are carried out using
This training package provides an pretation of the measurement results – Selection of the safety measure conventional test and measuring
introduction to the topic of electri- show the relationships and justify and protective devices devices.
cal protective measures. It explains the protective measures taken. – Safety measure measuring devices – The optionally available Systainer
where and why dangers arise even in – Initial tests acc. DIN VDE 0100-610 solution meets work, transport and
a mechanic’s range of activities and and repeat tests acc. DIN VDE 0105 storage requirements efficiently
how they can be avoided. and BGV A3


1 1x EduTrainer net board 571825
2 1x EduTrainer house installation 571826

Safety jumper plugs ➔ Page 112
Installation tester ➔ Page 116

Electrical protective measures: WBT ➔ www.festo-didactic.com

Protective measures for
metal occupations
Workbook
TP 1110
L1
L2
With CD-ROM
L3
PE
M
3
≤ 50 V AC
≤ 120 V DC
≤ 120 V DC
L1
L2

L3
RB RA

Festo Didactic
8023441 en
Campus licence:
de 8023440
and project tasks.

KNX/EIB compact board
Intelligent solutions The optionally available Systainer

solution meets work, transport and
Modern buildings are characterised storage requirements efficiently, thus
by intelligent lighting and air-condi- reducing the amount of work required
tioning solutions. Building automa- before and after lessons.
tion systems and bus systems play a
key role here. Training content
– KNX/EIB system fundamentals
The KNX/EIB compact board – Using the system software ETS4
EduTrainer® is used to explain use of – Switching and dimming the light
this technology. Equipped with the – Two-way circuits
latest generation of industrial com- – Interval timers
ponents, it delivers state-of-the-art – Staircase lighting timers
technology. – Light scene control systems Functional Universal
– Different floor plans The pushbutton sensor elements can The channels of the 4-fold universal
When selecting the devices used, – Heating and climate control be used either as rockers or as inde- interface can be parameterised as
efforts were made to ensure that the – Louvre and blind control systems pendent buttons, the actual value both binary input and outputs. This
widest possible range of levels of – Logic operation of signals of the integrated temperature con- means, for example, that the LEDs
complexity can be realised. Begin- troller can be specifed and further can be used to indicate a wide va-
ners are therefore not overwhelmed processed using an external poten- riety of states or solid state relays
and can use the full range of func- tiometer. can be controlled for electrothermal
tions to meet increasing require- heating valve drives.
ments.

Complete equipment set TP 1131 571867 Technical data

– Input voltage: – 2-fold multi-function pushbutton
Scope of delivery 1 AC/230 V AC (50 Hz), short circuit sensor with 4 pushbuttons, room
– KNX/EIB compact board and overload protection temperature controller including
– Overlay masks – Phase display setpoint and actual value input and
– 14 laboratory safety cables – Output for the connection of display
additional KNX/EIB EduTrainer® – Integrated simulation panel with
Recommended accessories, also order: modules 14 colour LEDs, some dimmable
KNX cable set 8023965 – Output voltage: 1 AC/230 V AC – KNX system connector for bus
– Integrated power supply unit connection
Possibilities of expansion: 30 V DC 0.16 A – Connection via 4 mm and 2 mm
KNX EduTrainer heating actuator 574175 – USB interface safety connectors
KNX EduTrainer line connector 574176 – 4/4-fold switching output/bina- – Front plate: 399 x 297 mm
KNX EduTrainer louvre 574177 ry input – Control console housing with
KNX EduTrainer universal experimental board 8023966 – 2-fold louvre actuator rubber feet for use in A4 frame
KNX IP/WLAN function package 8023967 – 2-fold dimming actuator or on tabletop
KNX logic/time function package 8023968 – 4-fold universal binary I/O
KNX room climate function package 8023969 – 4-fold multi-function pushbutton
KNX energy function package 8023970 sensor with 8 pushbuttons
Also order: Particular emphasis is placed on Recommended training media,

independent execution, evaluation also order:
The workbook and documentation by the student.
KNX manual on house and building
Worksheets support the students systems technology
Building automation with KNX
through the required stages of inde 576265
Workbook
TP 1131
troduction, planning and execution en 576269
of exercises up to the evaluation of
With CD-ROM
results and documentation. KNX Basic course documentation
E4 E5 E6
S9
S3
E2
S10
S4
E3
S11
S5 de 576266
S6 S7 S8
The workbook contains: en 576270

S12 S2 S13
E7 E1 E8
S1
S1
4
S2
3
E1
– Training notes KNX Advanced course documentation
3 3 3
3 4 3
S3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8 T1 E2, 3
3 3
S9, 10, 11, 12, 13

3
E4, 5, 6, 7, 8
– Multimedia CD-ROM with graphics de 576267
– Worksheets for learners en 576271
Festo Didactic
8023445 en
Campus licence: KNX Training documentation

Building automation with KNX tar- de 8023444 de 576268
gets the topic of automation of a en 8023445 en 576272
building based on KNX components. es 8023446
Focus is laid on the software tools,
equipment and configuration as well
as their interaction and extended
options, all of which are addressed
through realistic situations.
KNX EduTrainer® KNX EduTrainer®

Heating Actuator Line Connector
The heating actuator controls the Technical data The line connector connects the main Technical data
heating water circuits in heating – Input voltage: 1 x 230 V AC and secondary line in a KNX systems. – Input voltage: 1 x 230 V AC
systems. The interior of the valve is – Output voltage: 1 x 230 V AC This also permits targeted filter- – Output voltage: 1 x 230 V AC
visible, and an integrated gauge – Electric motor functional principle, ing of signals. The main line is also – Power supply EIB: 30 V, DC 160 mA
shows the stroke of the plunger. The automatic limit stop connection, equipped with a power supply. The – Front panel: 266 x 297 mm
valve is supplied entirely via the KNX controller stroke 6 mm, run-time plate also contains the KNX system – Console housing with rubber feet
bus. Two binary inputs are available  20 s/mm, control force  120 N distributor for 230 V. for use in an A4 frame or on a table
as presence and/or window contacts – Display of valve stroke via LEDs – Connection via 4 mm safety plugs
and can be controlled via switches – Gauge triggering: 0.01 mm The locations of all connections – Connections for KNX bus via KNX
or external signals. The plate also – Front panel: 266 x 297 mm are standardised and are routed to bus plug connectors
contains the KNX system distributor – Console housing with rubber feet safety sockets or system plugs.
for 230 V. for use in an A4 frame or on a table
– Connection via 4 mm safety plugs
The locations of all connections – Connections for KNX bus via KNX
are standardised and are routed to bus plug connectors
safety sockets or system plugs.

KNX EduTrainer® KNX EduTrainer®

Louvre Universal Experimental Board
The louvre is used to emulate situa- Technical data The universal experimental board Technical data
tions in building automation. For this – Input voltage: 1 x 230 V AC serves to integrate KNX bus devices – Input voltage: 230 V AC
purpose, the louvre can be raised or – Output voltage: 1 x 230 V AC of all kinds into the KNX learning – Output voltage: 230 V AC
lowered and the slat position can be – Louvre: Length 440 mm, system. – 2 plug socket outlets for 230 V AC
influenced. The connections for con- stroke 160 mm – 7 output connections
trolling “UP” and “DOWN” are rout- – Power consumption: 100 W, It makes it possible to integrate rail – Front panel: 399 x 297 mm
ed to 4 mm safety sockets. The plate current max. 0.45 A mounted devices and surface-mount- – Console housing with rubber feet
also contains the KNX system distrib- – Front panel: 399 x 297 mm ed and flush-mounted devices. Both for use in an A4 frame or on a table
utor for 230 V. – Console housing with rubber feet an operating voltage supply and bus – Connection via 4 mm safety plugs
for use in an A4 frame or on a table connections are available for elec- – Connections for KNX bus via KNX
The locations of all connections – Connection via 4 mm safety plugs trical connection of the equipment. bus plug connectors
are standardised and are routed to – Through-feed for KNX bus via The outputs are routed to positions
safety sockets or system plugs. compact KNX bus plug connectors suitable for the system. Two sockets Theme-based KNX function
– Connection option for the louvre make it possible to supply external packages:
control to the KNX compact board equipment with voltage. In addition,
via jumper plugs the panel contains the KNX system KNX IP/WLAN function package
distribution for 230 V. The locations – KNX IP router
of all connections are standardised – WLAN access point
and are routed to safety sockets or KNX logic/time function package
system plugs. – Logic module
KNX room climate function package
– Air quality sensor
KNX energy function package
– Energy actuator
Each function package consists of

the KNX component and the neces-
sary accessories.
Order no. 8023966
Theme-based KNX function packages:

KNX IP/WLAN function package 8023967
KNX logic/time function package 8023968
KNX room climate function package 8023969
Order no. 574177 KNX energy function package 8023970
Electricity and Electronics > Accessories and optional components
Accessories and Optional Components
1 1 Tabletop power supply unit 3 Power supply unit for 5 IEC power cable
– Input voltage: 85 – 265 V AC mounting frame One side designed as a connector
(47 – 63 Hz) – Input voltage: 85 – 265 V AC and one side with a country-specific
– Output voltage: 24 V DC, (47 – 63 Hz) plug.
short-circuit-proof – Output voltage: 24 V DC, Connector as per CEE 7/VII for DE, FR,
– Output current: max. 4.5 A short-circuit-proof NO, SE, FI, PT, ES, AT, NL, BE, GR, TR, IT,
– Dimensions: 75 x 155 x 235 mm – Output current: max. 4.5 A DK, IR, ID
Without power cable – Dimensions: 170 x 240 x 92 mm Order no. 247661
Order no. 162416 Without power cable Connector as per NEMA 5-15 for US, CA,
2 With IEC power cable, 1.3 m, with: Order no. 159382 Central America, BR, CO, EC, KR, TW, TH,
Connector as per CEE 7/VII for DE, FR, With IEC power cable, 1.3 m, with: PH, JP
NO, SE, FI, PT, ES, AT, NL, BE, GR, TR, IT, Connector as per CEE 7/VII for DE, FR, Order no. 350362
DK, IR, ID NO, SE, FI, PT, ES, AT, NL, BE, GR, TR, IT, Connector as per BS 1363 for GB, IE, MY,
Order no. 162417 DK, IR, ID SG, UA, HK, AE
Connector as per NEMA 5-15 for US, CA, Order no. 159396 Order no. 350363
Central America, BR, CO, EC, KR, TW, TH, Connector as per NEMA 5-15 for US, CA, Connector as per AS 3112 for AU, NZ,
PH, JP Central America, BR, CO, EC, KR, TW, TH, CN, AR
Order no. 162418 PH, JP Order no. 350364
Connector as per BS 1363 for GB, IE, MY, Order no. 162411 Connector as per SEV 1011 for CH
SG, UA, HK, AE Connector as per BS 1363 for GB, IE, MY, Order no. 350366
Order no. 162419 SG, UA, HK, AE Connector as per SANS 164-1 for ZA, IN,
Connector as per AS 3112 for AU, NZ, Order no. 162412 PT, SG, HK, (GB), (AE)
CN, AR Connector as per AS 3112 for AU, NZ, Order no. 350367
3 Order no. 162380 CN, AR
Connector as per SEV 1011 for CH Order no. 162413 6 IEC power cable 90°
Order no. 162381 Connector as per SEV 1011 for CH One end fitted with a 90° IEC connec-
Connector as per SANS 164-1 for ZA, IN, Order no. 162414 tor and the other fitted with a coun-
PT, SG, HK, (GB), (AE) Connector as per SANS 164-1 for ZA, IN, try-specific connector. Preferred ver-
Order no. 162382 PT, SG, HK, (GB), (AE) sion for EduTrainer® Universal.
Order no. 162415 Connector as per CEE 7/VII for DE, FR,
2 EduTrainer® 24 V NO, SE, FI, PT, ES, AT, NL, BE, GR, TR, IT,
power supply unit 4 5-fold plug socket strip with DK, IR, ID
4 – Input voltage: 1 AC/110 – 230 V switch Order no. 549860
(47 – 63 Hz) Impact and shatter resistant plug Connector as per NEMA 5-15 for US, CA,
– Output voltage: 24 V DC, socket strip with tamper-proof cover, Central America, BR, CO, EC, KR, TW, TH,
short-circuit-proof 4 mounting points and mounting PH, JP
– Output current: Max. 4.5 A attachments. Order no. 549861
– Front plate: 133 x 297 mm With power supply plug suitable for: DE, Connector as per BS 1363 for GB, IE, MY,
– Console housing with rubber FR, NO, SE, FI, PT, ES, AT, NL, BE, GR, TR, SG, UA, HK, AE
feet for use in an A4 frame or on IT, DK, IR, ID Order no. 549862
tabletop Order no. 380707 Connector as per AS 3112 for AU, NZ,
– Connection via 4 mm safety plugs CN, AR
5 – Through-hole for 3 AC/400 V Order no. 549863
Order no. 571813 Connector as per SEV 1011 for CH
Order no. 549864
Connector as per SANS 164-1 for ZA, IN,
PT, SG, HK, (GB), (AE)
Order no. 549865
CEE 7/VII AS 3112

6
NEMA 5-15 SEV 1011
BS 1363 SANS 164-1
4 mm Safety laboratory cables 4 mm safety laboratory cables, 58 4 mm safety laboratory cables,

– Plugs with rigid protective sleeve pieces, brown, black, gray, and blue, 50 mm
and axial socket with gray plugs red 8092626
– Conductor cross section: 1 mm2 Complete set, consisting of 58 safety blue 8092627
– 1000 V CAT II laboratory cables with 4 mm safety black 8092628
– Rated current: 16 A plugs in brown, black, gray, and blue, gray-gray 8092629
with gray plugs:
4 mm Safety laboratory cables, 98 – 6x gray 50 mm 4 mm safety laboratory cables,
pieces, red and blue – 5x gray 300 mm 300 mm
Complete set, consisting of 98 safety – 5x brown 300 mm red 8092630
laboratory cables with 4 mm safety – 5x black 300 mm blue 8092631
plugs in the colors red and blue: – 5x blue 300 mm black 8092632
– 10x red 50 mm – 4x gray 500 mm gray-gray 8092633
– 10x blue 50 mm – 4x brown 500 mm brown-gray 8092634
– 26x red 300 mm – 4x black 500 mm black-gray 8092635
– 11x blue 300 mm – 4x blue 500 mm blue-gray 8092636
– 21x red 500 mm – 2x gray 1000 mm yellow 8092637
– 12x blue 500 mm – 2x brown 1000 mm green/yellow-yellow 8092638
– 3x red 1000 mm – 2x black 1000 mm
– 3x blue 1000 mm – 2x blue 1000 mm 4 mm safety laboratory cables,
– 1x red 1500 mm – 2x gray 1500 mm 500 mm
– 1x blue 1500 mm – 2x brown 1500 mm red 8092639
For the third cable color, safety – 2x black 1500 mm blue 8092640
laboratory cables, 47 pieces, black, – 2x blue 1500 mm black 8092641
are suitable (order no. 8092667) Order no. 8092669 gray-gray 8092642
Order no. 8092666 brown-gray 8092643
4 mm safety laboratory cables and black-gray 8092644
4 mm Safety laboratory cables, 47 safety jumper plugs, 14 pieces, blue-gray 8092645
pieces, black green-yellow yellow 8092646
Complete set, consisting of 47 safety Complete set, consisting of 8x 4 mm green/yellow-yellow 8092647
laboratory cables with 4 mm safety safety laboratory cables and 6x
plugs in the color black: safety jumper plugs in the color 4 mm safety laboratory cables,
– 8x black 50 mm green-yellow: 1000 mm
– 18x black 300 mm 4 mm Safety laboratory cables: red 8092648
– 18x black 500 mm – 2x 300 mm blue 8092649
– 2x black 1000 mm – 2x 500 mm black 8092650
– 1x black 1500 mm – 2x 1000 mm gray-gray 8092651
Order no. 8092667 – 2x 1500 mm brown-gray 8092652
4 mm Safety jumper plugs: black-gray 8092653
4 mm Safety laboratory cables, 106 – 6x 19 mm blue-gray 8092654
pieces, red, blue and black Order no. 8092672 yellow 8092655
Complete set, consisting of 106 green/yellow-yellow 8092656
safety laboratory cables with 4 mm
safety plugs in the colors red, blue 4 mm safety laboratory cables,
and black: 1500 mm
– 10x red 50 mm red 8092657
– 10x blue 50 mm blue 8092658
– 8x black 50 mm black 8092659
– 8x red 300 mm gray-gray 8092660
– 8x blue 300 mm brown-gray 8092661
– 18x black 300 mm black-gray 8092662
– 8x red 500 mm blue-gray 8092663
– 8x blue 500 mm yellow 8092664
– 18x black 500 mm green/yellow-yellow 8092665
– 2x red 1000 mm
– 3x blue 1000 mm
– 2x black 1000 mm
– 1x red 1500 mm
– 1x blue 1500 mm
– 1x black 1500 mm
Order no. 8092668
Safety jumper plugs 2 mm Safety laboratory cables

– Plugs with rigid protective sleeve – Plugs with rigid protective sleeve
– Plug spacing: 19 mm and axial socket
– 1000 V CAT II – Conductor cross section: 0,5 mm2
– Rated current: 16 A – 500 V CAT II
– Rated current: 5 A
Safety jumper plugs, 36 pieces, red,
blue, gray, gray-blue 2 mm Safety laboratory cables,
Complete set, consisting of 36 safety 60 pieces, red, blue and black
jumper plugs in the colors red, blue, Complete set, consisting of 60
gray, gray-blue: safety laboratory cables with 2 mm
– 8x red safety plugs in the colors red, blue
– 8x blue and black:
– 16x gray – 11x red 100 mm
– 4x gray-blue – 11x blue 100 mm
Order no. 8092677 – 20x black 100 mm
– 2x red 200 mm
Safety jumper plugs, 28 pieces, – 2x blue 200 mm
gray-black – 10x black 200 mm
Complete set, consisting of 28 gray- – 2x black 300 mm
black safety jumper plugs. Suitable – 2x black 500 mm
for the universal patch panel Order no. 574206
EduTrainer®, the jumper plugs are
used to clearly establish connections 2 mm Safety laboratory cables,
when designing circuits: 100 mm
– 28x gray-black red 574198
Order no. 571809 blue 574199
black 574200
Safety jumper plugs, 19 mm
red 572097 2 mm Safety laboratory cables,
blue 572098 200 mm
black 572099 red 574201
gray 572100 blue 574202
gray-blue 572120 black 574203
gray-black 572121
green-yellow 572101 2 mm Safety laboratory cables,
300 mm
red 576297
blue 576298
black 574204
2 mm Safety laboratory cables,

500 mm
red 576295
blue 576296
black 574205
Measuring lead holder

Mobile measuring lead holder with
storage box.
– Dimensions (W x H x D)
54 x 135 x 54 cm
– Storage dimensions (W x D)
42 x 51 cm
Order no. 8043430
Protective conductor cables with 3 BNC – 4 mm 1 3

special connector Safety measuring adapter
– Special sockets 6 mm Measuring lead for BNC plug on
– Conductor cross section: 4 mm² 4 mm safety plug
– Both sides are equipped with a – BNC plug insulated
special socket – 4 mm plug with rigid protective
– Special connectors are unmistak- sleeve and axial socket
able with 4 mm safety cables – 600 V CAT II
– Easy to recognize, allows simple – Length: 1600 mm
checking of safety-relevant connec- Order no. 8023959 2
tions at the workplace
4 4 mm – 2 mm 4
1 Protective conductor cables with Safety measuring adapter
special connector, 14 pieces Measuring adapter 4 mm safety plug
Complete set, consisting of 14 pre- on 2 mm safety socket
assembled cables with 6 mm – With rigid protective sleeve and
special socket for protective earth axial socket
connection: – 600 V CAT II
– 8x 100 mm – Load capacity: 5 A 5
– 3x 400 mm Order no. 8023960
– 3x 1500 mm
Order no. 8067503 5 Set of 4 mm angled safety
adapters, 20 pieces, clevis
Protective earth cable with special Set comprising 20 angled adapters
connector with rigid protective sleeve and open
100 mm 8067504 clevis end for the bonding of devices.
400 mm 8067505 – Clevis width: 7.5 mm
1500 mm 8067506 – Clevis length: 12 mm
– Suitable for M4 screws
2 Adapter from 4 mm safety socket – 1000 V CAT II
plug to special connector, 20 pieces – Load capacity: 16 A
– Connector pin: 6 mm gray 576287
– To insert into a 4 mm safety socket black 576288
– Special connectors are unmistak-
able with 4 mm safety cables 6 Set of 4 mm angled safety
– Simple to mount with the assembly adapters, 20 pieces, pin
tool Set comprising 20 angled adapters 6
– Permanent retention and with rigid protective sleeve and open
conversion pin end for the bonding of devices.
– 20x adapters – Pin width: 2 mm
– 1x assembly tool – Pin length: 12 mm
– 1x assembly instructions – 1000 V CAT II
Order no. 8067500 – Load capacity: 16 A
gray 576285
black 576286
1 6 1 Set of empty component 5 I/O level converter 5 V ‹–› 24 V

housings, 2-pin I/O level converter for the implemen-
Set of ten 2-pin housings, suitable tation of digital inputs and outputs
for equipment set for basic principles for digital technology or microcon-
of electrical engineering/electronics, trollers on functional models.
consisting of – Supply voltage DC/24 V via 4 mm
– Housing upper part, grey, blank safety plug
– Housing base, transparent – 8 inputs 5 V via 2 mm safety plug
– Printed circuit board with universal – 8 outputs 5 V via 2 mm safety plug
2 7 layout and imprinted 4 mm push- – SysLink connection with 8 inputs
in sleeves and 8 outputs 24 V
For equipment with commercially – Acceptable current load per
available 2-pin wired components. DC/24 V output 300 mA, protect-
Order no. 576289 ed against short circuits and over-
loads
2 Set of empty component – Sum of the output currents:
housings, 3-pin max. 2 A
Set of ten 3-pin housings, suitable Order no. 576622
for equipment set for basic principles
3 of electrical engineering/electronics, 6 KNX cable set
consisting of Complete set comprising 6 KNX
– Housing upper part, grey, blank cables. Pre-assembled with KNX sys-
– Housing base, transparent tem plugs to fit KNX EduTrainers®.
– Printed circuit board with universal – Conductor cross section:
layout and imprinted 4 mm push- 2 x 2 x 0.8 mm2
in sleeves – 4x 100 mm
For equipment with commercially – 1x 200 mm
available 3-pin wired components. – 1x 1000 mm
4 Order no. 576290 Order no. 8023965
3 Operational amplifier 7 A4 empty housing

For constructing amplifier circuits. Medium-grey front panel with
– Supply voltage +/-15 V DC via removable protective sheet, rear
2 mm safety plug cover, rubber feet and screws fully
– Output short circuit proof mounted.
– Offset compensation possible – Front panel: 133 x 297 mm
with potentiometer – Front panel: 266 x 297 mm
– OP type LM741 – Front panel: 399 x 297 mm
5 Order no. 576621 – Depth: 90 mm
133 x 297 mm 8023974
4 IC zero insertion force socket 266 x 297 mm 8023975
High-quality IC socket for tool-free 399 x 297 mm 8023976
adaptation of ICs, compatible with
digital technology.
– 16 pins in a 2.54 mm grid
– Tool-free assembly using clamp-
ing lever
– Contacting with 2 mm safety plug
Order no. 576623
1 Fluke 115 digital multimeter 3 Beha-Amprobe 1

Standard meter for basic training in AM-510 digital multimeter
electrical engineering. Simple entry-level device for basic
training.
Automatic and manual range selec-
tion, 4-digit illuminated LCD display Automatic and manual range selec-
for measuring direct and alternating tion, 3¾-digit LCD display, measure-
voltage, direct and alternating cur- ment of direct and alternating volt-
rent, resistance, continuity, frequen- age, direct and alternating current,
cy, capacitance, diode test, min./ resistance, continuity, flow diode
max./mean value, display hold, bar test, capacity and frequency mea-
graph, true effective value measure- surement.
ment (TRMS). – Voltage: 1 mV – 600 V
– Voltage: 0.1 mV – 600 V – Current: 0.1 μA – 10 A
– Current: 0.1 mA – 10 A – Resistance: 0.1 Ω – 40 MΩ 2
– Resistance: 0.1 Ω – 40 MΩ – Frequency: 1 Hz – 10 MHz
– Frequency: 0.01 Hz – 50 kHz – Capacity: 0.01 nF – 100 μF
– Capacitance: 1 nF – 10,000 μF – Measuring circuit category
– Measuring circuit category CAT III/600 V
CAT III/600 V
Scope of delivery
Scope of delivery – Measuring leads
– Measuring cables – Battery
– Holster – Operating instructions
– 9 V battery Order no. 8040005
– Manual
Order no. 571830 4 Beha-Amprobe
AM-550 digital multimeter
2 Fluke 179 digital multimeter Low-cost device with a full range of
Meter for higher requirements in functions for basic training. 3
basic training.
Automatic and manual range selec-
Automatic and manual range selection, 3¾-digit LCD display, measure-
tion, 4-digit illuminated LCD display ment of direct and alternating volt-
for measuring direct and alternating age, direct and alternating current,
voltage, direct and alternating cur- resistance, continuity, flow diode
rent, resistance, continuity, frequen- test, capacity and frequency mea-
cy, capacitance, diode test, tempera- surement, temperature measure-
ture measurement, min./max./mean ment. Min/max, data hold, bar dis-
value, display hold, bar graph, true play (61 segments), real effective
effective value measurement (TRMS). value measurement (TRMS).
– Voltage: 0.1 mV – 1,000 V – Voltage: 1 mV – 1000 V
– Current: 0.01 mA – 10 A – Current: 0.1 μA – 10 A
– Resistance: 0.1 Ω – 50 MΩ – Resistance: 0.1 Ω – 60 MΩ 4
– Frequency: 0.01 Hz – 100 kHz – Frequency: 1 Hz – 60 MHz
– Capacitance: 1 nF – 10,000 μF – Capacity: 60 nF – 60 μF
– Measuring circuit category – Measuring circuit category
CAT III/1000 V CAT III/1000 V
– Measuring circuit category – Measuring circuit category
CAT IV/600 V CAT IV/600 V
Scope of delivery Scope of delivery

– Measuring cables – Measuring leads
– 80BK temperature probe – Temperature probe
– Holster – Ever-ready case
– 9 V battery – Battery
– Manual – Operating instructions
1 1 Fluke 1654B installation tester 2 Beha-Amprobe Telaris 3 T110 VDE voltage and continuity
for VDE 0100 ProInstall-0100 installation meter tester
Perfect for practical demonstration Low-cost installation tester with a Ideally suited for basic training in
of electrical protective measures in good range of functions for testing electrical engineering, with switch-
combination with our EduTrainers® the safety of electrical systems and ing load.
for mains systems and protective work with our EduTrainern® for pow-
measures, in particular for testing er supply systems and protective VDE-tested and EN 61243-3:2010-
type B RCDs as well. measures, without test options for compliant, with measurement peaks
2 RCDs Type B. per the safety regulation HSE GS 38.
For testing and accepting fixed in- With its robust and ergonomic plastic
stallations to VDE 0100/0413, the in- For testing and acceptance of fixed housing and the thicker measuring
ternational standard IEC 60364 and electrical installations in accordance lead with a wear indicator, T110 is
the European standard EN 61557. with: DIN VDE 0100,ÖVE E 8001, ideal for mobile use. Equipped with
The easy-to-use controller and the NIV/NIN 2010, BS 7671, IEC 60364. a direction of rotation indicator for
large display with a wide viewing an- Light and compact portable device three-phase systems and functions
gle make for user-friendly and safe with a clear user interface, a large for testing RCDs via loads which can
3 operation. For all basic installation backlit LCD display and a data log- be switched with two-button oper-
tests including continuity, insulation, ging function with a PC download. ation. Also includes a special elec-
loop impedance, trigger time and For all fundamental installation tests tric flashlight function for working in
trigger current of residual current including insulation resistance, loop dark environments.
protective devices (residual current impedance and short circuit mea- – Voltage: 12 – 690 V
devices), measuring earthing resis- surement, triggering time and trip- – Rotary field: 100 – 690 V
tance and phase sequence. Includes ping current of RCDs/quick-acting – Flow: 0 – 400 kΩ
internal memory and PC interface for protective devices, low-ohm mea- – Frequency: 0/40 – 400 Hz
documentation and reporting. surement and rotary field testing. – Measuring circuit category
CAT III/690 V
Scope of delivery Scope of delivery – Measuring circuit category
– Hardshell case – Set of measuring cables CAT IV/600 V
– Probe, measuring cables – Carrying strap
– Set of standard measuring cables – Carrying case Scope of delivery
– Quick guide, CD manual – Brief instruction, manual on CD – Batteries
– 6 AA batteries – Batteries – Brief instructions
– Padded carrying strap Order no. 8040008 Order no. 8040007
Order no. 576282
Software for Beha-Amprobe Telaris Delta/Star (Wye) Distribution
Software for Fluke ProInstall-0100 Transformer, 5.4 kVA
1653B/1654B DMS 0100/INST Convenient, extendible software A three-phase transformer that al-
Fluke DMS (Data Management Soft- for logging measurement data per lows the mains voltage of an ac pow-
ware) for recording data and man- DIN VDE 0100/0105. Log design per er network (i.e., the local ac power
aging test results when testing elec- ZVEH protocol. Includes interface network voltage) to be adjusted, as
trical installations as per DIN VDE adapter TL USB. well as the conversion of an ac pow-
0100. Order no. 8040009 er network from a delta configuration
Order no. 571838 (three lines and a ground) to a star
(wye) configuration (three lines, a
neutral, and a ground).
The star (wye) configuration is

necessary for some exercises. Many
mains voltage values are available.
The device operates at a nominal
power of 5.4 kVA.
120 V 60 Hz
Order no. 586845
240 V 50 Hz
Order no. 586846
1 Tektronix TBS1052B-EDU 2 Amprobe AC50A 5 Amprobe rotary field and 1

digital storage oscilloscope digital leakage current clamp motor direction-of-rotation indicator
Standard oscilloscope for visualizing This current clamp is ideally suited to PRM-6-EUR
relationships during basic training in measuring discharge currents (leak- Phase sequence checker for basic
electrical engineering. age currents) and differential training in three-phase technology
currents (to BGV A3). and drive technology.
Curves can be traced and evaluated
on a PC. In addition to the current clamp func- Functions
– Display: colored tion, this current clamp also includes – Rotary field display
– Bandwidth: 50 MHz the most common multimeter func- – Display of a missing or incorrectly
– Channels: 2 tions via measuring cables such as connected external conductor
– Time base: 2,5 ns – 50 s/div voltage measurement, resistance – Contactless motor direction-of-
– Sampling rate: 1.0 GS/s and continuity. rotation indicator with running 2
– Resolution: 8 bits – Voltage AC: 0.1 – 400 V motors
– Y deflection: 2 mV/div – 5 V/div – Current AC: 0.01 mA – 60 A – Voltage-free determination of
– Interface: USB – Resistance: 0.1 – 400 Ω motor connections (U, V, W) using a
– Frequency range: 40 Hz – 1 kHz manual drive
Scope of delivery – Measuring circuit category
– Mains cable CAT IV/600 V Device information
– 2x TPP0051 probe – Voltage range from 40 to 700 V
– Documentation Scope of delivery – Frequency range 16 to 400 Hz
Order no. 571845 – Measuring cables – Measurement category CAT IV,
– Bag 600 V
Tektronix TBS2074 – 1.5 V battery – Sturdy housing with protective
digital storage oscilloscope – Manual rubber cover
– Display: Color WVGA, 9” W, Order no. 571848 – Removable measuring cables 3
resolution 800 x 480 – Background lighting
– Bandwidth: 70 MHz 3 Function generator – Rotary field direction check also
– Channels: 4 – Signal types: Sinusoidal, square, with or without de-energized
– Sampling rate: 1.0 GS/s triangular, TTL battery possible
– Resolution: 8 bits – Frequency range: 0.1 Hz – 500 kHz
– Interface: 2x USB2.0, Wifi, Ethernet – Voltage output: DC Scope of delivery
port – Offset: -15 – +15 V – 3 measuring cables
– Record length : 20 Mpoints – Voltage amplitude: 0 – 30 V – 3 probe tips
– 32 automated measurement mode Order no. 152918 – 3 crocodile clamps
– CE, UL, CSA – Operating instructions 4
4 Cable BNC – 4 mm – Carrying case
Scope of delivery Cable with BNC socket and 2 jack- – Batteries
– Power cord plugs (4 mm). For use in conjunction Order no. 8081205
– 4x probes TPP0100 with a function generator and oscil-
– Documentation CD loscope.
– Installation, safety, programmer Order no. 152919
manuals
– Calibration certificate Cable BNC – BNC
Order no. 8068879 Order no. 158357 5
T-piece BNC
Order no. 159298
Electric Power Technology
118
Electric Power Technology Training Program and the EMS
System Description .......................................................................................120

Training Program, Courses ............................................................................122
Pre-Set Training Systems...............................................................................136
Software .......................................................................................................142
Modules, Accessories ...................................................................................144
Equipment Sets TP 8012 Electric Power Technology (EMS A4)
System Description .......................................................................................156

Computer-Based Tools ................................................................................. 158
AC/DC Power Circuits and Power Transformers .............................................160
Solar Power ...................................................................................................162
Wind Power ...................................................................................................164
Modules ........................................................................................................166
Training Systems
Dissectible Machines Training System ..........................................................170

Motor Winding Kit .........................................................................................171
MagTran® Training Systems ...........................................................................172
2-kW Electromechanical Training Systems (EMS) ..........................................174
0.2-kW Electromechanical Training Systems (EMS) .......................................178
119
Electric power technology > Electric power technology training program and systems > System description
Electric Power Technology Training Program and the EMS

A comprehensive platform, flexible enough to support electrical
engineering programs, from beginning to end
Extensive program Several different subjects in the field Modular design approach Sturdy and safe
of electrical energy are covered, such The program is highly flexible and al- All workstations, modules, and com-
The program starts with a variety of as rotating machines, electrical pow- lows a multitude of different custom- ponents are very sturdy, ensuring a
courses providing in-depth topic cover transmission, power electronics, ized training solutions. prolonged service life in a demand-
erage of the fundamentals related to home energy production from renew- ing training laboratory environment.
the field of electrical energy. able resources (wind and sunlight), Modular hardware equipment and
large-scale electricity production curriculum can be easily expanded to The systems are designed to ensure
It then builds on the knowledge from hydropower and wind power, teach other subjects within the pro- user safety. Modules are ground-
gained by the student through these smart-grid technologies (SVC, STAT- gram. Instructors build their electri- ed using a railing system enclosed
basic courses to provide training in COM, HVDC transmission, etc.), stor- cal-energy laboratory selecting what in the workstation. Safety jacks are
more advanced subjects. age of electrical energy in batteries, they need. This ensures that new used for connections to electric pow-
and drive systems for small electric courses and equipment can be adder circuits. Inputs and outputs are
vehicles and cars. ed over time without unnecessary protected against improper connec-
duplication, ensuring investment is tions and overvoltage or overcurrent
cost-efficient. conditions. Exercises cover safety
procedures.
120 All LabVolt Series solutions are detailed on labvolt.com

Electric power technology > Electric power technology training program and systems > System description
A flexible, complete training

platform, based on a unique
training program
The Electric Power Technology

Training Program from Festo
Didactic answers the increasingly
diversified needs for training in the
wide field of electrical energy.
The program combines hardware,

software, and courseware content
aimed at maximizing learning and
experimentation. Workbooks and
preset systems offer predefined
learning paths, but modularity
enables instructors to create a
tailored solution that matches
specific requirements.
This product family was added

to the learning solutions portfo-
lio through the acquisition of the
US-Canadian company LabVolt.
It is commonly referred to as the
8010 systems from the LabVolt
Series.
All LabVolt Series solutions are detailed on labvolt.com 121

Electric power technology > Electric power technology training program
Electric Power Technology Training Program

A complete, progressive learning path
Computerized tools made for Pre-set training systems A sound training program The illustrated student manual pro-
learning and optimizing lab time offering tremendous flexibility viding all the theoretical matter re-
The hardware and the program are quired, guided lab-exercise pro-
Computerized measuring instru- totally customizable to specific Courses part of the Electric Power cedures to be performed with the
ments and control functions for pow- needs. However, pre-set learning Technology Training Program are the training equipment, and review
er electronics and the dynamometer systems are also available to show result of years of development and questions that test the knowledge
are available with selected hardware popular configurations among cus- improvement. gained by the student. The instructor
modules and software. tomers. guide providing all lab results and
Each course represents one work- answers to questions is also includ-
Students can measure, observe, an- Each pre-set system includes nec- book that includes one to ten full lab ed with each course.
alyze, and control electrical and me- essary modules and selected cours- exercises (including necessary theo-
chanical parameters more easily. es of the Electric Power Technolo- ry) to train the students on the cov- Contact your Festo sales represen-
gy Training Program. These turnkey ered topics. tative to build your perfect training
These tools allow for better under- systems are also expandable to an- solution.
standing, monitoring, and control in swer evolving needs or to cover more The modularity of the Electric Power
comparison to conventional tools. topics. Technology training platform enables
They also lower the cost of acquisi- instructors to select the desired
tion and replacement of accessories. courses or exercises and acquire
only the hardware required by the
courses.
Basic Electric Renewable

Power Energies
Rotating Smart Grid

Machines
Note that the classic EMS is

now available in A4 format,
fully compliant with CE regula- Power Industrial
tions. Please see page 156 for Electronics Controls
details.

Electric power technology > Electric power technology training program
DC
Power Circuits
Permanent Lead-Acid Solar Power Introduction to DC 1-Phase Ni-MH Hydrogen

Magnet Batteries (Photovoltaic) Wind Power Power AC Power Batteries Fuel Cell
DC Motor Electronics Circuits
1-Phase 1-Phase Conventional 3-Phase

AC Power Power DC Machines AC Power
Electronics Transformers and Universal Circuits
Motor
High- 3-Phase Thyristor Power 3-Phase Basic 3-Phase

Frequency AC Power Electronics Rotating Controls Transformer
Power Electronics Machines (Motor Banks
Transformers Controls)
Home Energy Power Factor 1-Phase Motor Drives Programmable Sensors

Production Correction Induction (Operation) Logic Controller
Motors
3-Phase DC 3-Phase Hydropower AC Overcurrent

PWM Rectifier/ Motor Drives Wound-Rotor Electricity Gene- Transmission and Overload
Inverter Induction ration Lines Protection
Machine Using Protective
Relays
3-Phase 3-Phase Introduction to Differential Directional

Motor Drives Induction Electric Power Protection Protection
Motor Starters Substations
BLDC Motors Principles of High-Voltage Static Var Static Distance

and Vector Doubly-Fed DC Compensator Synchronous Protection
Control PMSM Induction Transmission (SVC) Compensator
Drives Generators Systems (STATCOM)
(DFIG)

Electric power technology > Electric power technology training program > Courses

Courses overview
DC Power Circuits Lead-Acid Batteries Ni-MH Batteries Single-Phase AC Power Circuits

– Voltages and currents in – Fundamental principles of batteries – Reactions occurring during charge – Voltage and current sine waves
electrical circuits – Types and features of lead-acid and discharge cycles – Power dissipated in a resistive load
– Ohm’s and Kirchhoff’s laws batteries – Battery characteristics during – Inductive reactance and capacitive
– Concept of equivalent resistance – Charge and discharge discharge reactance
– Equivalent resistance of a characteristics – Calculation of energy released – Relationship between the source
combination of resistors – Experiments with various methods during a discharge cycle frequency and the reactance of an
– Power dissipated in a DC circuit for charging lead-acid batteries – Effects of charge input, charge rate, inductor or a capacitor
– Solution of complex series and (constant-current, constant- and ambient temperature on the – Active, reactive, and apparent
parallel circuits using fundamental voltage, modified constant-voltage, voltage and temperature profiles power
laws float charging, trickle) during a charge cycle – Impedance calculation method
– Charging methods and and the power triangle method
120–208V/60Hz en es 120–208V/60Hz en es charge-control techniques
Student Manual 579339 579340 Student Manual 579343 579344 120–208V/60Hz en es
Instructor Guide 579341 579342 Instructor Guide 579345 579346 120–208V/60Hz en es Student Manual 579366 579367
220–380V/50Hz 220–380V/50Hz Student Manual 585178 585179 Instructor Guide 579368 579369
Student Manual 579339 579340 Student Manual 579343 579344 Instructor Guide 585180 585181 220–380V/50Hz
Instructor Guide 579341 579342 Instructor Guide 579345 579346 220–380V/50Hz Student Manual 579366 579367
240–415V/50Hz 240–415V/50Hz Student Manual 585178 585179 Instructor Guide 579368 579369
Student Manual 579339 Student Manual 579343 Instructor Guide 585180 585181 240–415V/50Hz
Instructor Guide 579341 Instructor Guide 579345 240–415V/50Hz Student Manual 579366
220–380V/60Hz 220–380V/60Hz Student Manual 585178 Instructor Guide 579368
Student Manual 579339 579340 Student Manual 579343 579344 Instructor Guide 585180 220–380V/60Hz
Instructor Guide 579341 579342 Instructor Guide 579345 579346 220–380V/60Hz Student Manual 579366 579367
Student Manual 585178 585179 Instructor Guide 579368 579369
Instructor Guide 585180 585181

Single-Phase Power Transformer Three-Phase AC Power Circuits Three-Phase Transformer Banks Permanent Magnet DC Motor

– Turns, voltage, and current ratios – Difference between line and – Operation of three-phase – Prime mover and brake operation
– Characteristics of step-up and phase voltages and currents transformer banks – Basic functions of the 4-quadrant
step-down power transformers – Active power dissipated in each – Connection of the windings of dynamometer/power supply
– Polarity of power transformer phase of a three-phase circuit and 3-phase transformer banks in – Polarity of speed, torque, and
windings the total active power dissipated wye, delta, wye-wye, delta-delta, mechanical power
– Equivalent diagram of a power – Phase sequence and wye and delta wye-delta, or delta-wye – Construction of permanent magnet
transformer. circuit configuration configuration DC machines and their operation
– Voltage, current, and power ratings – Active, reactive, and apparent – Voltage, current, and phase as generators
– Effect of saturation on the magne- power in balanced, wye- or relationships between the primary – Voltage-speed and torque-current
tizing current and no-load power delta-connected, three-phase and secondary windings characteristics of a permanent
losses of a power transformer circuits – Uses of three-phase transformer magnet DC machine operating as a
banks in 3-phase AC power circuits generator or as a motor
120–208V/60Hz en es 120–208V/60Hz en es
Student Manual 579437 579438 Student Manual 579374 579376 120–208V/60Hz en es 120–208V/60Hz en es
Instructor Guide 579439 579440 Instructor Guide 579378 579379 Student Manual 579448 579449 Student Manual 579362 579363
220–380V/50Hz 220–380V/50Hz Instructor Guide 579451 579452 Instructor Guide 579364 579365
Student Manual 579437 579438 Student Manual 579374 579376 220–380V/50Hz 220–380V/50Hz
240–415V/50Hz 240–415V/50Hz Instructor Guide 579454 579455 Instructor Guide 579364 579365
Student Manual 579437 Student Manual 579374 240–415V/50Hz 240–415V/50Hz
Instructor Guide 579439 Instructor Guide 579383 Student Manual 579448 Student Manual 579362
220–380V/60Hz 220–380V/60Hz Instructor Guide 579457 Instructor Guide 579364
Student Manual 579437 579438 Student Manual 579374 579376 220–380V/60Hz 220–380V/60Hz
Instructor Guide 579458 579459 Instructor Guide 579364 579365


Courses overview
Conventional DC Machines and Three-Phase Rotating Machines Single-Phase Induction Motors Three-Phase Wound-Rotor Induction
Universal Motor Machines
Training content Training content
Training content – Prime mover and brake operation – AC induction motors Training content
– Fundamentals of rotating machines – Three-phase squirrel-cage – Operation and characteristics of – Three-phase wound-rotor
– Prime mover and brake operation induction machines single-phase induction motors induction machine with a short-
– DC motors and generators – Eddy-current braked and circuited rotor
– Series, shunt, compound, asynchronous generator 120–208V/60Hz en es – Three-phase wound-rotor
separately-excited motors – Synchronous motor Student Manual 579474 579475 induction machine with rotor
– Shunt, separately-excited, and – Synchronous generators Instructor Guide 579476 579477 resistance
compound DC generators (alternators) 220–380V/50Hz
– Armature reaction and saturation – Voltage, torque Student Manual 579474 579475 120–208V/60Hz en es
effect – Generator synchronization Instructor Guide 579478 579479 Student Manual 579421 585196
– Universal motor 240–415V/50Hz Instructor Guide 579422 585201
120–208V/60Hz en es Student Manual 579474 220–380V/50Hz
120–208V/60Hz en es Student Manual 579407 579408 Instructor Guide 579480 Student Manual 579421 585196
Student Manual 579469 588946 Instructor Guide 579409 579410 220–380V/60Hz Instructor Guide 579423 585202
Instructor Guide 579470 588948 220–380V/50Hz Student Manual 579474 579475 240–415V/50Hz
220–380V/50Hz Student Manual 579407 579408 Instructor Guide 579481 579482 Student Manual 579421
Student Manual 579469 588946 Instructor Guide 579412 579413 Instructor Guide 579424
Instructor Guide 579471 588949 240–415V/50Hz 220–380V/60Hz
240–415V/50Hz Student Manual 579407 Student Manual 579421 585196
Student Manual 579469 Instructor Guide 579414 Instructor Guide 579425 585200
Instructor Guide 579472 220–380V/60Hz
220–380V/60Hz Student Manual 579407 579408

BDLC Motors and Vector Control Hydropower Electricity Generation DC Power Electronics Single-Phase AC Power Electronics
PMSM Drives
Training content – Hydropower electricity generation – Operation and characteristics of – Operation of power diode
– Permanent magnet synchronous – Generator frequency and voltage diodes and switching transistors – Single-phase rectifiers
machines control principles – Buck, boost, buck/boost, and – Half-wave and full-wave rectifier
– PMSM control using a three-phase, – Generator synchronization using a four-quadrant choppers – Average DC voltage
six-step 120° modulation inverter synchro-check relay – Concept of voltage-type and – Operation of the single-phase
– BDLC motor – Generator operation with speed current-type circuits, and PWM inverter
– Vector control PMSM drive and voltage regulation free-wheeling diodes
– Droop – Ripple phenomenon in a chopper 120–208V/60Hz en es
120–208V/60Hz en es – Generator parallel operation and – Implement a lead-acid battery Student Manual 579370 579371
Student Manual 585206 588942 load sharing charger using a buck chopper with Instructor Guide 579372 579373
Instructor Guide 585207 588943 feedback loop 220–380V/50Hz
220–380V/50Hz 120–208V/60Hz en es Student Manual 579370 579371
Student Manual 585206 588942 Student Manual 579742 594109 120–208V/60Hz en es Instructor Guide 579372 579373
Instructor Guide 585207 588943 Instructor Guide 579743 594111 Student Manual 579358 579359 240–415V/50Hz
240–415V/50Hz 220–380V/50Hz Instructor Guide 579360 579361 Student Manual 579370
Student Manual 585206 Student Manual 579742 594109 220–380V/50Hz Instructor Guide 579372
Instructor Guide 585207 Instructor Guide 588941 594112 Student Manual 579358 579359 220–380V/60Hz
220–380V/60Hz 240–415V/50Hz Instructor Guide 579360 579361 Student Manual 579370 579371
Student Manual 585206 588942 Student Manual 579742 240–415V/50Hz Instructor Guide 579372 579373
Instructor Guide 585207 588943 Instructor Guide 588939 Student Manual 579358
220–380V/60Hz Instructor Guide 579360
Student Manual 579742 594109 220–380V/60Hz
Instructor Guide 588940 594110 Student Manual 579358 579359


Courses overview
Three-Phase AC Power Electronics Thyristor Power Electronics High-Frequency Power Transformers DC Motor Drives

– Analysis of three-phase half-wave – Diodes – High-frequency power transformers – Basic PWM DC motor drives
and full-wave rectifiers, as well as – Single-phase half-wave rectifier and their uses – Bidirectional PWM DC motor drives
single- and three-phase PWM and single-phase full-wave (bridge) – Effect of frequency on the power with regenerative braking
inverters rectifier rating of transformers – Speed feedback and current
– Voltage and current waveforms – Voltage and current waveforms – Analysis of high-frequency power control in PWM DC motor drives
– Advantages of three-phase – Thyristor in AC circuits with loads transformers in switched-mode
rectifiers over single-phase – Thyristor three-phase rectifier/ power supplies and insulated DC- 120–208V/60Hz en es
rectifiers inverter to-DC converters Student Manual 579467 585296
– Dual polarity DC power supply Instructor Guide 579468 585298
120–208V/60Hz en es 120–208V/60Hz en es 220–380V/50Hz
120–208V/60Hz en es Student Manual 579402 594096 Student Manual 579441 579442 Student Manual 579467 585296
Student Manual 579393 579394 Instructor Guide 579403 594098 Instructor Guide 579443 579444 Instructor Guide 579468 585298
Instructor Guide 579395 579396 220–380V/50Hz 220–380V/50Hz 240–415V/50Hz
220–380V/50Hz Student Manual 579402 594096 Student Manual 579441 579442 Student Manual 579467
Student Manual 579393 579394 Instructor Guide 579404 594099 Instructor Guide 579445 590153 Instructor Guide 579468
Instructor Guide 579397 579398 240–415V/50Hz 240–415V/50Hz 220–380V/60Hz
240–415V/50Hz Student Manual 579402 Student Manual 579441 Student Manual 579467 585296
Student Manual 579393 Instructor Guide 579405 Instructor Guide 579446 Instructor Guide 579468 585298
Instructor Guide 579399 220–380V/60Hz 220–380V/60Hz
220–380V/60Hz Student Manual 579402 594096 Student Manual 579441 579442
Student Manual 579393 579394 Instructor Guide 579406 594097 Instructor Guide 579447 590154

Three-Phase Motor Drives Three-Phase Induction Motor Three-Phase PWM Rectifier/Inverter Solar Power (Photovoltaic)
Starters
– Principles and operation of 3-phase Training content – Three-phase PWM rectifier/inverter – Diode
variable-frequency induction – Induction motor starters – Block diagram – Solar panel
motor drive – DOL starters and soft starters – Most common applications – Effect of temperature on solar
– three-phase variable-frequency – Advanced features of soft starters – Active current and reactive current panel performance
induction motor drive with a con- command variation – Energy storage into lead-acid
stant Volt-per-Hertz (V/f ) ratio 120–208V/60Hz en es – Active and reactive power control batteries
Student Manual 579462 585271 – Effect of shading on solar panel
120–208V/60Hz en es Instructor Guide 579463 585273 120–208V/60Hz en es operation
Student Manual 579426 594105 220–380V/50Hz Student Manual 585194 – Solar panel orientation
Instructor Guide 579427 594107 Student Manual 579462 585271 Instructor Guide 585195 – Insolation and performance
220–380V/50Hz Instructor Guide 579464 585274 220–380V/50Hz
Student Manual 579426 594105 240–415V/50Hz Student Manual 585194 120–208V/60Hz en es
Instructor Guide 579428 594108 Student Manual 579462 Instructor Guide 590147 Student Manual 579347 579348
240–415V/50Hz Instructor Guide 579465 240–415V/50Hz Instructor Guide 579349 579350
Student Manual 579426 220–380V/60Hz Student Manual 585194 220–380V/50Hz
Instructor Guide 579429 Student Manual 579462 585271 Instructor Guide 590148 Student Manual 579347 579348
220–380V/60Hz Instructor Guide 579466 585272 220–380V/60Hz Instructor Guide 579349 579350
Student Manual 579426 594105 Student Manual 585194 240–415V/50Hz
Instructor Guide 579430 594106 Instructor Guide 590149 Student Manual 579347
Instructor Guide 579349
220–380V/60Hz
Student Manual 579347 579348


Courses overview
Hydrogen Fuel Cell AC Transmission Line Introduction to Wind Power Home Energy Production

– The basic functions of the fuel – Equivalent circuits and – Wind turbines and small-scale – Stand-Alone Home Energy
cell system characteristics of AC transmission wind power Production
– The characteristic curve lines for resistive, inductive, – Voltage-speed and torque-current – Single-Phase Grid-Tied Inverter
– Parameters influencing the and capacitive loads characteristics of a wind turbine (PWM Rectifier/Inverter)
characteristic curve – Voltage compensation generator – Grid-Tied Home Energy Production
– Determination of the hydrogen – Active power transmission – Wind power variation with wind Using a Solar or Wind Power
current curve – Shunt-capacitor substations speed Inverter without DC-to-DC
– Efficiency of the fuel cell stack – Control of the flow of active – Energy storage in batteries converter
– Set-up of a fuel cell power supply and reactive power – Large-Scale Energy Storage:
– Efficiency of a fuel cell power 120–208V/60Hz en es A step in the implementation of the
supply 120–208V/60Hz en es Student Manual 579351 579352 Smart Grid
Student Manual 580204 Instructor Guide 579353 579354
120–208V/60Hz en es Instructor Guide 580205 220–380V/50Hz 120–208V/60Hz en es
Student Manual 579355 220–380V/50Hz Student Manual 579351 579352 Student Manual 579385 579386
Instructor Guide 579356 Student Manual 580204 Instructor Guide 579353 579354 Instructor Guide 579387 579389
User Guide 579357 Instructor Guide 580206 240–415V/50Hz 220–380V/50Hz
220–380V/50Hz 240–415V/50Hz Student Manual 579351 Student Manual 579385 579386
Student Manual 579355 Student Manual 580204 Instructor Guide 579353 Instructor Guide 579390 590145
Instructor Guide 579356 Instructor Guide 580207 220–380V/60Hz 240–415V/50Hz
User Guide 579357 220–380V/60Hz Student Manual 579351 579352 Student Manual 579385
240–415V/50Hz Student Manual 580204 Instructor Guide 579353 579354 Instructor Guide 579391
Student Manual 579355 Instructor Guide 580208 220–380V/60Hz
Instructor Guide 579356 Student Manual 579385 579386
User Guide 579357 Instructor Guide 579392 590146
220–380V/60Hz
Student Manual 579355
User Guide 579357

Principle of Doubly-fed Induction Power Factor Correction High-Voltage DC Transmission Static Synchronous Compensator
Generators (DFIG) Systems (STATCOM)
Training content
Training content – Types of power corrections: Training content Training content
– Three-phase wound-rotor plant-wide versus distributed – Voltage regulation and – Voltage Compensation of
induction machine used as a – Using banks of switched capacitors displacement power factor (DPF) AC transmission lines using
synchronous machine – Correction in three-phase circuits in thyristor three-phase bridges a STATCOM
– Doubly-fed induction motors and – Basic operation of HVDC – Dynamic power factor correction
generators 120–208V/60Hz en es transmission systems using a STATCOM
Student Manual 579334 595121 – DC current regulation and power
120–208V/60Hz en es Instructor Guide 579335 595122 flow control in HVDC transmission 120–208V/60Hz en es
Student Manual 579435 594127 220–380V/50Hz systems Student Manual 579433 594120
Instructor Guide 579436 594129 Student Manual 579334 595121 – Commutation failure at the Instructor Guide 579434 594124
220–380V/50Hz Instructor Guide 579336 595123 inverter bridge 220–380V/50Hz
Student Manual 579435 594127 240–415V/50Hz – Harmonic reduction using thyristor Student Manual 579433 594120
Instructor Guide 589800 594130 Student Manual 579334 12-pulse converters Instructor Guide 594125 594126
240–415V/50Hz Instructor Guide 579337 240–415V/50Hz
Student Manual 579435 220–380V/60Hz 120–208V/60Hz en es Student Manual 579433
Instructor Guide 589801 Student Manual 579334 595121 Student Manual 579460 594135 Instructor Guide 594121
220–380V/60Hz Instructor Guide 579338 595124 Instructor Guide 579461 594139 220–380V/60Hz
Student Manual 579435 594127 220–380V/50Hz Student Manual 579433 594120
Instructor Guide 589802 594128 Student Manual 579460 594135 Instructor Guide 594122 594123
240–415V/50Hz
220–380V/60Hz


Courses overview
Static Var Compensator (SVC) Introduction to Electric Power Differential Protection Distance Protection
Substations
– Main Components of a Static Var Training content – Fundamentals of differential – Introduction to distance protection
Compensator (SVC) – Electric power substations protection – Distance relay impedance
– Voltage Compensation of – High-voltage disconnecting – Percentage restrained differential characteristics
AC Transmission Lines Using an switches and circuit breakers protection – Conventional time-stepped
SVC – Single-bus scheme distance protection
– Dynamic Power Factor Correction – Double-bus, single breaker scheme 120–208V/60Hz en es – Distance protection using
using an SVC Student Manual 590085 communication-assisted tripping
120–208V/60Hz en es Instructor Guide 590086 schemes
120–208V/60Hz en es Student Manual 589173 220–380V/50Hz
Student Manual 579431 594113 Instructor Guide 589174 Student Manual 590085 120–208V/60Hz en es
Instructor Guide 579432 594117 220–380V/50Hz Instructor Guide 590086 Student Manual 593880
220–380V/50Hz Student Manual 589173 240–415V/50Hz Instructor Guide 593881
Student Manual 579431 594113 Instructor Guide 589174 Student Manual 590085 220–380V/50Hz
Instructor Guide 594118 594119 240–415V/50Hz Instructor Guide 590086 Student Manual 593880
240–415V/50Hz Student Manual 589173 220–380V/60Hz Instructor Guide 593881
Student Manual 579431 Instructor Guide 589174 Student Manual 590085 240–415V/50Hz
Instructor Guide 594114 220–380V/60Hz Instructor Guide 590086 Student Manual 593880
220–380V/60Hz Student Manual 589173 Instructor Guide 593881
Student Manual 579431 594113 Instructor Guide 589174 220–380V/60Hz
Instructor Guide 594115 594116 Student Manual 593880

Overcurrent and overload protection Directional protection Basic controls Motor drives (operation)
using protective relays
Training content – Introduction to directional – Basic principles – AC drives
– Overcurrent protection protection – Circuit layouts and specifications – Volts per Hertz characteristics
– Overcurrent and overload – Directional overcurrent protection – Basic control circuits – Ramp and voltage boost
protection of AC machines, power – Directional comparison protection – Jogging control circuits – Protection
transformers, radial feeders – Directional power protection – Reversing/manual reversing – Braking and jogging
starters – Remote controls
120–208V/60Hz en es 120–208V/60Hz en es – Reduced AC voltage starters – DC drives
Student Manual 589887 Student Manual 589889 – Time relay circuits – Current limiting and
Instructor Guide 589888 Instructor Guide 589890 IR compensation
220–380V/50Hz 220–380V/50Hz 120–208V/60Hz en es
Student Manual 589887 Student Manual 589889 Student Manual 603855 603856 120–208V/60Hz en es
Instructor Guide 589888 Instructor Guide 589890 Instructor Guide 603857 603858 Student Manual 593904
240–415V/50Hz 240–415V/50Hz 220–380V/50Hz Instructor Guide 593905
Student Manual 589887 Student Manual 589889 Student Manual 603855 603856 220–380V/50Hz
Instructor Guide 589888 Instructor Guide 589890 Instructor Guide 603857 603858 Student Manual 593904
220–380V/60Hz 220–380V/60Hz 240–415V/50Hz Instructor Guide 593905
Student Manual 589887 Student Manual 589889 Student Manual 603855 240–415V/50Hz
Instructor Guide 589888 Instructor Guide 589890 Instructor Guide 603857 Student Manual 593904
220–380V/60Hz Instructor Guide 593905
Student Manual 603855 603856 220–380V/60Hz
Instructor Guide 603857 603858 Student Manual 593904


Courses overview
Programmable Logic Controllers Sensors Troubleshooting

– PLC – Sensors – Troubleshooting:
– Control and timing relay functions – Background suppression introduction and methods
– Boolean logic and markers photoelectric switch – Troubleshooting basic motor
– Counter and comparator functions – Polarized retroreflective control circuits (manual reversing
– PLC control circuits photo-electric switch starter circuit, motor starter with
– Interfacing voltages – Capacitive proximity, inductive jogging circuit, plugging with time
– Motor and reversing motor starters proximity, and limit switches relay circuit)
with jogging – Motor-operated circuits using – Troubleshooting PLC circuits
sensors (PLC circuit, PLC reversing motor
120–208V/60Hz en es – PLC-controlled circuits using starter with jogging circuit,
Student Manual 580464 580465 sensors PLC motor starter with jogging
Instructor Guide 580466 580467 circuit)
220–380V/50Hz 120–208V/60Hz en es – Troubleshooting AC and DC drive
Student Manual 580464 580465 Student Manual 580470 580471 circuits (AC drive circuit, AC drive
Instructor Guide 580466 580467 Instructor Guide 580472 580473 braking and jogging circuit,
240–415V/50Hz 220–380V/50Hz DC drive circuit)
Student Manual 580464 Student Manual 580470 580471
Instructor Guide 580466 Instructor Guide 580472 580473 120–208V/60Hz en es
220–380V/60Hz 240–415V/50Hz Student Manual 580480 580481
Student Manual 580464 580465 Student Manual 580470 Instructor Guide 580482 580483
Instructor Guide 580466 580467 Instructor Guide 580472 220–380V/50Hz
220–380V/60Hz Student Manual 580480 580481
Instructor Guide 580472 580473 240–415V/50Hz
220–380V/60Hz

Electric power technology > Electric power technology training program > Pre-set training systems
DC and AC Power Circuits Solar Power

LabVolt Series 8010-1 Topic coverage LabVolt Series 8010-2 Training content
– DC Power Circuits – DC Power Circuits
The DC and AC Power Circuits Train- – Single-Phase AC Power Circuits The Solar Power Training System in- – Solar Power (Photovoltaic)
ing System combines a modular de- troduces students to the production
sign approach with computer-based of electrical energy from solar power,
data acquisition and control to intro- with emphasis on the use and oper-
duce students to the fundamentals ation of photovoltaic panels, as well
of electricity, such as direct current as storage of electrical energy in bat-
(DC), alternating current (AC), volt- teries. The system consists of a solar
age, resistance, and Ohm’s Law. The panel test bench and a monocrystal-
training system is designed to op- line silicon solar panel. Students can
erate at a low voltage to ensure the conduct indoor or outdoor experi-
safety of students beginning their ments on solar panel operation and
training in electric power technology. performance.
en es fr en es fr
120 V/60 Hz 579281 120 V/60 Hz 579284
220 V/50 Hz 579282 220 V/50 Hz 579285
240 V/50 Hz 579283 240 V/50 Hz 579286
220 V/60 Hz 589056
Optional multimedia course:

eSeries DC and AC Power Circuits Training System See page 22

Small-Scale Wind Power Lead-Acid Batteries

Electricity Generation Training System
Training System
LabVolt Series 8010-3 Training content LabVolt Series 8010-4 Training content
– DC Power Circuits – DC Power Circuits
The Small-Scale Wind Power Electric- – Lead-Acid Batteries The Lead-Acid Batteries Training – Lead-Acid Batteries
ity Generation Training System en- – Introduction to Wind Power System teaches the principles of
ables students to study the complete lead-acid battery operation during
process of wind power electricity both charge and discharge. It intro-
generation directly in the classroom. duces students to the operation of
Wind speed and air density are sim- lead-acid batteries and covers volt-
ulated using a user-friendly and con- age regulation, internal resistance,
figurable wind emulator. The learn- capacity, depth of discharge, and cy-
ing system also covers the storage of cle life of lead-acid batteries. Hands-
electrical energy in batteries to en- on experiments cover the discharge
sure that it is available when there is characteristics and the most popular
no wind or during low wind periods. charging methods of lead-acid bat-
teries.
en es fr
120 V/60 Hz 579287 en es fr
220 V/50 Hz 579288 595187 120 V/60 Hz 579290 579291
240 V/50 Hz 579289 220 V/50 Hz 579292
240 V/50 Hz 579293

Basic Renewable Energy DC Power Electronics

LabVolt Series 8010-6 Training content

– DC Power Circuits
The DC Power Electronics Training – DC Power Electronics
System provides a comprehensive
study of the diode and switching
LabVolt Series 8010-5 Training content transistor, two semiconductor com-
– DC Power Circuits ponents that are widely used in pow-
The Basic Renewable Energy Training – Lead-Acid Batteries er electronics circuits. The training
System provides in-depth coverage – Solar Power (Photovoltaic) system also provides in-depth cov-
of foundational renewable energy – Introduction to Wind Power erage of various types of choppers,
systems. It provides an introduction a power electronics device used in
to DC power circuits, and covers in many DC power circuits. The opera-
detail the principles behind the pro- tion of these modules is controlled
duction of electrical energy from via the LVDAC-EMS software, which
both solar power and wind power. also provides the instrumentation
The students are then introduced to required to measure and record the
the storage of electrical energy pro- experimental data.
duced from renewable resources in-
to lead-acid batteries for future con- en es fr
sumption. 120 V/60 Hz 579298
220 V/50 Hz 579299
en es fr 240 V/50 Hz 579300
120 V/60 Hz 579294 579295
220 V/50 Hz 579296 594501
240 V/50 Hz 579297

Home Energy Production Hydrogen Fuel Cell

LabVolt Series 8010-8 Training content

– Basic functions of the fuel cell
The Hydrogen Fuel Cell Training system
System realistically demonstrates – Characteristic curve of a fuel cell
the basic functions of a 50 W – Parameters influencing
hydrogen fuel cell system and is the characteristic curve
ideal for teaching the basic – Determination of the Hydrogen
engineering principles of fuel cell current curve
systems. The modular design of the – Efficiency of the fuel cell stack
system enables flexibility in setup – Set-up of a fuel cell power supply
complexity — from simple – Efficiency of a fuel cell power
experiments for teaching basic supply
principles to complex experiments – Application I: Remote traffic light
for experienced students. The course – Application II: Fuel cell car
covers the structure and functioning
LabVolt Series 8010-7 Training content principles of thermodynamics theory,
– DC power circuits and characteristics of a real fuel cell
The Home Energy Production Train- – Lead-acid batteries system.
ing System is a comprehensive and – Solar power (Photovoltaic)
flexible program related to home en- – Introduction to wind power en es fr
ergy production systems including all – Single-phase power power circuits Order no. 579307
the prerequisites in renewable ener- – Single-phase power transformers
gies and power electronics. – DC power electronics
– Single-phase AC power electronics
– High-frequency power transformers
en es fr
120 V/60 Hz 579301 579302
220 V/50 Hz 579303 579304
240 V/50 Hz 579305
220 V/60 Hz 579306 588988

Electromechanical Power Electronics

LabVolt Series 8010-9 Training content LabVolt Series 8010-A Training content
– DC power circuits – DC power electronics
The Electromechanical Training Sys- – Permanent magnet DC motor The Power Electronics Training Sys- – Single-phase and three-phase
tem combines a modular design ap- – Single-phase and three-phase tem is a comprehensive introduction AC power electronics
proach with computer-based da- AC power circuits to the most common power electron- – Thyristor power electronics
ta acquisition to provide unrivaled – Single-phase transformers ic components and devices used in – DC motor drives
training in basic electric power tech- – Three-phase transformer banks numerous industrial applications – Three-phase motor drives
nology. Training is oriented toward – Three-phase rotating machines today. It provides unrivaled training – Three-phase induction motor
today’s competency requirements. – Power factor correction in power electronics to students al- starters
ready having a sound knowledge of
en es fr basic electric power technology.
120 V/60 Hz 579308 579309
220 V/50 Hz 579310 594502 en es fr
240 V/50 Hz 579311 120 V/60 Hz 579314 579315
220 V/60 Hz 579312 579313 220 V/50 Hz 579316
240 V/50 Hz 579317
Optional multimedia course: 220 V/60 Hz 579318 579319
eSeries Electromechanical Training System See page 22

AC Power Transmission Smart Grid Technologies

LabVolt Series 8010-B Training content LabVolt Series 8010-C Training content
– DC power circuits – Home energy production
The AC power transmission training – Single-phase AC power circuits The Smart Grid technologies training – Static Var Compensator (SVC)
system is a comprehensive intro- – Single-phase power transformers system provides a turn-key solution – Static Synchronous Compensator
duction to the basic principles of AC – Three-phase power transformers dealing with smart grid technologies. (STATCOM)
power transmission lines. computer- Real-world, complex applications, – High-voltage DC transmission
ized controls provide better under- normally found in large power sta- systems
standing, monitoring, and control tions, can now be recreated within
compared to conventional measuring this training platform. Computerized
instruments. Optional courses may controls provide better monitoring
be added to provide students with and control compared to convention-
the basic knowledge of electric pow- al measuring instruments.
er technology required to study AC
power transmission systems. en es fr
120 V/60 Hz 579325
en es fr 220 V/50 Hz 579326
120 V/60 Hz 579320 240 V/50 Hz 579327
220 V/50 Hz 579321 220 V/60 Hz 589057
240 V/50 Hz 579322
220 V/60 Hz 579323 579324

DFIG Principles Power Transmission

Training System Smart Grid Technologies
Training System
LabVolt Series 8010-D Training content LabVolt Series 8010-E Training content
– Three-phase wound-rotor – AC transmission line
The Doubly-Fed Induction Generators induction machine The Power Transmission Smart Grid – Static Var Compensator (SVC)
(DFIG) Training System combines a – Principles of Doubly-Fed Induction Technologies Training System pro- – Static Synchronous Compensator
unique, modular design approach Generators (DFIG) vides a turn-key solution related to (STATCOM)
with computer-based data acquisi- power transmission of smart grids. – High-voltage DC transmission
tion and control to provide unrivaled Students learn that SVCs and STAT- systems
training in the basic principles of COMs can be used in conjunction
the doubly-fed induction generator with HVDC transmission systems to
(DFIG) to students that already have greatly enhance the controllabili-
a sound knowledge of three-phase ty and power transfer capability of a
AC power circuits, rotating machines, power network, and are thus essen-
and motor drives. tial tools to the implementation of a
smart grid.
en es fr
120 V/60 Hz 579328 en es fr
220 V/50 Hz 579329 120 V/60 Hz 579331
240 V/50 Hz 579330 220 V/50 Hz 579332
220 V/60 Hz 581466 240 V/50 Hz 579333
220 V/60 Hz 589058

Electric power technology > Electric power technology training program > Software
LVDAC-EMS
Computer-assisted data acquisition
The LVDAC-EMS software is a user- The LVDAC-EMS software and the

friendly tool that facilitates the use Data Acquisition and Control Inter-
of the various functions which can be face allow complex power system
implemented with USB peripherals, applications such as hydropower
such as the Data Acquisition and generators, large-scale wind tur-
Control Interface (DACI) and the bines (PMSG and DFIG), high-voltage
Four-Quadrant Dynamometer/Power direct current (HVDC) transmission
Supply. systems, static var compensators
(SVCs), and static synchronous com-
Together, the DACI and LVDAC EMS pensators (STATCOMs) to be imple-
provide a complete set of modern mented. SCADA windows are avail-
computer-based instruments to mea- able in the LVDAC-EMS software for
sure, observe, analyze, and control these complex applications to ease
electrical and mechanical parame- system control and monitoring, as
ters. The provided instruments in- well as to allow students to quickly
clude voltmeters, ammeters, power understand what is going on in these
meters, frequency meters, efficiency applications.
meters, impedance meters, power
factor meters, energy meters, torque Highlights
and speed meters, an oscilloscope, a – Affordable compared to conven-
Computer-based instruments replace phasor analyzer, a harmonic analyz- tional equipment, as virtual tools
a multitude of actual data acquisi- er, and a spectrum analyzer. lower the cost of acquisition and
tion devices: replacement of accessories
– The Metering window displays up The DACI and LVDAC-EMS also allow – Several instrumentation functions
to eighteen meters that can be manual and timed data recording. and control function sets available
configured to measure a multitude The recorded data can be saved to – SCADA windows available for sev-
of parameters. files in any specified location, graph- eral applications
– The Oscilloscope displays up to ically represented with the provided – Software development kit (SDK) for
eight waveforms simultaneously. graph plotting tool, and exported in- customization
Each waveform is of a different to a spreadsheet application. – Free software and updates
color for easy identification.
– The Phasor Analyzer displays the The DACI and LVDAC-EMS can also
phasors related to measured be used with the Four-Quadrant Dy-
voltages and currents instead of namometer/Power Supply, Model
the values and waveforms related 8960, to implement a variety of con-
to these voltages and currents. trol functions for advanced training
– The Harmonic Analyzer allows in various fields of electricity and
– observation and analysis of the new energy, including electric power
– harmonic components in the technology, ac/dc rotating machines,
– measured voltages and currents. renewable energy, transmission
– The recorded values of all meters lines, and power electronics.
and indicators in the Data Table
can be saved to a file and used to
plot graphs.
– Several sets of computer-based
– functions can be activated in the
DACI and controlled directly in
LVDAC-EMS.
Download the LVDAC-EMS

free of charge

Electric power technology > Electric power technology training program > Software
SCADA for LVDAC-EMS LVSIM-EMS

Supervisory control and data Simulation software
acquisition (SCADA)
SCADA for LVDAC-EMS is a software SCADA-EMS enhances LVDAC-EMS

program designed to run in combina- by adding several new features:
tion with LVDAC-EMS. It transforms – Collect data from local
LVDAC-EMS software and the work- workstations.
station’s computer into a local work- – Observe and control one or
station that can be monitored and multiple stations from one or Electromechanical Systems Simula- Highlights
controlled over a local network from multiple supervisory stations. tion Software (LVSIM®-EMS) is a – Replicates the electromechanical
a supervisory computer. – Remotely control several simulation software that enables stu- training system
applications in a lab. dents to perform actual experiments – Students prepare for laboratories
Using the OPC Server protocols, SCA- – Use a workstation in a different using virtual equipment in advance using virtual
DA-EMS enables users to design room to present actual demon- equipment, thereby decreasing the
their own interfaces by calling the strations over the network in your It covers the same courseware as time they require to perform the
different applications running on the classroom without having to bring the following systems: the computer- exercises using actual equipment
local workstations. a workstation to class. assisted 0.2 kW electromechanical – Decreases the quantity of actual
– Introduce students to the training system, the DC and AC equipment required per student
fundamentals of SCADA in a grid power circuits training system, the – Allows students to practice with
context. electromechanical training system, EMS equipment operation and
– Recreate a complete grid with and the AC power transmission train- connection at home on a personal
several different applications ing system. computer
running.
LVSIM-EMS is a web-browser based LVSIM-EMS
A locked version of the SCADA-EMS application available in three differ- Local installation,
software program can be download- ent configurations. The simulation single licence
ed from our website and can be un- software can either be installed lo- en 586920
locked by a USB dongle. cally on a Windows® personal comes 586922
A dongle unlocks five workstations; puter (local version), on a Windows® fr 586921
order as many dongles as required. server (network version), or ac- Note: Several license options are available
LVDAC-EMS is required to run cessed directly online through our
SCADA-EMS. website.
Order no. 8094377

Electric power technology > Electric power technology training program > Modules
Electric Power Technology Training Modules

Data acquisition and control interface (DACI)
LabVolt Series 9063 Control function sets

Several sets of computer-based func-
Measuring, observing, analyzing, tions allowing control of power elec-
and controlling electrical and me- tronics modules can be activated in
chanical parameters in electric power the DACI. Instructors can select and
systems and power electronics cir- combine the functions they need.
cuits represent an important part of – Computer-Based Instrumentation
the training in various areas, such as – Chopper/Inverter Control
electric power technology, AC/DC – Thyristor Control
machines, renewable energy, and – Home Energy Production Control
power electronics. – Three-Phase PWM Rectifier/
Inverter Control
For these purposes, the Data Acqui- – BLDC Motor/PMSM Control
sition and Control Interface (DACI) is – High-Voltage DC (HVDC)
a versatile USB peripheral that fea- Transmission System Control
Most popular packages tures a set of computer-based instru- – Static Var Compensator (SVC)
DACI with Computer-Based Instrumentation ments and instrumentation tools, Control
en es fr which can be accessed through Data – 9063 Software Development Kit
Order no. 579680 579682 579681 Acquisition and Control for Electro- – Synchronous Generator Control
mechanical Systems (LVDAC-EMS) – Static Synchronous Compensator
DACI with Computer-Based Instrumentation and Chopper/Inverter Control software. (STATCOM) Control
en es fr – Synchroscope
Order no. 579683 579685 579684 The DACI and the LVDAC-EMS soft- – SCADA
Note: For reference numbers of other variants DACI control functions or specific packages ware are standard features in the
based on your needs, please contact your Festo sales representative. Electric Power Technology Training
Systems and in the Computer-Assist-
ed 0.2-kW Electromechanical Train-
ing System.
Highlights
– Computer-based tools increase
student knowledge and under-
standing of electric power systems
and power electronics circuits
– Customizable DACI with several
control functions available to fit
specific training needs
– Pre-built SCADA interface facili-
tates an understanding of the
process taking place
– Several inputs/outputs for easy
connection with other modules
– Optically isolated inputs
– Includes free software
(LVDAC-EMS)
– Software Development Kit for
third-party programming tools
– Short set-up time
– Safe and affordable


Four-quadrant dynamometer/power supply
LabVolt Series 8960 Highlights

– Multipurpose device combining
The Four-Quadrant Dynamometer/ power supply, prime mover,
power Supply is a highly versatile dynamometer, metering, and
USB peripheral designed to be used emulator properties
in the Electric Power Technology – Manual or computer-based
Training Systems. Two operating control mode
modes are available: Dynamometer – Green device: it returns the power
and Power Supply. A wide variety of produced directly on the grid
user-selectable functions is available – Emulation of multiple load types
in each operating mode. – Optional functions can be added to
the standard functions to further
In the Dynamometer mode, the unit the training possibilities
becomes a four-quadrant dynamom-
eter that can act as either a fully con- Topic coverage
figurable brake or a fully configu- – Speed and Torque
rable prime mover. In the power – Voltage and Current
supply mode, the unit becomes a – Mechanical and Electrical Power
four-quadrant power supply that can – Energy
act as a DC voltage source, DC cur-
rent source, ac power source, etc. Function sets
– Standard Functions
In each operating mode, key param- (Manual Control)
eters related to the selected function – Standard Functions
are displayed and can be monitored (Computer-Based Control)
using the computer-based instru- – Turbine Emulator
ments in the software LVDAC-EMS. – Lead-Acid Battery Charger
Speed, torque, mechanical power, – Ni-MH Battery Chargers
and energy are displayed in the Dy- – Solar Panel Emulator Most popular packages
namometer mode while voltage, cur- – LabVolt Series 8960 Software Four-quadrant dynamometer/power supply with manual and computer-based control
rent, electrical power, and energy are Development Kit en es fr
displayed in the Power Supply mode. 120 V/60 Hz 579648 579650 579649
Optional functions, such as a small 220 V/50 Hz 579651 579653 579652
wind-turbine emulator, a hydraulic 240 V/50 Hz 579654
turbine emulator, a solar panel emu- Note: For reference numbers of other variants Dynamometer/Power Supply control
lator, battery chargers, an SDK (Soft- functions or specific packages based on your needs, please contact your Festo sales
ware Development Kit) etc., can be representative:
added to the standard functions to
further enhance the training possibil-
ities of the Four-Quadrant Dynamom-
eter/Power Supply.


Loads, filters
1 5 1 Inductive Load 5 Filtering Inductors/Capacitors

Nine iron-core power inductors ar- Two separate filters (low- and high-
ranged in three identical banks. frequency) enclosed in a half-size
en es fr EMS module.
120–208V/60Hz en es fr
763362 763363 579516 120–208V/60Hz
220–380V/50Hz 579523 579525 579524
579517 579519 579518 220–380V/50Hz
240–415V/50Hz 579526 579528 579527
2 6 579520
220–380V/60Hz 6 Three-Phase Filter
579521 579522 Three inductors and four capacitors
enclosed in a half-size EMS module.
2 Capacitive Load en es fr
Nine capacitors arranged in three 120–208V/60Hz
identical banks. 579529 579530 586454
en es fr
120–208V/60Hz 7 Line Inductors
3 7 763366 763367 579544 Three separate inductors enclosed
220–380V/50Hz in a half-size EMS module to be
579545 579547 579546 connected in series in a three-phase
240–415V/50Hz circuit.
579548 en es fr
220–380V/60Hz 120–208 V/60Hz
579549 579550 763364 594487 586455
3 Resistive Load 8 Rectifier and Filtering Capacitors

4 8 Nine wire-wound power resistors Three-phase bridge rectifier and two
arranged in three identical banks. separate capacitors enclosed in a
en es fr half-size EMS module.
763359 763360 579511 120–208V/60Hz
220–380V/50Hz 579630 579632 579631
579512 579514 579513 220–380V/50Hz
240–415V/50Hz 579633 579635 579634
579515 240–415V/50Hz
579636
4 Electronic Load
Provides manual or computer-assist-
ed adjustment of constant rated cur-
rents that can be used to record the
characteristic curves of a fuel cell
system.
en es fr
120–208V/60Hz
579575 579575 579575

Batteries, renewable energy sources
1 Traffic Lights 4 Lead-Acid Battery Pack 1 5

Simulates a real-world traffic light Half-size EMS module housing four
application that can be used as a 12 V lead-acid batteries connected
load for a fuel cell system. in series.
en es fr en es fr
120–208V/60Hz 120–208V/60Hz
579574 579574 579574 579591 579592
2 Lead-Acid Batteries 5 Ni-MH Batteries

Two 12 V valve-regulated, lead-acid Two 12 V packs of nickel-metal hy- 2 6
(VRLA) batteries enclosed in a half- dride (Ni-MH) batteries enclosed in a
size EMS module. Batteries can be half-size EMS module.
connected in series or parallel. en es fr
en es fr 120–208V/60Hz
120–208V/60Hz 586799 586800
763374 763375 579590
6 Hydrogen Fuel Cell
3 Solar Panel Test Bench A fuel cell stack comprising a fuel cell
Full-size EMS module in which a controller, a hydrogen flow meter, a 3 7
Solar Panel can be installed. dc-to-dc converter, an air supply, and
en es fr seven LED displays for visualizing all
120–208V/60Hz essential system parameters.
579594 579596 579595 en es fr
220–380V/50Hz 120–208V/60Hz
579597 579598 579593 579593 579593
240–415V/50Hz
579599 7 Monocrystalline Silicon
Solar Panel
Two independent photovoltaic
modules mounted on a common
metal chassis that can be installed
in the Solar Panel Test Bench or on
a tripod.
en es fr 4
120–208V/60Hz
579600 579602 579601


Transformers, power transmission
1 4 1 Three-Phase Transmission Line 4 Regulating Autotransformer

Three iron-core inductors enclose Three-phase autotransformer
in a half-size EMS module. enclosed in a half-size EMS module.
The inductors are specifically en es fr
designed to simulate a high-voltage 120–208V/60Hz
ac transmission line. 763369 763370 579566
en es fr 220–380V/50Hz
120–208V/60Hz 579567 579569 579568
579535 579537 579536 240–415V/50Hz
2 5 220–380V/50Hz 579570
579538 579540 579539
240–415V/50Hz 5 Transformer
579541 Power transformer enclosed in
220/380 V — 60 Hz a module. Both the primary and
579542 579543 secondary sides are made of two
identical separate windings.
2 SVC Reactors/Thyristor Switched en es fr
Capacitors 120–208V/60Hz
3 6 Module consisting of a set of three 763371 763372 579571
identical inductors to implement
thyristor-controlled reactors (TCRs) 6 Three-Phase Transformer
using the Power Thyristors. Three-phase power transformer,
en es fr made up of a single magnetic core
120–208V/60Hz with three branches, enclosed in a
763368 half-size EMS module.
579556 120–208V/60Hz
240–415V/50Hz 763373 592542 586468
579557 220–380V/50Hz
220/380 V — 60 Hz 579572 594489
579558 594488 240–415V/50Hz
579573
3 Three-Phase Transformer Bank
Three independent power
transformers enclosed in a module.
en es fr
120–208V/60Hz
579559 579561 579560
220–380V/50Hz
579562 579564 579563
240–415V/50Hz
579565

Motors, generators
1 DC Motor/Generator 4 Wind Turbine Generator/ 1 4

DC machine mounted in a full-size Controller
EMS module, that can operate Three-phase permanent-magnet
independently as a DC motor or a synchronous and a controller
DC generator. (converts the 3-phase power into DC
en es fr power) of an actual small-scale wind
120–208V/60Hz turbine, mounted in a full-size EMS
579759 579761 579760 module.
579762 579764 579763 120–208V/60Hz
240–415V/50Hz 579487 579489
579765
5 Four-Pole Squirrel Cage Motor
2 Permanent Magnet DC Motor A squirrel-cage induction machine
High-speed, brushed DC motor mounted in a full-size EMS module.
mounted in a full-size EMS module. The machine stator windings allow 2 5
en es fr connection in either wye or delta
120–208V/60Hz configuration.
579485 579486 en es fr
120–208V/60Hz
3 Wind Turbine Demonstrator 586267 586268
Actual small-scale wind turbine 220–380V/50Hz
modified to display the main internal 586269 586270
components. The wind turbine has a 240–415V/50Hz
fixed-pitch, three blade rotor that is 586266
directly coupled to the generator.
en es fr
120–208V/60Hz
579766 579766 579766


Motors, generators
1 4 1 Universal Motor 4 Permanent Magnet Synchronous

Universal machine mounted in a full- Machine
size EMS module. Permanent magnet synchronous
en es fr machine encased in a full-size
120–208V/60Hz module. The stator windings of the
579774 579776 579775 machine are connected in a wye
220–380V/50Hz configuration.
579777 579779 579778 en es fr
240–415V/50Hz 120–208V/60Hz
579780 586378 594485
2 Three-Phase Wound Rotor 5 Capacitor-Start Motor

Induction Machine Capacitor-start machine mounted
Induction machine with a wound in a full-size EMS module. The
rotor mounted in a full-size EMS centrifugal switch and contact
2 5 module. points of the machine are mounted
en es fr externally.
579497 592532 579498 120–208V/60Hz
220–380V/50Hz 579767 579769 579768
579499 594484 220–380V/50Hz
240–415V/50Hz 579770 579772 579771
579500 240–415V/50Hz
220–380V/60Hz 579773
579501 594483 220–380V/60Hz
581389 581390
3 Three-Phase Synchronous Motor/
Generator
0.2 kW three-phase synchronous
machine mounted in a full-size EMS
3 module that can be operated either
as a three-phase motor or a three-
phase generator.
en es fr
120–208V/60Hz
579502 579504 579503
220–380V/50Hz
579505 579507 579506
240–415V/50Hz
579508
220–380V/60Hz
579509 579510

Switching devices, power electronics
1 Insulated DC-to-DC Converter 4 Synchronizing Module/ 1 4

Used to convert a low-voltage DC Three-Phase Contactor
source, such as the Battery Pack, Half-size EMS module used to
into a high-voltage DC output control various electric devices, or
suitable for AC conversion. synchronize two ac power sources
en es fr like a synchronous generator with
120–208V/60Hz an AC power network. It consists of a
579618 579620 579619 three-phase contactor whose coil can
220–380V/50Hz be energized either manually with a
579621 579622 toggle switch, or automatically with 2 5
a thyristor.
2 IGBT Chopper/Inverter en es fr
Consists of seven insulated-gate 120–208V/60Hz
bipolar transistors (IGBT) mounted 579576 579577
in a half-size EMS module. Six IGBTs 220–380V/50Hz
are used to implement choppers 579578 579579
and inverters. The seventh IGBT and 240–415V/50Hz
a dumping resistor allow smooth 579580
dissipation of excess energy at the 3
DC bus. 5 Fault Module
en es fr Consists of a three-phase normally
120–208V/60Hz open contactor enclosed in a half-
579623 579625 579624 size EMS module. Each phase of
220–380V/50Hz the contactor can be used to insert
579626 579628 579627 different types of faults in an electric
240–415V/50Hz power circuit, such as ground faults
579629 and phase-to-phase faults.
en es fr
3 Power Thyristors 120–208V/60Hz
Six power thyristors (SCRs) mounted 588972
in a half-size EMS enclosure. A 220–380V/50Hz
firing control section allows six 0-5 589055
V pulse signals from either the Data 240–415V/50Hz
Acquisition and Control Interface, 589054
Model 9063, the Thyristor Firing Unit,
Model 9030, or any compatible 0-5
V control unit, to be applied to the
gating circuits of the thyristors.
en es fr
120–208V/60Hz
763376 763378 763377
220–380V/50Hz
763379 763381 763380
240–415V/50Hz
763382


Protective relaying, workstations
1 3 1 Circuit Breakers and 3 Three-Module Workstation

Disconnecting Switches 1 Workstation consisting of
Module that can be operated a single row of three full-
independently using dedicated I/O height compartments that can
(open/close) switches or open/close accommodate up to three full-size
control inputs on the front panel. An EMS modules or six half-size EMS
Ethernet port on the module front modules. Intended for use on a
panel allows all circuit breakers bench (not supplied) and is fitted
4 and disconnecting switches to be with wooden feet to protect the
controlled independently using a bench top.
SCADA system. en es fr
en es fr Order no.
120–208V/60Hz 579483 579483 579483
588952
4 Workstation
2 2 Circuit Breakers and Workstation intended for use on a
Disconnecting Switches 2 bench (not supplied) and is fitted
Consists of 3 three-phase circuit with rubber feet to protect the bench
breakers and 9 three-phase top. Three rows of compartments are
disconnecting switches, enclosed in designed to house EMS modules.
a full-size EMS module, that can be Two of these rows have full-height
used to implement electric power compartments while the other row
substations with different switching has half-height compartments.
5 schemes. An Ethernet port on the en es fr
module front panel allows all circuit Order no
breakers and disconnecting switches 579484 579484 579484
to be controlled independently using
a SCADA system. 5 Mobile Workstation
en es fr Workstation mounted on a Mobile
120–208V/60Hz Storage Cabinet. Swivel casters allow
588953 easy movement. Immediately above
the storage cabinet is a pullout work
Numerical Distance Relay surface. The upper portion of the
See page 216 workstation consists of three rows
of compartments designed to house
Numerical Directional Overcurrent EMS modules.
Relay en es fr
See page 216 Order no.
579755 579755 579755
Numerical Differential Protective
Relay
See page 216

Accessories, power supplies
1 Storage Shelves 3 Three-Phase Power Supply 1 2

Module with five shelves, each of Consists of a fixed-voltage three-
which can accommodate four full- phase ac power source and a fixed-
size EMS modules or eight half-size voltage DC power source enclosed in
EMS modules. a half-size EMS module.
en es fr en es fr
Order no. 120–208V/60Hz
579756 579756 579756 579612 579613
220–380V/50Hz
2 AC power Network Interface 579614 594495 3
Module used to interface the ac pow- 240–415V/50Hz
er network with EMS modules. It 579615
consists of an AC Power Inlet section 220–380V/60Hz
comprising a C14 power cord inlet 579616 579617
with 4 mm color-coded safety sock-
ets for each terminal (line, neutral, 4 Power Supply/Ethernet Switch
and ground). consists of a 120 V DC power supply
en es fr and an industrial-grade, five-port
120–208V/60Hz Ethernet switch enclosed in a half-
579581 579583 579582 size EMS module. The 120 V DC 4
220–380V/50Hz power supply is designed to power
579584 579586 579585 Circuit Breakers and Disconnect
240–415V/50Hz Switches modules.
579587 en es fr
220–380V/60Hz 120–208V/60Hz
579588 579589 588954
24V AC Power Supply

Enclosed in a full-size EMS module,
it provides DC power and ac power,
both fixed and variable, single-phase
and three-phase.
en es fr
120–208V/60Hz
579696 579696 579696
220–380V/50Hz
579697 579697 579697
240–415V/50Hz
579698
220–380V/60Hz
579697 579697

Electric power technology > Electric power technology training program > Accessories

Accessories
Hydrogen Generator Timing Belt Pyranometer Connection Leads

HG 30 Heliocentris hydrogen The Timing Belt is a high-quality The Pyranometer is a high-quality Extra-flexible leads terminated
generator that produces high- industrial synchro-cog timing belt instrument for measuring solar with stacking 4 mm safety banana
purity hydrogen (99.9999% vol) for made of rubber whose teeth exactly irradiance. The thermopile sensor plugs. The leads are supplied in
laboratory and research use. It is mesh with the geared pulley fitted construction measures the solar different lengths and are color-coded
ideal both for the direct operation of on the shaft of all 0.2 kW EMS energy that is received from the according to length. The set also
fuel cell systems and for filling low- machines. The Timing Belt is total solar spectrum and the whole includes three-phase leads, which
pressure metal hydride canisters. supplied in a fixed length hemisphere (180° field of view). The are made of three color-coded leads
appropriate for coupling two output signal of the Pyranometer is a bundled together along their length
Order no 579781 adjacent EMS machines together voltage proportional to the measured to simplify the connection of three-
without slippage between them. solar irradiance, expressed in Watts/ phase circuits.
Hydrogen Canister Order no 579637 m². The Pyranometer is a useful – 4x 3-phase cable, 600 mm
Order no 579699 instrument when measuring the – 8x red, 600 mm
Multimeter performance of solar panels versus . – 4x blue, 900 mm
Hydrogen connection kit An Amprobe AM-510 Tool Kit Digital Order no 579784 – 14x yellow, 300 mm
from 200 Bar Multimeter with Battery Test, Order no 579639
Order no 780548 ideal to perform voltage, current, Connection Leads
and resistance measurements in Extra-flexible leads terminated Connection Leads (Shielded)
exercises. with stacking 4 mm safety banana Set consisting of two three-phase
Order no 579782 plugs. The leads are supplied in shielded cables terminated with
different lengths and are color-coded stacking 4 mm safety banana plugs
Heavy-Duty Tripod according to length. as well as two shielded cables
Compact, heavy-duty unit that is – 16x red, 600 mm terminated with 2 mm banana plugs.
perfectly suited to hold a solar panel – 8x blue, 900 mm Order no 586897
when performing outdoor exercises. – 16x yellow, 300 mm
Order no 583216 Order no 586891
Connection Leads
Extra-flexible leads terminated with
stacking 4 mm safety banana plugs.
In addition, the set includes stacking
2 mm banana plug leads of the same
length and color.
– 4x red, 600 mm (2 mm plug)
– 10x red, 600 mm (4 mm plug)
– 4x blue, 900 mm (4 mm plug)
– 20x yellow, 300 mm (4 mm plug)
Order no 579638

Electric power technology > TP 8012 Electric power technology (EMS A4) > System description
Equipment Sets TP 8012

Electric Power Technology (EMS A4)
Raising qualification levels for a New equipment sets based on a Thousands of technical schools, Highlights
critical industry sector world-renowned platform universities, and industrial compa- – Modular design enables equipment
nies from around the world rely on set combinations to meet specific
The production of energy using The electric power technology equip- this comprehensive platform to build training and budget needs
renewable natural resources has ment sets constitute a unique, mod- skills and knowledge in electrical en- – New and safer grounding methods
gained much importance in recent ular pedagogical concept – a com- gineering. between the modules
years. The need for innovative tech- bination of turnkey courseware, – Unparalleled data acquisition and
nologies to make the grid smart- practical software, and rugged hard- Equipment sets TP 8012 Electric control interface designed specifi-
er has recently emerged as a major ware designed for instructional pur- Power Technology were derived from cally for learning purposes
trend, as the worldwide increase in poses – that methodically and ef- this platform to serve the needs of – Ability to display multiple,
electrical power demand makes it ficiently builds student knowledge European training organizations. high-power electrical signals
harder for the actual grid in many and skills in electric power technol- Hardware is now fully compliant with with student-proof measuring
countries to keep up. ogy. European Union regulations regard- instruments
ing health and safety (CE marking) – One oscilloscope monitors up
These trends have a direct impact on The concept is based on the proven and offered in A4 format – hence the to four high-voltage and four
the training requirements of future Electromechanical training system platform name “EMS A4”. high-current inputs
workers. (EMS), Model 8010 from the US-Ca- – Live observation of the electrical
nadian company Lab-Volt (acquired vectors with the Phasor Analyzer
by Festo Didactic in 2014), which has – Measure, calculate, and display
successfully supported hands-on electrical values quickly and easily
learning for several decades. with LVDAC-EMS software

Electric power technology > TP 8012 Electric power technology (EMS A4) > System description
An evolving educational approach for electrical engineering training
The modular design of the training packages allows instructors to build a

learning solution customized to their training requirements and budget,
while still compatible with future expansion options.
This tremendous flexibility enables the equipment sets to be expanded

gradually, over time, while the hardware itself is durable enough to with-
stand the rigors of hands-on training. Computer-based tools also elimi-
nate the need for purchasing and replacing actual equipment, the overall
achievement being a cost-efficient, high return on investment.
Festo Didactic regularly releases new hardware and workbooks, ensuring

that the EMS remains an evolving, state-of-the-art learning platform, and
the benchmark for electrical engineering education.
Topics currently covered: Available soon:
Wind and Solar Power Electric Motors and Generators
Training content Training content

Configuring Photovoltaic Panels, Single and Three-Phase AC Motors
Effects of Temperature and Shading and Generators (Asynchronous, Syn-
in Power Production, Storing Energy chronous, Wound Rotor Induction,
in Batteries, Sun’s Orientation, Wind Capacitor-Start), DC Motors and
Turbines, PWM and MPPT Chargers, Generators (Shunt, Series, Com-
Stand-Alone and Grid-Tied Inverters, pound, Permanent Magnet, Univer-
Powering AC and DC Loads, etc. sal), Speed-Torque Characteristics,
Power Factor Correction, Generator
AC/DC Power Circuits Synchronization, etc.
and Power Transformers
Power Electronics
Training content
Ohm’s Law, Series and Parallel Training content
Circuits, Electrical Loads (RLC), Rectifiers (AC to DC), Choppers
Impedance, Active Power, Reactive (DC to DC), Inverters (DC to AC),
Power, Apparent Power, Power Fac- DC Power Electronics, Single-Phase
tor, Solving AC and DC Circuits, and Three-Phase Power Electronics,
Single-Phase and Three-Phase Diodes, Thyristor, IGBT, Voltage Con-
Transformers, Efficiency, Configura- trol, DC Motor Drives, Variable Fre-
tions, etc. quency Drives, Starters, Regenera-
tive Braking, etc.
Electric power technology > TP 8012 Electric power technology (EMS A4) > Computer-based tools

Computer-based tools specialized for learning
A safe working environment Computerized tools optimize

learning and lab sessions
Festo Didactic provides a wide array
of equipment to perform the practi- Once students have the foundational
cal exercises. Equipment sets sug- skills for using standard measuring
gest a learning path linking hardware tools, they can use computer-based
and courseware, yet the modularity tools to accelerate understanding,
allows instructors to create divergent enabling more lab time to deepen
paths for customized solutions. comprehension.
A variety of electrical loads, pow- These tools are meant not only to
er supplies, motors and generators, measure and calculate, but also
inverters, power electronics com- to control and emulate a variety of
ponents, transformers, mechanical real-world applications. If new con-
loads, and other devices are avail- trollers are needed, the proper firm-
able to ensure that student train- ware can be activated in the relevant
ing builds the relevant skills for the hardware, eliminating the need for
future. multiple controllers, and firmware
functions can easily be upgraded
The hardware provides a new, inno- over time.
vative, and safer grounding meth-
od, which protects devices against Courseware
reverse polarity and short circuits,
and an electrical mechanism that Workbooks are available for each
prevents driving motors without the equipment set. Each workbook in-
protective guard. All these features cludes up to ten full lab exercises
meet the highest safety levels in the (including required theory) to train
educational market, while ensuring students on the specific topics.
student safety and protecting the Workbooks can be ordered separate-
long-term investment value. ly or bundled in a campus license.
The illustrated student manuals pro-

vide all the required theory, guided
lab exercises for equipment set pro-
cedures, and review questions that
test student knowledge. The instruc-
tor guide provides all lab results and
answers to questions.

Electric power technology > TP 8012 Electric power technology (EMS A4) > Computer-based tools
Data Acquisition and Control Four-Quadrant Power Supply LVDAC-EMS SCADA for LVDAC-EMS
Interface (DACI) and Dynamometer Controller
To control and monitor the Data SCADA for LVDAC-EMS is a software
Festo Didactic provides state-of-the- Emulating the right loads is a chal- Acquisition and Control Interface and program designed to run concurrent-
art data acquisition tools for quick, lenge that Festo Didactic takes seri- the Four-Quadrant Dynamometer/ ly with LVDAC-EMS. It introduces stu-
easy and safe measurements to help ously, and one that is met with the Power Supply, which connect to a dents to the fundamentals of SCADA
accelerate lab set-up, and reduce the second pillar of the learning concept: PC via USB, students can rely on in a smart grid context, recreating a
downtime of using standard measur- the 4-Quadrant Dynamometer and LVDAC-EMS, a complete software complete grid with several different
ing instruments. Power Supply. package with a wide range of capa- applications running.
bilities for measuring, calculating,
The Data Acquisition and Control In- Depending on lab requirements, this and controlling the different parame- SCADA-EMS transforms LVDAC-EMS
terface (DACI) is a versatile module module can easily be configured as ters and applications. and the workstation computer into a
used for measuring, observing, and a prime mover/brake with several local workstation that can be moni-
analyzing electrical and mechanical options, a fully flexible AC/DC pow- The software is used to configure the tored and controlled from a supervi-
parameters in electric power systems er supply, or an emulator of specific various software tools, save config- sory computer over a local network.
and power electronics circuits. loads (from simple mechanical loads urations, monitor and export data,
to more complex applications like and control the application, while Using the OPC Server protocol,
A set of computer-based instru- wind turbine, hydraulic turbine, or keeping set-up to a minimum. Spe- SCADA-EMS enables users to design
ments, as well as a variety of control solar panel). These control function cifically designed and optimized for their own interfaces by calling the
functions, are available for the DACI sets can be accessed through the learning purposes, the software also different applications running on the
and are quickly accessed through the LVDAC-EMS software. includes an oscilloscope, a phasor local workstations.
LVDAC-EMS software. analyzer, a data table, and a graph.
See page 166 for information. See page 143 for information.
This module is the main pillar of LVDAC-EMS software and upgrades
the learning concept and can later are available free on our website.
be easily and cost-efficiently up-
graded to also perform numerous See page 142 for information.
power electronics control applica-
tions (choppers, inverters, drives,
etc.)
See page 166 for information.
Electric power technology > TP 8012 Electric power technology (EMS A4) > AC/DC power circuits and power transformers

AC/DC power circuits and power transformers
The ideal starting point for training Highlights Workbooks

in electric power technology – Unrivaled data acquisition and The equipment sets are supported
control interface specifically by five workbooks with a combined
Providing students with comprehen- designed for learning purposes total of 24 full lab exercises.
sive and realistic training in the fun- – Ability to demonstrate multiple, Students begin with fundamentals,
damental principles of electricity is high-power electrical signals with such as Ohm’s Law and series vs.
the solid foundation on which all fur- student-proof measuring instru- parallel in DC, and continue to AC
ther studies in this area are built. ments fundamentals, including the princi-
ples of phase angle, active/reactive/
As part of its continuously-growing apparent power, impedance, and
portfolio in electrical engineering, solving different single-phase AC
Festo offers a series of learning circuits, and finally to understanding
packages for teaching the basics of three-phase circuits.
continuous and alternating current
power circuits, as well as power Students then progress to elec-
transformers, from fundamentals to tro-magnetism principles and trans-
three-phase circuit configurations. formers operation, examining all
the necessary facets of these
Our learning solutions in this field important electrical circuit com-
are fully modular to meet student- ponents, including three-phase
and lab-specific needs, and can be configurations.
combined with other equipment sets
to create perfectly customized labs.

Electric power technology > TP 8012 Electric power technology (EMS A4) > AC/DC power circuits and power transformers
Equipment Set TP 8012-6 AC/DC Power Circuits 8093319 Workbooks Single-Phase Power Transformers
TP 8012-6 covers DC, and AC single- and three-phase power circuits. The workbook provides all the theory
DC Power Circuits and details required to perform the
The most important components at a glance: The workbook provides all the theory following hands-on exercises:
1x Resistive Load 594820 and details required to perform the – Voltage and Current Ratios
1x Inductive Load 594821 following hands-on exercises: – Transformer Winding Polarity
1x Capacitive Load 594822 – Voltage, Current, Ohm’s Law and Interconnection
1x 3AC 400 V DC 230V Power Supply 594825 – Equivalent Resistance – Transformer Losses, Efficiency,
1x AC 24V Power Supply 772050 – Power in DC Circuits and Regulation
1x AC 230V DC 325V Variable Power Supply * 8089266 – Series and Parallel Circuits – Transformer Rating
1x Data Acquisition and Control Interface 594499 Student Manual, en 594086 – Effect of Frequency on
(with the Computer-Based Instrumentation function activated) Instructor Guide, en 594087 Transformer Rating
Also order the following workbooks: – The Autotransformer
DC Power Circuits, Single-Phase AC Power Circuits, and Three-Phase AC Power Circuits Single-Phase AC Power Circuits Student Manual, en 594131
The workbook provides all the theory Instructor Guide, en 594132
and details required to perform the
Equipment Set TP 8012-7 Power Transformers 8093320 following hands-on exercises: Three-Phase Power Transformers
TP 8012-7 covers single- and three-phase power transformers. – The Sine Wave The workbook provides all the theory
– Phase Angle and Phase Shift and details required to perform the
The most important components at a glance: – Instantaneous and Average following hands-on exercise:
1x Resistive Load 594820 Power – Three-Phase Transformer
1x 3AC Transformer Bank 594823 – Inductive Reactance Configurations
1x 1AC Transformer 594824 – Capacitive Reactance Student Manual, en 594133
1x 3AC 400 V DC 230V Power Supply 594825 – Impedance Instructor Guide, en 594134
1x AC 24V Power Supply 772050 – Active and Reactive Power
1x AC 230V DC 325V Variable Power Supply * 8089266 – Apparent Power and the Campus license
1x Data Acquisition and Control Interface 594499 Power Triangle This campus license includes the
(with the Computer-Based Instrumentation function activated) – Solving Simple AC Circuits using workbooks “Single-Phase Power
Also order the following workbooks: Circuit Impedance Calculation Transformers” and “Three-Phase
Single-Phase Power Transformer, Three-Phase Transformer Banks – Solving AC Circuits using the Power Transformers”. Details about
Power Triangle Method campus licenses on page 45.
Student Manual, en 594088 en 8093410
Equipment Set TP 8012-8 AC/DC Power Circuits and Transformers 8093321 Instructor Guide, en 594089
TP 8012-8 combines TP 8012-6 and TP 8012-7 without duplication of hardware For other languages, please contact
components. Three-Phase AC Power Circuits your local sales representative for
Also order the following workbooks: DC Power Circuits, Single-Phase AC Power Circuits The workbook provides all the theory availability.
and Three-Phase AC Power Circuits, Single-Phase Power Transformer, and details required to perform the
Three-Phase Transformer Banks. following hands-on exercises:
– Three-Phase Circuits
Required accessories for all equipment sets, also order: – Three-Phase Power Measurement
2x Digital Multimeter 579782 – Phase Sequence
1x Connection Lead Set and Grounding Kit 595916 Student Manual, en 594090
1x 3AC Power Supply and Safety Unit 594826 Instructor Guide, en 594091
1x Mobile Frameline, complete model without energy duct 8075133
*This item can be replaced by 4-Quadrant Power Supply and Dynamometer Controller
➔ see page 166
Note: A computer with a Windows 7/8/10 operating system is required for all equipment
sets.
Electric power technology > TP 8012 Electric power technology (EMS A4) > Solar power

Solar power
Solar power production training: Features Workbooks

from basic to industrial – Solar Panel Emulator, for experi- The two workbooks contain foun-
ments requiring additional power dational information and theory re-
Solar power has become common- – PWM and MPPT inverters quired to perform the lab experi-
place in recent years, making it more – State-of-the-art data acquisition ments. The first workbook is focused
affordable for residential use, which and control interface designed on actual photovoltaic panels, in-
is increasing worldwide. As a result, specifically for learning purposes cluding their construction and oper-
there is an urgent need to train and ation under varying conditions. The
qualify technicians to understand second workbook provides hands-
and maintain these systems. on experimentation with production
scenarios in stand-alone (off-grid) or
Our modular, solar power learning grid-tied (parallel) mode.
solutions meet your training needs,
from the fundamentals and func-
tions of photovoltaic panels to actu-
al operation of stand-alone or grid-
tied photovoltaic energy production
systems.

Electric power technology > TP 8012 Electric power technology (EMS A4) > Solar power
Equipment Set TP 8012-3 Solar Power Basic Package 596086 Workbooks

A cost-effective package covering the fundamentals of solar power.
Solar Power
The most important components at a glance: The workbook provides all the theo-
1x 12 V Lead-Acid Batteries* 595060 ry and details required to perform the
1x Solar Panel Test Bench 595057 following hands-on exercises:
1x Monocrystalline Silicon Solar Panel 595058 – The Diode
Also order the following workbook: Solar Power – The Solar Panel (Photovoltaic
*A 12 V DC battery charger is required for this module. Users can use their own charger Panel)
with 4 mm safety plugs or order the 4-Quadrant Power Supply and Dynamometer – Effect of Temperature on Solar
Controller, including manual and computer-based control (order no. 595028). Panel Performance
– Storing Energy from Solar Panels
Required accessories for TP 8012-3, also order: into Batteries (optional)
2x Digital Multimeter 579782 – Effect of Shading on Solar Panel
1x Connection Lead Set and Grounding Kit 595916 Operation
– Solar Panel Orientation
– Solar Panel Performance versus
Equipment Set TP 8012-4 Photovoltaic Systems 596087 Insolation
Covers the concepts of solar power production in stand-alone and also grid-tied scenarios Student Manual, en 603887
1x DC 48 V Lamps 595055 Photovoltaic Systems
1x AC 230 V Lamps 595056 The workbook provides all the theo-
2x 1 AC Energy Meter 594904 ry and details required to perform the
1x 48 V Lead-Acid Battery Pack 595059 following hands-on exercises:
1x DC 48 V PWM Charge Controller 595051 – Stand-Alone PV Systems for
1x DC 48 V MPPT Charge Controller 595050 DC Loads
1x AC 230 V Power Supply 595930 – Use of an MPPT Charge Controller
1x AC 24 V Power Supply 772050 in Stand-Alone PV Systems
1x 1 AC 230 V Stand-Alone Inverter 595052 – Stand-Alone PV Systems for
1x 1 AC 230 V Grid-Tied Inverter 595053 AC Loads
1x 4-Quadrant Power Supply and Dynamometer Controller – Grid-Tied PV Systems
(including Manual and Computer-Based Control) 595028 Student Manual, en 593985
1x Firmware Function (4Q Power Supply/Dynamometer) Solar Panel Emulator 581440 Instructor Guide, en 593987
1x Data Acquisition and Control Interface (including computer-based
instrumentation for 2x current inputs and 2x voltage inputs) 595912 Campus license
Also order the following workbook: Photovoltaic Systems This campus license includes the
workbooks “Solar Power” and
Required accessories for TP 8012-4, also order: “Photovoltaic Systems”. Details
1x Communications Gateway* 595054 about campus licenses on page 45.
1x Connection Lead Set and Grounding Kit 595916 en 596125
* Only one per lab is necessary
Equipment Set TP 8012-5 Solar Power (Complete) 596088

TP 8012-5 combines TP 8012-3 and TP 8012-4 without duplication of hardware components
Required accessories for TP 8012-5, also order:

2x Digital Multimeter 579782
1x Communications Gateway* 595054
1x Connection Lead Set and Grounding Kit 595916
* Only one per lab is necessary
Also order the following workbooks: Solar Power and Photovoltaic Systems
Optional accessories (for outdoor experiments):

1x Tripod 583216
1x Pyranometer 579784
Electric power technology > TP 8012 Electric power technology (EMS A4) > Wind power

Wind power
Residential wind power production Features Workbooks

training – Wind turbine emulator embedded The two workbooks contain foun-
in a flexible dynamometer dational information and theory re-
Wind power, like solar power, has – Real-world wind turbine compo- quired to perform the lab experi-
become more commonplace and af- nents adapted for a safe working ments. The first workbook introduces
fordable. The increasing use of small environment wind power production and how it is
wind turbines has created numer- – State-of-the-art data acquisition used to charge batteries and power
ous, decentralized production nodes and control interface designed simple loads. The second workbook
that must be considered in the con- specifically for learning purposes provides hands-on experimenta-
text of today’s industrial electrical tion in setting up stand-alone appli-
networks. cations that produce power for use
with DC loads, or with AC loads in
Our modular wind power learning combination with an inverter.
solutions can be used for stand-
alone training or combined with oth-
er learning solutions. The equipment
sets begin with an introduction to
wind power, a hands-on experience
that uses real-world wind turbine
components adapted for a safe work-
ing environment. Our dynamometer
recreates realistic wind conditions,
as well as real power-torque curves.
Once students have mastered the
basics, the training progresses to en-
ergy production that supplies power
to AC and DC loads.

Electric power technology > TP 8012 Electric power technology (EMS A4) > Wind power
Equipment Set TP 8012-0 Introduction to Wind Power 596083 Workbooks

A cost-effective package covering wind power fundamentals.
Introduction to Wind Power
The most important components at a glance: The workbook provides all the theory
1x Wind Turbine Generator/Controller 595061 and details required to perform the
1x Wind Turbine Load Resistors 594819 following hands-on exercises:
1x Resistive Load 594820 – Voltage-Speed Characteristic of a
1x 48 V Lead-Acid Battery Pack 595059 Wind Turbine Generator
1x 4-Quadrant Power Supply and Dynamometer Controller – Torque-Current Characteristic of a
(including Manual and Computer-Based Control, Pb-Acid Battery Charger, Wind Turbine Generator
Turbine Emulator) 596127 – Power vs. Wind Speed
1x 4-Quadrant Dynamometer Motor 595062 – Storing Energy from a Wind Turbine
1x AC 24 V Power Supply 772050 into Batteries
1x Timing Belt 793141 Student Manual, en 603893
1x Protective Guard – Side-by-side 794195 Instructor Guide, en 603896
Also order the following workbook: Introduction to Wind Power
Wind Power Systems
Required accessories for TP 8012-0, also order: The workbook provides all the theory
2x Digital Multimeter 579782 and details required to perform the
1x Connection Lead Set and Grounding Kit 595916 following hands-on exercises:
– Stand-Alone Wind Power Systems
for DC Loads
Equipment Set TP 8012-1 Wind Power Systems 596084 – Stand-Alone Wind Power Systems
Covers power production for use with AC and DC loads for AC Loads
The most important components at a glance: Instructor Guide, en 593991
1x Wind Turbine Generator/Controller 595061
1x DC 48 V Lamps 595055 Campus license
1x AC 230 V Lamps 595056 This campus license includes the
1x 48 V Lead-Acid Battery Pack 595059 workbooks “Introduction to Wind
1x AC 24 V Power Supply 772050 Power” and “Wind Power Systems”.
1x 1 AC 230 V Stand-Alone Inverter 595052 Details about campus licenses on
1x 4-Quadrant Power Supply and Dynamometer Controller page 45.
(including Manual and Computer-Based Control, Pb-Acid Battery Charger, en 596126
Turbine Emulator) 596127
1x 4-Quadrant Dynamometer Motor 595062
1x Data Acquisition and Control Interface (including computer-based
instrumentation for 2x current inputs and 2x voltage inputs) 595912
1x Timing Belt 793141
1x Protective Guard – Side-by-side 794195
Also order the following workbook: Wind Power Systems
Required accessory for TP 8012-1, also order:

Equipment Set TP 8012-2 Wind Power (Complete) 596085

TP 8012-2 combines TP 8012-0 and TP 8012-1 without duplication of hardware components
Necessary accessories forTP 8012-2

2x Digital Multimeter 579782
1x Mobile Frameline, Complete Model without energy duct 8075133
1x Frameline table on wheels 8087149
Also order the following workbooks: Introduction to Wind Power and Wind Power Systems
Electric power technology > TP 8012 Electric Power Technology (EMS A4) > Modules
Modules
DACI, dynamometer, power supplies
1 5 1 Data Acquisition and 4 3 AC 400 V DC 230V Power Supply

Control Interface The 3 AC 400 V DC 230 V Power
The Data Acquisition and Control Supply is an A4 module that provides
Interface (DACI) is a versatile and electrical supplies for a wide range of
complete device in an A4 module experiments on a workstation.
used for measuring, observing, and Order no. 594825
analyzing electrical and mechanical
parameters in electric power systems 5 AC 24V Power Supply
and power electronics circuits. The AC 24 V power supply is an A4
Order no. 595912 module that provides auxiliary power
for various system components.
2 4-Quadrant Power Supply and Order no. 772050
Dynamometer Controller
The 4-Quadrant Power Supply 6 AC 230V DC 325V
and Dynamometer Controller is an Variable Power Supply
A4 module that offers two main The AC 230 V/DC 325 V Variable
2 6 operating modes: Power supply and Power Supply provides two source
dynamometer. For the dynamometer, outputs: one variable from 0 to 230
a dynamometer motor is also V AC single-phase and the other from
required. In the power supply 0 – 325 V DC.
mode, the unit acts as a versatile Order no. 8089266
four-quadrant voltage or current
source. In the dynamometer mode, 7 AC 230 V Power Supply
the unit acts as a fully configurable The AC 230 V Power Supply consists
mechanical brake or prime mover. of a single-phase power supply
Order no. 596127 which, connected to the AC line
voltage, supplies the necessary
3 4-Quadrant Dynamometer Motor power for single-phase experiments.
The 4-Quadrant Dynamometer Motor This power supply is mounted in an
consists of a tabletop motor that A4 module.
is used as a complete 4-Quadrant Order no. 595930
dynamometer in conjunction with
3 7 the 4-Quadrant Power Supply and
Dynamometer Controller. This
dynamometer can then act as a
prime mover, a brake, or a motor
test bench, and can also emulate
various types of predefined or
custom loads.
Order no. 595062

Modules
Renewable energies
1 Wind Turbine Generator/ 5 DC 48 V Lamps 1 5

Controller The DC 48 V Lamps is a half-size A4
The Wind Turbine Generator/ module that houses two lamps:
Controller is a tabletop module ne LED and one incandescent.
that provides a wind turbine for Order no. 595055
experimentation. It can be coupled
to a dynamometer motor to be 6 AC 230 V Lamps
externally driven. The AC 230 V Lamps is a half-size A4
Order no. 595061 modules that houses three lamps:
one incandescent, one CFL, and one
2 Wind Turbine Load Resistors LED.
The Wind Turbine Resistive Load is Order no. 595056
an A4 module that provides a 2
resistive electrical load for wind 7 Pyranometer
turbine experiments. The Pyranometer is a high-quality
Order no. 594819 instrument for measuring solar
irradiance. 6
3 Solar Panel Test Bench Order no. 579784
The Solar Panel Test Bench is a
tabletop module that houses the 8 1 AC Energy Meter
solar panel (sold separately) so The 1 AC Energy Meter is an A4
that it can be illuminated, and module that includes a single-phase
experiments can be conducted. energy meter.
4 Monocrystalline Silicon
Solar Panel
The Monocrystalline Silicon Solar
Panel is mounted on a common
metal chassis that can be installed 3
in the Solar Panel Test Bench, when
performing exercises indoors, or on
a tripod when performing exercises 7
outdoors.
Order no. 595058
8
4
Modules
Loads, batteries, transformers, inverters, controllers
1 4 1 Resistive Load 4 1AC Transformer

The Resistive Load is an A4 module The 1 AC Transformer is an A4
that provides a universal resistive module that includes a single-phase
electrical load for a wide range of transformer with both primary
experiments. and secondary sides made of two
Order no. 594820 identical, separate windings.
Order no. 594824
2 Inductive Load
The Inductive Load is an A4 module 5 3AC Transformer Bank
that provides a universal inductive The 3 AC transformer bank is an
electrical load for a wide range of A4 module that includes three
experiments. independent power transformers.
3 Capacitive Load 6 12 V Lead-Acid Batteries

The Capacitive Load is an A4 module The 12 V Lead-Acid Batteries is a
2 5 that provides a universal capacitive half-size A4 module that contains
electrical load for a wide range of two VRLA batteries.
experiments. Order no. 595060
Order no. 594822
7 48 V Lead-Acid Battery Pack
The 48 V Lead-Acid Battery Pack is
an A4 module that contains four 12V
lead-acid batteries.
Order no. 595059
3 6

1 DC 48 V PWM Charge Controller 4 1AC 230 V Grid-Tied Inverter 1 4

The DC 48 V PWM Charge Controller The 1 AC 230 V Grid-Tied Inverter
is an A4 module used to perform is used to return power from a DC
charge-controlling experiments with power source such as batteries
batteries and DC energy sources, directly to the grid and it is mounted
such as solar. in an A4 module.
2 DC 48 V MPPT Charge Controller 5 Communications Gateway

The DC 48 V MPPT Charge Controller The Communications Gateway
is an A4 module that is used to is anA4 module that is used to
control the charge of batteries with communicate and set grid-tied
DC energy sources, such as solar inverters over the AC line voltage
panels. It uses MPPT technology, directly.
which adjusts its input voltage Order no. 595054
and finds the maximum power
operating point from the solar array, 2 5
transferring this power to the battery
and load.
Order no. 595050
3 1 AC 230 V Stand-Alone Inverter

The 1 AC 230 V Stand-Alone Inverter
converts a DC power source, such as
batteries, into an AC power source
for “off-the-grid” applications.
Order no. 595052
Electric power technology > Dissectible machines training system
Dissectible Machines Training System

Construction and operation of rotating machines
LabVolt Series 8020-2 Highlights

– Rugged, high-quality components
The Dissectible Machines Training designed for hands-on training pur-
System is an electromechanical train- poses
ing system that provides hands-on – Complete assembly drawing
training in the construction and oper- (exploded view) for each machine
ation of rotating machines. The sys- – No tools required for machine as-
tem fulfills educational requirements sembly
that include industrial applications – Two machines can be assembled
of electric power technology and em- at the same time
ploys training equipment that has – Fifteen different machines can be
characteristics similar to industrial constructed
equipment.
Topic coverage
The dissectible machines are as- Assembly of the included rotating
sembled with the use of tools from a machines:
complete set of components, includ- – DC Motor/Generator
ing stators, rotors, armatures, rheo- – Four-Pole Squirrel-Cage Induction
stats, and capacitors. Once assem- Motor
bled, they can be mounted on basic – Dahlander Two-Speed Constant
120V/60Hz en es fr modules that lock into place on any Power Induction Motor
Dissectible machines 581467 581469 581468 EMS workstation. The components – Dahlander Two-Speed Variable
220V/50Hz allow students to construct two dif- Torque Induction Motor
Dissectible machines 581470 581472 581471 ferent machines at the same time. – Dahlander Two-Speed Constant
240V/50Hz Fifteen different machines can be Torque Induction Motor
Dissectible machines 581473 constructed with these components. – Three-Phase Wound-Rotor
220V/60Hz Induction Motor
Dissectible machines 592561 588989 Machine windings are connected to – Two-Phase Wound-Rotor
the faceplate of the module with po- Induction Motor
Manual included: Dissectible Machines (Student Manual) larized plugs, allowing for the correct – Three-Phase Synchronous Motor/
120V/60Hz 580223 580224 interconnection of different types of Generator
220V/50Hz and 240V/50Hz 580225 580226 machines. Schematic connections – Three-Phase Synchronous
220V/60Hz 589729 589730 are silkscreened on the interchange- Reluctance Motor
Note: PDF version also available. able face on the basic module. Once – Capacitor-Start Motor
assembled, machines can be insert- – Capacitor-Run Motor
The most important components, at a glance: ed into an EMS workstation and op- – Universal Motor
– 1x Work bench for the Dissectible Machines Training System erated just like any preassembled – Two-Value Capacitor Motor
– 2x Assembly housing modules machine. The workstation and equip- – Triple-Rate Motor
– 1x Dissectible machine parts ment required to operate the assem-
– 1x Timing belt bled rotating machines are optional The rotating machines assembled
equipment. using the Dissectible Machines Train-
ing System can be operated just like
All machines that can be built with any preassembled machine. To do
the Dissectible Machines Training so, optional equipment is necessary,
System can be ordered separately as such as:
fully assembled machines that can – Workstation or mobile
be disassembled and re-assembled workstation
by students. – Resistive Load
– Power Supply
– Connection Leads
– Four-Quadrant Dynamometer/
Power Supply
– Data Acquisition and
Control Interface
Please contact your sales represen-

tative for details.

Electric power technology > Motor winding kit
Motor Winding Kit

Construction techniques for electrical machines

– High-quality components designed
The Motor Winding Kit offers a new for hands-on training purposes
approach to teaching construction – Complete assembly kit that can be
techniques for electrical machines. reused many times
Starting with basic components such – Nominal rating and the winding
as laminations, motor ends, and schematics are silk-screened on
magnet wire, the Motor Winding the overlay to facilitate learning
Kit allows the assembly of a squirrel- – Complete curriculum with
cage induction motor, a wound-rotor instructions
induction motor, a three-phase syn-
chronous machine, and a split-phase Topic coverage
capacitor-start motor. All parts – Split-phase capacitor-start motor
necessary for assembly of the four – Three-phase squirrel cage
machines are included in the kit. Two induction motor
types of stator laminations are – Three-phase wound-rotor
included for winding a three-phase induction motor
stator and a single-phase stator. – Synchronous machine
Three types of rotors are included in The rotating machines assembled

the kit: a squirrel-cage rotor (fully using the Motor Winding Kit can be 120V/60Hz en es fr
assembled), a rotor with open slot operated just like any preassembled Motor Winding Kit 587332 587334 587333
laminations allowing the winding of machine. To do so, optional equip- 220V/50Hz
a wound rotor, and a rotor with cru- ment is necessary, such as: Motor Winding Kit 587335 587337 587336
ciform laminations and a damper – Mobile workstation 240V/50Hz
assembly, allowing the winding of a – Workstation Motor Winding Kit 587338
four-pole synchronous machine – Resistive load 220V/60Hz
rotor. The rotors are made of a dou- – Power supply Motor Winding Kit 589232 588990
ble ended stainless-steel shaft on – Connection lead set
which the ball bearings and lamina- – Four-quadrant dynamometer/ Manual included: Winding Kit (Student Manual)
tions are permanently assembled. power supply 120V/60Hz 580228 580229
– Data acquisition and control 220V/50Hz and 240V/50Hz 580230 580231
There is enough material supplied interface 220V/60Hz 589734 589735
with the kit to wind each type of Note: PDF version also available.
machine at least five times. All the Please contact your sales represen-
necessary materials – lacing cord, tative for details. The most important components, at a glance:
slot insulators, insulating material, – 1x Work bench for the Motor Winding Kit
wooden wedges, and insulated mag- – 1x Assembly housing module
net wire – are included. A hand-op- – 1x Manual coil winder
erated coil winder fitted with an ad- – 1x Motor winding kit parts
justable mandrel and a turn counter
facilitates the assembly of the differ-
ent windings according to the speci-
fications described in the instruction
manual. All tools, such as the plastic
mallet, scissors, wire stripper, sol-
dering iron, and compass, are includ-
ed in the kit.

Electric power technology > MagTran® training system
MagTran® Training Systems

Magnetic circuit principles applied to basic transformers
LabVolt Series 8024 Topic coverage

– Faraday’s Law
The MagTran® Training System is – Principles of ac induction and mag-
designed to teach magnetic circuit netic coupling
principles and the application of – Resistance, reactance, and induc-
these principles to basic transform- tance of a coil
ers. It is suitable for a broad range of – Saturation curve and voltage ratio
teaching programs – from vocational of a transformer
schools to universities. – Impedance transformation
– Current ratio and impedance of a
It consists of a set of laminated iron transformer
bars, a vise-type non-magnetic base – Regulation curves of a transformer
that holds the bars in place, coils, – Polarity of a transformer
and other related components that – Autotransformer
can be assembled in many ways. – Eddy currents and laminated cores
Correlated courseware contains an – Properties of a permanent magnet
extensive set of laboratory experi- – Choke
ments that illustrate basic principles – Magnetic amplifier
120V/60Hz en es fr of magnetism and electromagnetic – Measurement of flux and leak-
Complete system 581481 581483 581482 induction. age flux
220V/50Hz – Hysteresis loop and core losses
Complete system 581484 581486 581485 The MagTran® Training System is de- – Peaking transformer
240V/50Hz signed to operate at a power 0.2 kW – Self-inductance, mutual Induc-
Complete system 581487 using standard EMS instrumentation. tance, and coupling factor
220V/60Hz The training system includes all the – The three-phase transformer
Complete system 581488 equipment required to perform the – Principle of a shaded-pole magnet
exercises contained in the course-
Manual included: Magnetic Circuits and Transformers (Student Manual) ware, except for an oscilloscope. The Two versions of MagTran® are avail-
120V/60Hz 580275 580277 580276 equipment is packaged in a rugged able: a complete (stand-alone) sys-
220V/50Hz 580278 583983 carrying case. tem or an add-on to 0.2 kW Electro-
240V/50Hz 580279 mechanical training systems.
220V/60Hz 593866
The most important components, at a glance:

– 1x Three-Module Workstation
– 1x Resistive load
– 1x Inductive load
– 1x Capacitive load
– 1x Fully protected transformer
– 1x MagTran parts
– 1x DC voltmeter/ammeter
– 1x AC ammeter
– 1x AC voltmeter
– 1x Flux meter
– 1x Power supply
– 1x Connection lead set

Electric power technology > MagTran® training system
Highlights LabVolt Series 8024-1

– Enables students to build single- This product is an add-on to the
and three-phase transformers. MagTran® Training System, LabVolt
– An incandescent lamp enables Series 8024, that allows users to op-
the observation and study of erate the training system in conjunc-
magnetic coupling. tion with the 0.2 kW Electromechan-
– Students can rearrange magnetic ical Training Systems (LabVolt Series
circuits to learn about inductance 8001, see page 178).
and transformer ratios.
– Enables measurement of
magnetic fluxes as low as 10 μWb
to demonstrate leakage flux,
saturation, and magnetic shunts.
– A low-cost flux meter with a special
built-in circuit enables the obser-
vation of hysteresis loops on an
oscilloscope (not included).
– Exploration of the shaded-pole
principle magnetic amplifiers, and 120V/60Hz en es fr
permanent magnet properties Add-on (to LabVolt Series 8001) 581489 581491 581490
220V/50Hz
Add-on (to LabVolt Series 8001 581492 581494 581493
240V/50Hz
Add-on (to LabVolt Series 8001 581495
220V/60Hz
Add-on (to LabVolt Series 8001) 581496 581497
Manual included: Magnetic Circuits and Transformers (Student Manual)

120V/60Hz 580275 580277 580276
220V/50Hz 580278 583983
240V/50Hz 580279
220V/60Hz 593866

– 1x MagTran parts
– 1x Flux meter

Electric power technology > 2-kW EMS
2-kW Electromechanical Training Systems (EMS)

Simulation of high-power machines
LabVolt Series 8013 Highlights Simulation of high-power machines Comprehensive courseware

– Modular design The rotating machines have a spe- The courseware consists of student
The 2-kW Electromechanical Training – Extreme ease-of-use, safety, cifically high inertia to simulate manuals that guide students through
Systems deal with the different tech- and durability high-power machines. In addition, all the experiments and provide the nec-
niques associated with the genera- – The rotating machines have a machines are equipped with search essary theoretical background to
tion and use of electrical energy. specifically high inertia to simulate coils through which the magnetic successfully complete the education-
large-power machines flux distribution at various locations al objectives. The instructor can se-
The training systems simulate large – Machine Motor frames equipped in the machine can be observed us- lect the experiments that will satisfy
power machines, yet are very safe with transparent, shatter-proof ing an oscilloscope. Each 2-kW rotat- the objectives of technical courses or
for student experimentation. They shields for inspection of the ing machine in the training systems university programs. The flexibility of
incorporate heavy-duty components interior is permanently mounted on a mobile this system allows students to act on
and machines that can be combined – Protection of vulnerable meter cart, and includes a double-exten- their own initiative during laborato-
to create different configurations components without fuses sion shaft terminated with geared- ry sessions.
tailored to technical or university – Metering modules cover the com- type flanges. Different machines may
courses. plete range of measurements be joined with a hard rubber cou- Optional modules
required with a minimum number pling device and patented locking In addition to the included hardware
The systems satisfy educational re- of meters fastener designed to eliminate vibra- with the systems, optional modules
quirements for industrial applica- – Machines may be joined with a tions. Any combination of machines and devices are available to expand
tions of electric power technology, hard rubber coupling device and may be studied simultaneously. learning possibilities:
using industrial-like equipment to patented locking fastener designed – 2-kW Four-Quadrant Dynamometer
provide easy-to-understand labora- to eliminate vibrations – 2-kW IGBT Chopper/Inverter
tory results and easily observed da- – Several combinations of machines – 2-kW Power Thyristors
ta values. can be studied simultaneously – Data Acquisition and Control
Interface

Electric power technology > 2-kW EMS
2-kW Four-Quadrant 2-kW IGBT Chopper/Inverter 2-kW Power Thyristors Data Acquisition and
Dynamometer Control Interface
LabVolt Series 8857-1 LabVolt Series 8861
LabVolt Series 8540 LabVolt Series 9063
This module consists of 7 insulat- This module consists of six power
This device can act as a prime mover ed-gate bipolar transistors (IGBT) thyristors (SCRs) mounted in a half- The Data Acquisition and Control
or as a dynamometer, depending on mounted in a half-size EMS mod- size EMS enclosure. Each individual Interface (DACI) is a versatile USB
user preference, and it can easily be ule. Six IGBTs are used to implement thyristor is protected against over- peripheral used for measuring, ob-
coupled to any motor and generator choppers and inverters. These IGBTs currents and short-circuits. All the serving, analyzing, and controlling
from the 2-kW product line. are protected against a variety of se- anodes and cathodes of the thyris- electrical and mechanical parame-
vere operating conditions, such as tors are terminated on the front pan- ters in electric power systems and
The Four-Quadrant Dynamometer short-circuits, overvoltage, overcur- el by color-coded, 4 mm safety ba- power electronics circuits. For these
consists of a squirrel-cage induction rent, and overheat. The seventh IGBT nana jacks. To reduce the number of purposes, a set of computer-based
motor with an encoder feedback. and an external dumping resistor external connections, the most typ- instruments as well as a variety of
The motor is driven by a closed-loop allow smooth dissipation of excess ical thyristor configurations can be control functions are available for the
vector drive which is coupled to a energy at the DC bus. The module achieved using two toggle switches DACI. These instruments and control
touch-screen Human-Machine Inter- switching control section allows 0/5 on the front panel. functions are accessed through the
face (HMI). This interface enables V pulse signals from either the Da- LVDAC-EMS software.
the user to select the mode of opera- ta Acquisition and Control Interface, A firing control section allows six 0-5
tion (speed or torque) and to set ei- LabVolt Series 9063, the Chopper / V pulse signals from either the Da- Together, the DACI and the LV-
ther the speed (r/min) and direction Inverter Control Unit, LabVolt Series ta Acquisition and Control Interface, DAC-EMS software allow training in
or the output torque (N·m or lb·ft) of 9029, or any compatible 0/5 V con- LabVolt Series 9063, the Thyristor various areas such as electric power
the machine. The interface displays trol unit, to be applied to the gating Firing Unit, LabVolt Series 9030, or technology, ac/dc machines, renew-
the main parameters of operation in circuits of the IGBTs. any compatible 0-5 V control unit, to able energy, transmission lines, and
real-time (voltage, current, torque, be applied to the gating circuits of power electronics using modern and
speed, and frequency). Open-source en es fr the thyristors. versatile measuring instruments and
software drivers are available to inte- 120V/60Hz control functions. LVDAC-EMS also
grate it in specific research setups. 586829 586831 586830 en es fr offers the possibility to use pre-built
220V/50Hz 120V/60Hz SCADA interfaces for several appli-
Electrical connections between the 586832 586833 586834 cations to ease the view and under-
vector drive and the motor are made 240V/50Hz 220V/50Hz standing of the process taking place.
through jumpers on the front panel. 586828 586835
This makes the separation of both 240V/50Hz See page 144 for more details.
components simple and allows the 586836
motor or the vector drive to be used
independently in other experimen-
tations.
en es fr
120V/60Hz
586731 586732
220V/50Hz
586733
240V/50Hz
586734

Electric power technology > 2-kW EMS > Systems
2-kW EMS – Modularized 2-kW EMS – Power Circuits
LabVolt Series 8013-1 – 1x Three-Phase Full-Voltage LabVolt Series 8013-2 – The Transmission Line
Starter, 2 kW – AC Voltage and Current
Complete training system that covers – 1x Three-Phase Rheostat, 2kW Training system that covers the Measurement
the principles of power circuits, DC – 1x Three-Phase Power-Factor principles of power circuits. – The Wattmeter
machines, and Transformers and AC Meter, 2kW – Phase Angle, Real and Apparent
machines. – 2x Field Rheostat, 2 kW Hardware included: Power Capacitive Reactance
– 1x Variable Power Supply – 1x Mobile workstation – Inductive Reactance
Hardware included: – 1x Automatic DC Motor Starter – 1x Storage Shelves – Watt, Var, Volt-Ampere and
– 1x Mobile workstation – 1x Digital Tachometer – 1x AC Voltmeter Power Factor
– 1x Storage Shelves – 1x Speed Sensor/Tachometer – 3x Resistive Load, 2 kW – Vectors and Phasors –
– 1x AC Voltmeter – 2x Couplers – 3x Inductive Load, 2 kW Series Circuits
– 1x DC Motor/Generator – 1x Digital Multimeter – 3x Capacitive Load, 2 kW – Vectors and Phasors –
– 1x Wiring Module for DC Motor/ – 1x Connection lead set – 1x DC Voltmeter/Ammeter Parallel Circuits
Generator – 1x AC Ammeter Module, 2 kW – Impedance
– 1x Four-Pole Squirrel-Cage Included student manuals: – 1x Wattmeter / Varmeter – Three-Phase Circuits
Induction Motor, 2 kW – Power Circuits – 1x Synchronizing Module, 2 kW – Active, Reactive and Apparent
– 1x Wiring Module for Squirrel-Cage – DC Machines – 1x Variable Power Supply Power in Three-Phase Circuits
Induction Motor – Transformers and AC Machines – 1x Digital Multimeter – Three-Phase Power Measurement
– 1x Three-Phase Wound-Rotor – 1x Connection lead set – Phase Sequence
Induction Motor, 2 kW Refer to the following systems for
– 1x Wiring Module for Wound-Rotor more details regarding the content of Included with this system: Power Circuits (Student Manual)
Induction Motor each workbook. en es fr
– 1x Synchronous Motor/Generator Workbook – Power Circuits 120V/60Hz
– 1x Wiring Module for Synchronous The exercises in the workbooks con- 583932 583933
Motor/Generator tain the theory and lab exercises cov- 220–240V/50Hz
– 3x Resistive Load, 2 kW ering the following topic coverage: 583934 583935
– 3x Inductive Load, 2 kW – Series and Parallel Equivalent
– 3x Capacitive Load, 2 kW Resistances
– 3x Single-Phase Transformer, 2 kW – Resistances in Parallel
– 1x DC Voltmeter/Ammeter – Resistances in Series and in
– 1x AC Ammeter Module, 2 kW Series-Parallel
– 1x Wattmeter/Varmeter – Safety and the Power Supply
– 1x DC Breaker, 2 kW – Ohm‘s Law
– 1x Synchronizing Module, 2 kW – Circuit Solution
– 1x Manual DC Motor Starter – Power in DC Circuits
– 1x Synchronous Motor Starter,
2 kW
en es fr en es fr
120V/60Hz 587305 587307 587306 120V/60Hz 587312 587314 587313
220V/50Hz 587308 587310 587309 220V/50Hz 587315 587317 587316
240V/50Hz 587304 240V/50Hz 587311

Electric power technology > 2-kW EMS > Systems
2-kW EMS – DC Machines 2-kW EMS – Transformers

and AC Machines
LabVolt Series 8013-3 Included with this system: LabVolt Series 8013-4 Included with this system:
Training system that covers the Workbook – DC Machines Training system that covers Workbook –
principles of DC machines. The exercises in the workbooks con- the principles of transformers and Transformers and AC Machines
tain the theory and lab exercises cov- AC machines The exercises in the workbooks con-
Hardware included: ering the following topic coverage: tain the theory and lab exercises cov-
– 1 x Mobile workstation – Prime Mover Torque Measurement Hardware included: ering the following topic coverage:
– 1 x Storage Shelves – The Direct Current Motor Please refer to the list of hardware – The Single-Phase Transformer
– 1 x AC Voltmeter – The DC Shunt Motor included with the 2-kW EMS – – Transformer Polarity
– 1 x DC Motor/Generator – The DC Series Motor Modularized. – Transformer Regulation
– 1 x Wiring Module for DC Motor/ – The DC Compound Motor – The Autotransformer
Generator – The Separately-Excited DC – Transformers in Parallel
– 1 x Synchronous Motor/Generator Shunt Generator – The Distribution Transformer
– 1 x Wiring Module for Synchronous – The Self-Excited DC – Three-Phase Transformer
Motor/Generator Shunt Generator Connections
– 3 x Resistive Load, 2 kW – The DC Compound Generator – Prime Mover and Torque
– 1 x DC Voltmeter/Ammeter – DC Motor Starter Measurement
– 1 x AC Ammeter Module, 2 kW – The Wound-Rotor Induction Motor
– 1 x Manual DC Motor Starter DC Machines (Student Manual) – The Squirrel Cage Induction Motor
– 1 x Synchronous Motor Starter, en es fr – The Synchronous Motor
2 kW 120V/60Hz – The Three-Phase Alternator
– 2 x Field Rheostat, 2 kW 583937 583938 – The Alternator Under Load
– 1 x Variable Power Supply 220–240V/50Hz – Alternator Synchronization
– 1 x Coupler 583939 583940 – Alternator Power
– 1 x Connection lead set – Three-Phase Motor Starters
– Frequency Conversion
– Reactance and Frequency
– Selsyn Control
Transformers and AC Machines

(Student Manual)
en es fr
120V/60Hz
583941
220–240V/50Hz
583942 583943
en es fr en es fr
120V/60Hz 587319 587321 587320 120V/60Hz 587326 587328 587327
220V/50Hz 587322 587324 587323 220V/50Hz 587329 587331 587330
240V/50Hz 587318 240V/50Hz 587325

Electric power technology > 0.2-kW EMS
0.2-kW Electromechanical Training Systems (EMS)

Electric power technology through laboratory observations
using analog meters
LabVolt Series 8001 Highlights Carefully designed Comprehensive courseware

– Cutaway bell housings to permit The systems give instructors com- Laboratory manuals guide students
The 0.2-kW Electromechanical Train- visual inspection of the internal plete versatility. They were devel- step-by-step through the experi-
ing System (EMS) is based on an ap- construction and observation of oped by educators to satisfy edu- ments and provide the necessary
proach to teaching electric power the machine during operation cational requirements that include theoretical background to allow stu-
technology through laboratory ob- – The shaft of each machine has industrial applications of electric dents to successfully complete the
servations. The program, presented a concave and slotted end to power technology. The design ob- educational objectives. These man-
in four subsystems, deals with the facilitate the use of tachometers, jective was to develop a low-power uals contain experiments that cor-
different techniques associated with holding brakes, plugging switches, (0.2 kW or ¼ hp) educational system relate with the training equipment
the generation and use of electrical or inertia wheels with equipment that operates like in- for hands-on involvement with the
energy. The subsystems cover the – Metering modules are designed dustrial equipment. subject matter.
common machines, and each sub- to cover the complete range of
system is offered with its courseware required measurements with a Through careful attention to engi- The instructor can select the experi-
presented in a student manual. minimum number of meters neering detail, the systems provide ments that will satisfy the objectives
– System conception and load laboratory results that are easy to of technical courses or university
Each subsystem is available as a components simplify calculations understand, with data values that programs. The flexibility of the train-
package that consists of the equip- required in the learning process are easily observed. The data, when ing systems allows students to use
ment necessary to perform the labo- – Safe: all live parts of the plugs are applied to formulas, provides results their own initiative during the labora-
ratory exercises presented in the cor- concealed and insulated that verify electrical laws rather than tory sessions. Under the direction of
related student manual. deny them because of large opera- an instructor, students can gain the
tional tolerance errors. required competencies for successful
employment.

Electric power technology > 0.2-kW EMS
0.2-kW EMS – Modular 0.2-kW EMS – Power Circuits
LabVolt Series 8001-1 – 1x Manual DC Motor Starter LabVolt Series 8001-2 – The Transmission Line
– 1x Synchronous Motor Starter – AC Voltage and Current
The 0.2 kW EMS – Modular Training – 1x Three-Phase Full-Voltage Starter Training system that covers the – The Wattmeter
System is complete and supported – 1x Three-Phase Rheostat principles of power circuits. – Phase Angle, Active, and
by student manuals for all four sub- – 1x Power Supply Apparent Power
systems. The subsystems – Power – 1x Electrodynamometer, Hardware included – Capacitive Reactance
Circuits, DC Machines, Single-Phase Imperial Units – 1x Mobile Workstation – Inductive Reactance
Transformer and AC Machines, and – 1x Digital Tachometer – 1x Storage Shelves – Watt, Var, Volt-Ampere,
Three-Phase Transformer and AC – 1x Timing Belt – 1x Resistive Load and Power Factor
Machines – cover the common ma- – 1x Digital Multimeter – 1x Inductive Load – Vectors and Phasors –
chines, and are offered with corre- – 1x Connection Lead Set – 1x Capacitive Load Series Circuit
sponding courseware. – 1x Thyristor Speed Controller – 1x DC Voltmeter/Ammeter – Vectors and Phasors –
– 1x AC Ammeter Parallel Circuits
Hardware included: Manuals included: – 1x AC Voltmeter – Impedance
– 1x Mobile Workstation – Power Circuits – 1x Single-Phase Wattmeter – Three-Phase Circuits
– 1x Storage Shelves – DC Machines – 1x Three-Phase Wattmeter – Three-Phase Watts, Vars,
– 1x DC Motor/Generator – Single-Phase Transformers and – 1x Synchronizing Module and Volt-Amperes
– 1x Four-Pole Squirrel-Cage AC Machines – 1x Power Supply – Three-Phase Power Measurement
Induction Motor – Three-Phase Transformers and – 1x Digital Multimeter – Phase Sequence
– 1x Three-Phase Wound-Rotor AC Machines – 1x Connection Lead Set
Induction Machine – See the next pages for order num- Power Circuits (Student Manual)
– 1x Synchronous Motor/Generator bers. Included with this system: en es fr
– 1x Capacitor-Start Motor 120V/60Hz
– 1x Capacitor-Run Motor Workbook — Power Circuits 583899 583900
– 1x Universal Motor The exercises in the workbooks con- 220V/50Hz
– 1x Resistive Load tain the theory and lab exercises cov- 583901
– 1x Inductive Load ering the following topic coverage: 240V/50Hz
– 1x Capacitive Load – Series and Parallel Equivalent 583906
– 3x Fully Protected Transformer – Resistances
– 1x DC Voltmeter/Ammeter – Resistances in Parallel
– 1x AC Ammeter – Resistances in Series and in
– 1x AC Voltmeter Series-Parallel
– 1x Single-Phase Wattmeter – Safety and the Power Supply
– 1x Three-Phase Wattmeter – Ohm’s Law
– 1x Synchronizing Module – Circuit Solution
– Power in DC Circuits
en es fr en es fr
120V/60Hz 587243 587245 587244 120V/60Hz 587250 587252 587251
220V/50Hz 587246 587248 587247 220V/50Hz 587253 587255 587254
240V/50Hz 587242 240V/50Hz 587249

Electric power technology > 0.2-kW EMS > Systems
0.2-kW EMS – DC Machines 0.2-kW EMS – Single-Phase

Transformers and AC Machines
Partial training system that covers Workbook — DC Machines Training system that covers the Workbook — Single-Phase
the principles of DC machines. The exercises in the workbooks con- principles of transformers and Transformers and AC Machines
tain the theory and lab exercises cov- AC machines The exercises in the workbooks con-
Hardware included ering the following topic coverage: tain the theory and lab exercises cov-
– 1x Mobile Workstation – Safety and the Power Supply Hardware included: ering the following topic coverage:
– 1x Storage Shelves – Prime Mover and Torque – 1x Mobile Workstation – Safety and the Power Supply
– 1x DC Motor/Generator Measurement – 1x Storage Shelves – The Single-Phase Transformer
– 1x Synchronous Motor/Generator – The Direct Current Motor – 1x Capacitor-Start Motor – Transformer Polarity
– 1x Resistive Load – The DC Shunt – 1x Capacitor-Run Motor – Transformer Regulation
– 1x DC Voltmeter/Ammeter – The DC Series Motor – 1x Universal Motor – The Autotransformer
– 1x AC Ammeter – The DC Compound Motor – 1x Resistive Load – Transformers in Parallel
– 1x AC Voltmeter – The DC Separately Excited Shunt – 1x Inductive Load – The Distribution Transformer
– 1x Manual DC Motor Starter Generator – 1x Capacitive Load – Prime Mover and Torque
– 1x Power Supply – The DC Self Excited Shunt – 2x Fully Protected Transformer Measurement
– 1x Electrodynamometer, Generator – 1x DC Voltmeter/Ammeter – The Split-Phase Inductor Motor
Imperial Units – The DC Compound Generator – 1x AC Ammeter – The Capacitor-Start Motor
– 1x Digital Tachometer – DC Motor Starter – 1x AC Voltmeter – The Capacitor-Run Motor
– 1x Timing Belt – Thyristor Speed Controller – 1x Single-Phase Wattmeter – The Universal Motor
– 1x Connection Lead Set – Thyristor Speed Controller – 1x Power Supply
– 1x Thyristor Speed Controller with Regulation – 1x Electrodynamometer, Imperi- Single-Phase Transformers and
al Units AC Machines (Student Manual)
DC Machines (Student Manual) – 1x Digital Tachometer en es fr
en es fr – 1x Timing Belt 120V/60Hz
120V/60Hz – 1x Digital Multimeter 583913 583914
583909 583910 – 1x Connection Lead Set 220V/50Hz
220V/50Hz 583915
583911 240V/50Hz
240V/50Hz 583916
583912
en es fr en es fr
120V/60Hz 587257 587259 587258 120V/60 Hz 587264 587266 587265
220V/50Hz 587260 587262 587261 220V/50 Hz 587267 587269 587268
240V/50Hz 587256 240V/50 Hz 587263

Electric power technology > 0.2-kW EMS > Systems
0.2-kW EMS – Three-Phase 0.2-kW EMS – Electro-

Transformers and AC Machines mechanical Training System
Training system that covers the Workbook — Three-Phase Modular instructional program de- Workbook — Investigation in
principles of transformers and Transformers and AC Machines signed to teach electric power tech- Electric Power Technology
AC machines: The exercises in the workbooks con- nology through laboratory observa- This 65-experiment laboratory
tain the theory and lab exercises cov- tions. manual includes exercises such as:
Hardware included ering the following topic coverage: – Resistances in Parallel, in Series,
– 1x Mobile Workstation – Safety and the Power Supply Hardware included: and in Series-Parallel
– 1x Storage Shelves – Three-Phase Transformer – 1x Mobile Workstation – Power in DC Circuits
– 1x DC Motor/Generator Connections – 1x Storage Shelves – The Transmission Line
– 1x Four-Pole Squirrel-Cage – Prime Mover and Torque – 1x DC Motor/Generator – Prime Mover and Torque
Induction Motor Measurement – 1x Four-Pole Squirrel-Cage Measurement
– 1x Three-Phase Wound-Rotor – The Wound-Rotor Induction Motor Induction Motor – DC Shunt Motor, DC Series Motor
Induction Machine – The Squirrel-Cage Induction Motor – 1x Three-Phase Wound-Rotor and DC Compound Motor
– 1x Synchronous Motor/Generator – The Synchronous Motor Induction Machine – DC Separately Excited Shunt
– 1x Resistive Load – The Three-Phase Alternator – 1x Synchronous Motor/Generator Generator and DC Self-Excited
– 1x Inductive Load – The Alternator Under Load – 1x Capacitor-Start Motor Shunt Generator
– 1x Capacitive Load – Alternator Synchronization – 1x Capacitor-Run Motor – And many more
– 3x Fully Protected Transformer – Alternator Power – 1x Universal Motor
– 1x DC Voltmeter/Ammeter – Three-Phase Motor Starter – 2x Resistive Load Investigation in Electric Power Technology
– 1x AC Ammeter – Frequency Conversion – 1x Inductive Load Student Manual
– 1x AC Voltmeter – Reactance and Frequency – 2x Capacitive Load en es fr
– 1x Three-Phase Wattmeter – Selsyn Control – 3x Fully Protected Transformer 120 V/60Hz
– 1x Synchronizing Module – 1x DC Voltmeter/Ammeter 583758 583760 583880
– 1x Synchronous Motor Starter Three-Phase Transformers and – 1x AC Ammeter 220 V/50Hz
– 1x Three-Phase Full-Voltage Starter AC Machines – 1x AC Voltmeter 583881 583883 583885
– 1x Three-Phase Rheostat Student Manual – 1x Single-Phase Wattmeter 240 V/50Hz
– 1x Power Supply en es fr – 1x Three-Phase Wattmeter 583762
– 1x Electrodynamometer, 120V/60Hz – 1x Synchronizing Module Instructor Guide
Imperial Units 583917 583918 – 1x Three-Phase Rheostat en es fr
– 1x Digital Tachometer 220V/50Hz – 1x Power Supply 120 V/60Hz
– 1x Timing Belt 583919 – 1x Electrodynamometer, 583759 583761
– 1x Connection Lead Set 240V/50Hz Imperial Units 220 V/50Hz
583920 – 1x Digital Tachometer 583882 583884 583764
– 1x Timing Belt 240 V/50Hz
– 1x Connection Lead Set 583763
– 1x Thyristor Speed Controller
en es fr en es fr
120V/60Hz 587271 587273 587272 120V/60Hz 587278 587280 587279
220V/50Hz 587274 587276 587275 220V/50Hz 587281 587283 587282
240V/50Hz 587270 240V/50Hz 587277

Industrial Motor Controls
182
Training Systems
Industrial Controls Training Systems .............................................................184

Variable-Frequency Drive Training System.....................................................194
Digital Servo Training System........................................................................195
Equipment Sets
Control Technology........................................................................................196
Electric Drive Technology ..............................................................................198
183
Industrial motor controls > Industrial controls training systems
Industrial Controls Training Systems

Theory and techniques of electric motor controllers
LabVolt Series 8036 Courseware

The Industrial Controls Training
The Industrial Controls Training Systems courseware consists of stu-
Systems are designed to teach the dent manuals and instructor guides.
theory and techniques of electric mo- The student manuals are divided in-
tor controllers. They allow students to several units, each consisting of
to select and mount control devices a series of hands-on exercises deal-
to form typical control circuits, and ing with a particular topic of indus-
to troubleshoot them once a fault is trial controls. Each exercise provides
inserted. The modularity of the sys- a clearly stated objective, a discus-
tems offers unique controls training sion, an exercise procedure, a sum-
possibilities. mary, and a set of review questions.
The Industrial Controls Training Sys- An additional ten-question test at

tems comprise four basic systems, the end of each unit allows the stu-
each covering a specific topic that dent to verify what was learned in
deals with various aspects of indus- the unit. The instructor guides con-
trial controls equipment operation. tain the practical results and the
– Basic Controls (8036-1) provides answers for each hands-on exercise
students with a complete basic in the student manuals. They also
training in motor controls. contain the answers to the unit test
– Programmable Logic Controller questions
(8036-2) introduces students to
PLCs for motor operation control. Integration into Electromechanical
– Motor Drives (8036-3) introduces Training Systems
students to dc and ac drives. The Industrial Controls Training
– Sensors (8036-4) introduces Systems can be integrated into the
students to photoelectric and 0.2-kW Electromechanical Training
proximity switches. Systems (LabVolt Series 8001 and
8006, see www.labvolt.com),
The control devices and motors in using the workstation and power
the 8036 Series are of standard in- supply provided with these systems.
dustrial quality. Device designations
can be added to each module with
magnetic labels. Each module is
equipped with up to four faults that
can be inserted by the instructor
using switches hidden behind the
faceplate. Typical faults include open
coils and contacts, dirty contacts,
shorted connection, and crossed
wires.
Industrial motor controls > Industrial controls training systems
Highlights Two-team scenario (standard environment)

– Extensive array of modules makes
it possible to create setups filling
many training needs Single-team scenario
– Wide variety of modules represen-
tative of control components found Basic Controls (8036-1)
Add Basic Controls (8036-D) =
in the industry Second team Add-on
– Electrical connections between
the modules mirror real-life
connections
– Comprehensive curriculum Programmable Logic Controller
x2
(8036-2)
– Safety features such as a
lockable cut-out switch, a tagout
device, and banana plug leads
– Insertion of faults to teach Motor drives* (8036-3) x2
troubleshooting
– Sturdy, mobile, two-sided
workstation Sensors (8036-4) x2
– Simulation software available
General training content

– Electric Motor Controls
– Circuit Layout and Specifications Other possible scenarios
– Basic Control Circuits
– Jogging Control Circuits Working with the EMS 8001/8006 Electromechanical systems
– Reduced AC Voltage Starters
– Controls with Electronic Devices Basic Controls (8036-E)
– AC and DC Drive Controls
– Programmable Logic Controllers
– Sensors
– Troubleshooting
Programmable Logic Controller
(8036-2)
Different learning scenarios
The modularity of the Industrial Con-
trols Training Systems allows instruc-
tors to build a customized solution. Motor drives* (8036-B)
The flowcharts describe different
possible learning scenarios and how
they supplement each other for one Sensors (8036-4)
or two teams of students, with sever-
al options.
Stand-alone environment
Motor Drives (8036-C)

Motor Drives (8036-A) or
Single-phase power required
Three-phase power required
(only for 120V installations)
* Note: Please check with your sales representative if you want to use Motor Drives
as a direct add-on to Basic Controls, or if you want to order a system independent of its
prerequisite system(s).
Industrial motor controls > Industrial controls training systems > Basic systems
Basic Systems
Basic Industrial Controls Training System
1 7 LabVolt Series 8036-1
Training content
– Basic Principles of Electric Motor Control (Lockout/tagout, control devices,
starters, relays and contactors, protection)
– Circuit Layout and Specifications
– Basic Control Circuits (Two- and three-wire control, manual starter,
reversing starters, multiple push buttons)
– Jogging Control Circuits
– Reduced AC Voltage Starters (Starting resistors, soft starters)
2 8 – Time Relay Circuits (Time relays, plugging circuits, starting resistors)
– Troubleshooting
en es fr
120V/60Hz 581502 581503
220V/50Hz 581504 581505
240V/50Hz 581506
220V/60Hz 581507 581508
If your country’s voltage/frequency configuration, does not appear here, please contact
your sales representative to check if available.
3 9 Main components at a glance:* en es fr

1x Industrial Controls Mobile Workstation 581240 581240
2x Push Buttons 581244 581246
1x Selector Switches 581247 581249
1x Emergency Button 581252 581254
1 2x Pilot Lights 581255 581257
2 1x Dual Contactors 581263 581265
1x Lockout Module 581267 581269
3 1x Three-Phase Manual Starter 581271 581273
4 1x Contactor 581278 581280
4 10 5 1x Control Relay 581289 581291
6 1x Overload Relay 581295 581297
7 1x Time-Delay Relay 595976 595978
8 1x Three-Pole Fuse Holder 581305 581307
9 1x Control Transformer 581309 581311
10 1x Cam Switch 581320 581322
1x Inertia Wheel 581327 581327
11 1x Starting Resistors 581329 581331
12 1x Brake Motor 581341 581341
1x Soft Starter 581361 581363
5 11 1x AC Power Supply 581365 581367
1x Connection Lead and Accessory Set 581429 581429
1x Fuses 582126 582126
1x Magnetic Labels 582140 582140
*Note: Order numbers provided for 120V/60Hz. For other configurations, please contact us.
Manuals included
Basic Controls en es fr
1x Student Manual 603859 603860
1x Instructor Guide 603861 603861
6 12 Troubleshooting
Required equipment
1x Digital tachometer 581427
1x Stopwatch 781371
1x Multimeter 579782
Optional equipment
1x Basic Controls Training System, Second Team, Add-On (8036-D) see page 191
Programmable Logic Controller Training System
LabVolt Series 8036-2 1 4
Training content
– Programmable Logic Controller – PLC
Control relay functions, boolean logic, timing relays, counter, comparator)
– PLC Control Circuits
(Interfacing voltages, motor starters with jogging, reversing starters)
– Troubleshooting
en es fr
Order no. 581509 581510
For all country voltage/frequency configurations 2 5
Main components at a glance:* en es fr

1 2x Switches 581250 581251
2 1x Pilot Lights 24 V DC 581261 581262
3 1x Programmable Logic Controller 581285 581286
4 1x Interposing Relays 581287 581288
5 1x DC Power Supply 581318 581319
1x Connection Lead Set 581430 581430 581430
Note: Order numbers provided for 120V/60Hz. For other configurations, please contact us.
3
Manuals included
Programmable Logic Controller en es fr
Troubleshooting
Required equipment
Refer to flowchart on page 185 for prerequisites depending on the working environment
Basic Systems
Motor Drives Training System
1 3 LabVolt Series 8036-3
Training content
– AC Drive
(overview, Volts per Hertz characteristics, ramp and torque boost, protection,
braking, jogging, remote controls)
– DC Drive
(overview, speed control, current limiting, IR compensation)
– Troubleshooting
en es fr
2 4 120V/60Hz 581511 581512
220V/50–60Hz 581513 581514
240V/50Hz 581515
Main components at a glance: en es fr

1 1x Power Diodes 581337 581339
2 1x DC Motor (for 120V/60Hz networks) 581346 581346
1x DC Motor (for 220–240V/50-60Hz networks) 581347 581347
3 1x AC Drive (for 120V/60Hz networks) 592522
1x AC Drive (for 220–230V/50–60Hz networks) 592523 581347
4 1x DC Drive (for 120V/60Hz networks) 581356 581347
1x AC Drive (for 240V/50Hz networks) 592524
Manuals included
Motor Drives en es fr
1x Student Manual 593906
1x Instructor Guide 593907
Troubleshooting
Required equipment
Sensors Training System
LabVolt Series 8036-4 1 4
Training content
– Photoelectric Sensors
(Background supression, polarize retroreflective)
– Proximity Switches
(Capacitive and inductive)
– Mechanical Limit Switches
en es fr
Order no. 581516 581517
For all country voltage/frequency configurations 2 5
Main components at a glance:

1 1x Limit Switch 581328
2 1x Background Suppression Photoelectric Switch 582361
3 1x Polarized Retroreflective Photoelectric Switch 582362
4 1x Inductive Proximity Switch 582363
5 1x Capacitive Proximity Switch 582364
1x Reflective Block 582366
1x Plastic Bottle 764073
1x Tool Rotating Knob 582164 3
Manual included
Sensors en es fr
Required equipment
Industrial motor controls > Industrial controls training systems > Variants of basic systems
Variants of Basic Systems

Motor Drives Training System Motor Drives Training System
Stand-Alone Second Team Add-On
LabVolt Series 8036- A LabVolt Series 8036-B
The Motor Drives Training System is a complete stand-alone system that allows The Motor Drives Training System is an add-on to the Electromechanical
students to perform the same exercises as in the Motor Drives Training System. Training System, LabVolt Series 8001 or 8006, that allows students to perform
The system is designed to be used directly on a tabletop. the same exercises as in the Motor Drives Training System (8036-3).
en es fr en es fr
120V/60Hz 581518 592562 120V/60Hz 581522
220V/50Hz 581519 220V/50-60Hz 581523 581524
220V/60Hz 581521 240V/50Hz 581525
240V/60Hz 581520
Main components at a glance: – 1x Industrial Controls Single-Rail Workstation
– 1x Industrial Controls Tabletop Workstation – 1x Switches
– 2x Switches – 1x Pilot Lights 24 V dc
– 1x Emergency Button – 1x AC Drive
– 1x Pilot Lights 24 V dc – 1x DC Drive
– 1x Three-Phase Manual Starter – 1x Connection Lead Set
– 1x Control Relay – 1x Magnetic Labels
– 1x Control Transformer
– 1x Cam Switch Manual included
– 1x Inertia Wheel Motor Drives en es fr
– 1x Starting Resistors 1x Student Manual 593904
– 1x Power Diodes 1x Instructor Guide 593905
– 1x Machine Mounting Plate Note: PDF version also available.
– 1x Brake Motor
– 1x DC Motor
– 1x AC Drive
– 1x DC Drive
– 1x AC Power Supply
– 1x Connection Lead and Accessory Set
– 1x Magnetic Labels
Manual included
Motor Drives en es fr
1x Student Manual 593902
1x Instructor Guide 593903
Motor Drives Training System Motor Drives Training System

Stand-Alone Second Team Add-On
LabVolt Series 8036-C LabVolt Series 8036-D
The Motor Drives Training System is an alternative version of the Motor Drives The Basic Controls Training System is designed to be used with the Industrial
Training System (8036-A) that is designed to operate at a voltage and frequen- Controls Mobile Workstation. It contains all the equipment necessary for a
cy of 120 V and 60 Hz. Both the DC and the AC drives are connected directly to second team to perform the exercises in the Basic Controls Training System,
a wall outlet. This system is only available for 120V/60 Hz networks. without unnecessary duplication of the equipment that can be shared by the
first team.
en es fr
120V/60Hz 581526 587370 en es fr
120V/60Hz 581527
Main components at a glance: 220V/50Hz 581528
– 1x Industrial Controls Tabletop Workstation 240V/50Hz 587371
– 2x Switches 220V/60Hz 581529
– 1x Emergency Button
– 1x Pilot Lights 24 V DC Main components at a glance:
– 1x Three-Phase Manual Starter – 2x Push Buttons
– 1x Control Relay – 1x Selector Switches
– 1x Control Transformer – 1x Emergency Button
– 1x Cam Switch – 2x Pilot Lights
– 1x Inertia Wheel – 1x Dual Contactors
– 1x Starting Resistors – 1x Lockout Module
– 1x Power Diodes – 1x Three-Phase Manual Starter
– 1x Machine Mounting Plate – 1x Contactor
– 1x Brake Motor – 1x Control Relay
– 1x DC Motor – 1x Overload Relay
– 1x AC Drive – 1x Time-Delay Relay
– 1x DC Drive – 1x Three-Pole Fuse Holder
– 1x Connection Lead and Accessory Set – 1x Control Transformer
– 1x Magnetic Labels – 1x Cam Switch
– 2x Power Cord – 1x Inertia Wheel
– 1x Starting Resistors
Manual included – 1x Brake Motor
Motor Drives en es fr – 1x Soft Starter
1x Student Manual 593902 595134 – 1x Connection Lead and Accessory Set
1x Instructor Guide 593903 595135 – 1x Fuses
Note: PDF version also available. – 1x Magnetic Labels
Required equipment Manuals included

Refer to flowchart on page 185 for prerequisites depending on the working environment Basic Controls en es fr
Troubleshooting
Variants of Basic Systems

Basic Controls Training System
Add-On
LabVolt Series 8036-E
The Basic Controls Training System is an add-on to systems 8001 or 8006 that
allows students to perform the same exercises in the Basic Controls Training
System (8036-1) using the power supply, motors, and additional equipment
provided with systems 8001 or 8006.
en es fr
120V/60Hz 581530 592563
220V/50Hz 581531 581532
240V/50Hz 581533
220V/60Hz 581534

– 1x Industrial Controls Double-Rail Workstation
– 2x Push Buttons
– 1x Selector Switches
– 1x Emergency Button
– 2x Pilot Lights
– 1x Dual Contactors
– 1x Lockout Module
– 1x Three-Phase Manual Starter
– 1x Contactor
– 1x Control Relay
– 1x Overload Relay
– 1x Time-Delay Relay
– 1x Three-Pole Fuse Holder
– 1x Control Transformer
– 1x Cam Switch
– 1x Starting Resistors
– 1x Brake Motor (EMS version)
– 1x Soft Starter
– 1x Connection Lead Set
– 1x Zero Friction Machine
– 1x Inertia Wheel
Manuals included
Basic Controls en es fr
Troubleshooting
Industrial motor controls > Industrial controls training systems > Workstations, Software
Workstations, Software
1 Industrial Controls Mobile 3 Industrial Controls Single- 1 2

Workstation or Double-rail Workstation
The Industrial Controls Mobile Work- The Industrial Controls Single- or

station is a double-sided, mobile Double-Rail Workstation consists of
workstation on casters. It has an one or two mounting rails designed
A-frame configuration, is construct- to be installed on top of the Work-
ed of steel, and can accommodate station or the Mobile Workstation to
two student groups simultaneously. facilitate interconnection between
Four pairs of mounting rails hold the the Industrial Controls Training Sys- 3
control modules firmly in place. Addi- tems and the Electric Power Technol-
tional mounting rails underneath the ogy Training Systems. A safety bar is
work surface increase the worksta- attached to the rail of the Industri-
tion storage capability. The work sur- al Controls Single Rail Workstation.
face and storage shelf are protected This bar prevents students from re-
against scratches by a rubber car- moving modules during laboratory
pet. Safety bars are attached to each exercises. A padlock is provided to
rail of the Industrial Controls Mobile lock the safety bar in place once all
Workstation. These bars prevent stu- modules are inserted in the work-
dents from removing modules during station. 4
laboratory exercises. Padlocks are
provided to lock the safety bars in Single rail 581243
place once all modules are inserted Double rail 585964
in the workstation.
Order no. 581240 4 Industrial Controls Simulation

Software
2 Industrial Controls Tabletop The Industrial Controls Simulation

Workstation Software features simulations of the
components of the Industrial Con-
This Industrial Controls Tabletop trols Training Systems. The simula-
Workstation consists of an inclined tions allow students to complete all
mounting rail designed to be placed the exercises in the training system
on top of a regular table. One pair courseware on a computer without
of mounting rails holds the control the need for any actual equipment.
modules firmly in place. A safety bar Note that the simulation software
is attached to the rail of the Indus- is specially designed to perform the
trial Controls Tabletop Workstation. exercises found in the courseware,
This bar prevents students from re- and cannot be used to perform cus-
moving modules during laboratory tomized exercises. The software can
exercises. A padlock is provided to be used as a stand-alone product
lock the safety bar in place once all or in conjunction with the different
modules are inserted in the work- available eLearning course formats
station. (eSeries, SCORM, and stand-alone).
Order no. 581242 Site licence (unlimited number of users)

en es
Order no. 586017 586018
Note: This version is compatible with
eSeries and the LMS MindSight
(see page 28).
For a SCORM or stand-alone version,
please contact your sales representative.
Optional E-Learning course: see page 23.
Industrial motor controls > Variable-frequency drive training system
Variable-Frequency Drive Training System

Basic principles of VFDs and their motor applications

– Introduction to all the important
The Variable-Frequency Drive Train- concepts of VFDs and three-phase
ing System is a state-of-the-art train- induction motors
ing system specifically designed to – Allen-Bradley PowerFlex 525 drive
introduce students to the basic prin- – Easy access to components
ciples of variable-frequency drives – Built-in faults
(VFDs). It provides a comprehensive, – Rugged transportation and
high-quality, and cost-effective solu- storage case
tion to rapidly build student knowl-
edge in VFDs and their motor appli- Main components
cations. It is designed for portability – Mounted on the front panel:
and powered using a standard sin- variable-frequency drive
gle-phase ac outlet. (Allen-Bradley Powerflex 525),
14 inputs/outputs for the vari-
The Variable-Frequency Drive Train- able-frequency drive, AC induction
ing System comprises an advanced motor, padlockable circuit break-
modern variable-frequency drive er controlling main supply, 24 V DC
(Allen-Bradley PowerFlex 525), as power source, load pulley/brake
well as an industrial low-power disk, optical incremental encoder,
three-phase induction motor. All magnetic brake, emergency stop
120V/60Hz 592614 electrical and rotating components and reset switch, four push-but-
Note: For other country voltage/frequency configurations, please contact your local sales are easy to access and safe for stu- ton switches, two selector switch-
representative for availability. dent experimentation. A DC power es, two indicator lights, variable DC
supply provides power to the 24 V signal source, Ethernet/IP coupler.
Manual included DC control components. – Individual components that can be
Motor Control Using Variable-Frequency Drives fixed to or stored in the case lid:
Student Manual, en 593895 Courseware connection leads set, tachometer,
Instructor Guide, en 593897 Seven exercises progressively intro- timing belt, digital multimeter,
Note: PDF version also available. duce students to variable-frequency padlock and hasp, and tools.
drives and their more advanced func- – Six built-in faults that each can be
tions. These experimentations rein- individually inserted in the sys-
force the theoretical concepts and tem using a toggle switch. These
help students develop the skills nec- faults are designed to test and im-
essary to work in the field of elec- prove the troubleshooting skills of
tricity. An exercise also introduces students
students to troubleshooting vari-
able-frequency drives and their cir- Training content
cuits. – Motor drives
– Three-phase induction motor
Carrying case characteristics and operation
The Variable-Frequency Drive Train- – VFD characteristics and operation
ing System is contained in a sturdy, – VFD control circuits and advanced
easy-to-transport carrying case. The functions, such as acceleration and
carrying case is designed for maxi- deceleration, motor braking,
mal protection of the system compo- jogging, and protection
nents while still allowing easy trans- – VFD load types/control methods
portation. The lid of the carrying case – VFD installation, maintenance,
is fixed into place with durable plas- and troubleshooting
tic locks, but can be removed easily. – Optional exercise about VFD opera-
tion with programmable logic con-
trollers (PLCs) and human-machine
interfaces (HMIs)

Industrial motor controls > Digital servo training system
Digital Servo Training System

Fundamentals of digital servo motion control
LabVolt Series 8063 Training content

– Open loop servo motor static
The Digital Servo Training System characteristics
consists of a compact trainer de- – Open loop servo motor transient
signed to familiarize students with characteristics
the fundamentals of digital servo – Servo closed loop speed control –
motion control. The training system steady state characteristics
features a single-axis belt driven po- – Servo closed loop speed control –
sitioning system, a digital servo con- transient characteristics and
troller, and powerful software tools. disturbances
– Motor shaft angular position
Motor control can be achieved in control
several ways: by using the includ- – Linear position sensing and Control
ed hardware controller, LABVIEW or – Following error in a linear position
MATLAB/SIMULINK, or an optional control system
analog controller.
en es fr
Open-source firmware and software 120V/60Hz
controls are provided to allow the 581535 581536
user to create his own control strat-
egies by modifying the existing ones Manual included
or by developing new ones. Digital Servo Motor Control
en es fr
Main features Student Manual
– Servo controller and linear axis 580535 589797
– Position and speed control, friction Instructor Guide
break, belt tensioning and back- 580536 589798
splash, dual encoders, transferable Note: PDF version also available.
inertia load
– Observation and control can be
performed simultaneously
– State-of-the-art 32-bit microcon-
troller coupled to a power amplifier
– Straps can be easily disengaged
from the motor shaft to study the
motor
Industrial motor controls > Equipment sets > Control technology

Basic principles of circuits with contacts
Basic principles of Selecting the correct switching ele- Training content Advantages
control technology ments and equipment is just as im- – Pushbuttons and switches – The three-phase AC supply guar-
portant as the correct use and ad- – N/O and N/C contacts antees the electrical safety of the
Basic control circuits also have their justment of protective devices. – Jog mode workplace
place in modern automation tech- – Self-latching loop – Extremely compact equipment
nology, as simple automation tasks The general operating principles are – Pushbutton lock – Flexible thanks to the use of
are still set up with low-cost safety explained using examples and the – Multiple control points industrial components
circuits. basic knowledge of the control tech- – Messages – Easily expandable
nology with contacts is explained – Design and function of a – Jumper plugs for connecting the
Realistic projects are executed using comprehensively. contactor boards improve clarity
the equipment set and practical exer- – Electronic time relays – Maximum effectiveness in combi-
cises. The design, function and areas – Overcurrent trigger and nation with MPS® transfer line or
of application of the components are motor protection switch electric machines
explained along with their use. – Equipment designations – Stable angled screw-in sockets
– Connecting and testing a for contacting
three-phase socket – The optional Systainer solution
– Main and control circuit combines work, transport and
– Protective interlocking storage requirements perfectly,
– Reversing contactor circuit thus reducing the amount of work
– Star-delta starting up required before and after lessons
– Reversing contactor circuit with
automatic star-delta starting up
Industrial motor controls > Equipment sets > Control technology

1 1x EduTrainer three-phase current supply 571812
2 1x EduTrainer 24 V power supply unit 571813
3 1x EduTrainer contactor board 571814
4 1x Motor technology contactor set 571816
5 1x EduTrainer operator and signalling unit 571815
Recommended accessories, also order:

4 mm Safety laboratory cables, 106 pieces, red, blue and black 571806
4 mm Safety laboratory cables, 52 pieces, grey and green-yellow 571807
Safety jumper plugs ➔ Page 112 3 4
Electric machines ➔ Page 200
Amprobe DR 705 phase sequence indicator 571835
MPS Transfer system ➔ www.festo-didactic.com
Note: This training package comes disassembled.

The safety connectors have to be assembled by the end user.

Fundamentals of
circuits with contacts
Workbook
TP 1211
With CD-ROM




Festo Didactic
Campus licence:
567315 EN
de 570901
and project tasks.
Industrial motor controls > Equipment sets > Electric drive technology

Servo brake and drive system
Electric drive technology The unique didactic concept makes The convenient DriveLab software Training content
a clear distinction between the unit provides a wide range of options. – Electric drive technology
Modern drives are characterised by under test and the load. The practical components
the bringing together of electrical quick-change system makes it easy With the electric teaching machines, – DC drives
and mechanical components to cre- to set up and change the machines virtually all electric circuits and – AC drives
ate complete systems. to be examined. The unit under test drives that exist in industry, in trade – Three-phase drives
circuits are created using reliable and in the home can be explained – Special purpose machines
With rotating electric machines in and flexible A4 EduTrainer® modules. practically and effectively. – Actuation with contact
particular, the basic principles of the – Frequency converters
individual components along with Simple tests such as the record- The range of drives includes sys- – Communication technoloy
the system approach and practicality ing of a characteristic curve can be tems of varying degrees of complexi-
play a crucial role. performed manually with the brake ty, including single-phase and three- Technical data
system, with no need for a PC and phase drives, DC drives and modern – Input voltage:
Enclosed in a compact housing, this software. Measured values, char- servo drives. 1 AC/110 – 230 V, 50 – 60 Hz
equipment set incorporates a com- acteristics and function mode are – Control console housing with
plete, flexible and convenient load shown on the integrated display. rubber feet for use in the desk
and drive system, which is used to – Connection via 4 mm safety
analyse the systems to be examined connector
in different load situations. – Integrated EMC filter
– Integrated braking resistor
Scope of delivery
– Servo brake and drive system
– Transparent shaft cover
– Coupling sleeve
– DriveLab software
– USB connecting cable

Complete equipment set TP 1410 571870
EduTrainer three-phase current supply 571812
EduTrainer 24 V power supply unit 571813
EduTrainer contactor board 571814
Motor technology contactor set 571816
EduTrainer operator and signalling unit 571815
Electric machines ➔ Page 200
Motor protection switch ➔ Page 201
EduTrainer AC measurement board 576616
Sinamics G120 EduTrainer ➔ Page 204
EduTrainer variable transformer 8037127
EduTrainer field rheostat 8036772
EduTrainer load resistance 8037136
EduTrainer motor switches 576309
The convenient and intuitive Drive- Different load models
Recommended training media, also order: Lab software supports the automat- – Inert load
Electric drives 1: WBT ➔ www.festo-didactic.com ic recording of machine characteris- – Pump/fan
Electric drives 2: WBT ➔ www.festo-didactic.com tic curves, the parameterisation of a – Hoist drive
static load and the simulation of load – Calendar
models for the examination of drives – Winder drive
under realistic conditions. The com- – Lathe
parison and optimisation of different – Traversing drive
drive concepts can be carried out in
the form of project exercises. Sample
configurations provide a quick and
easy-to-understand introduction.
Also order: Fundamentals of DC machines

Fundamentals of Fundamentals of
Campus licence: DC machines AC machines
Workbooks de 571781 Workbook Workbook
en 571783
The exercises in the workbooks con- es 571785 L1
N
With CD-ROM
With CD-ROM
tain concrete, realistic projects with

PE

-T1 -T2
L+ L+
L- L-

-P1
problem descriptions, parameters Fundamentals of AC machines

A1 A2 E2 E1
V

-M1

M

and project tasks. Campus licence:

3600
1/min
3400
n = f [IE]
n

3200
3000

de 571789
2800

2600

2400
2200

The workbooks contain:

2000
en 571791

1800

30 60 90 120 150 180 210 240 270 300 mA 330

IE
– Sample solutions es 571793

– Educational instructions
571783 en 571791 en
– Multimedia CD-ROM with graphics Fundamentals of three-phase

– Worksheets for learners current machines
Fundamentals of
Campus licence: three-phase current machines
The worksheets support the learn- de 571797 Workbook
er in the information and planning en 571799

phase as well as with execution, es 571801

With CD-ROM


fr 571803

All the exercises require the learner

to complete, evaluate and document

them independently.

Festo Didactic
571799 en
Electric Machines
1 5 – Sturdy special design for training 5 Three-phase current

purposes asynchronous motor 230/400 V
– Neutral rating plate – Power rating: 0.25 kW
– Overtemperature protection – Speed: 1,350 rpm
(NC contact) in the winding – cos : 0.79
– Fully assembled and aligned on – Star circuit: 400 V/0.76 A
support plate – Delta circuit: 230 V/1.32 A
– One shaft end, equipped with
coupling piece suitable for the 6 Three-phase current
servo brake and drive system asynchronous motor 400/690 V
– Support plate with clamping slot – Power rating: 0.25 k
2 6
and quick action mounting system – Speed: 1,350 rpm
for profile plate – cos : 0.78
– All connections on safety sockets – Star circuit: 690 V/0.45 A
– Painted in RAL 7035 – Delta circuit: 400 V/0.77 A
7 Synchronous machine
1 DC shunt machine – Power rating: 0.3 kW
– Power rating: 0.3 kW – Speed: 1,500 rpm
– Speed: 2,000 rpm – cos : 0,97
– Armature: 220 V/1.8 A – Exciter: 150 V/0.95 A
– Field: 220 V/0.3 A – Star circuit: 400 V/0.66 A
3 7
– Delta circuit: 230 V/1.14 A
2 DC series machine
– Power rating: 0.3 kW DC compound machine
– Speed: 2,000 rpm – Output: 0.3 kW
– 220 V/1.9 A – Speed: 2000 r.p.m
– Armature: 220 V/1.8 A
3 Universal motor – Field: 205 V/0.25 A
– Power rating: 0.2 kW
– Speed: 3,000 rpm Three-phase AC multifunction
– AC 230 V/3.0 A machine (AC slip ring rotor, can
– DC 140 V/2.5 A be synchronised)
4 11
– Output: 0.27 kW
4 Capacitor motor – Speed: 1360/1500 r.p.m. 50 Hz
– Power rating: 0.25 kW – cos : 0.7/1.0
– Speed: 1,400 rpm – Star connection: 400 V/0.83 A
– cos : 0.99 – Delta connection: 230 V/1.44 A
– AC 230 V/1.86 A – U2: AC 107 V/1.7 A; DC 20 V/4.0 A
– Running/starting capacitor:
25 μF/10 μF Dahlander
– Output: 0.3/0.43 kW
– Speed: 1390/2800 r.p.m 50 Hz
– cos : 0.73/0.8
– Double star circuit: 400 V/1.2 A
– Delta connection: 440 V/0.89 A
11 Slip ring rotor

– Output: 0.27 kW
– Speed: 1360 r.p.m 50 Hz
– cos : 0.72
1 DC shunt machine 571868 – Star connection: 400 V/1.16 A
2 DC series machine 571869 – Delta connection: 230 V/2 A
3 Universal motor 571871 – U2: 95V
4 Capacitor motor 571872
5 Three-phase current asynchronous motor 230/400 V 571874
6 Three-phase current asynchronous motor 400/690 V 571875 Other machines are available
7 Synchronous machine 572095 on request.
DC compound machine 8023977
Three-phase AC multifunction machine 8023978
Dahlander 8023979
11 Slip ring rotor 8023980
Motor Protection Switch EduTrainer® AC

Measurement Board
High-quality, industrial switching de- Technical data The measurement board is designed Technical data
vice from Siemens with 4 mm safety – Mounting on 35 mm H-rail for measuring the electrical variables – Supply voltage: 1 AC/95 – 240 V
elbow adapters for professional pro- – Auxiliary contacts of voltage, current, apparent, real – Measured voltage:
tection of rotating electric machines. 1 N/O contact + 1 N/C contact and reactive power, power factor and 1 AC/40 – 400 V, 3 AC/40 – 690 V
frequency of one- and three-phase – Measured current max. 5 A
Available with the following values: loads. Other functions include min- – Front panel: 133 x 297 mm
0.35 – 0.5 A max values, real and reactive energy, – Console housing with rubber feet
0.55 – 0.8 A dual tariff recording, average power for use in an A4 frame or on a table
1.1 – 1.6 A demand MIN/MAX, hours-run meter – Connection via 4 mm safety plugs
1.8 – 2.5 A and energy meter. – Floating switching output and
2.2 – 3.2 A meter input
The locations of all connections are – Cover cap for Ethernet connection
standardised and are routed to safe-
ty sockets or system plugs.
Ethernet port for integration in

higher-level systems.
0.35 – 0.5 A 576284

0.55 – 0.8 A 573266
1.1 – 1.6 A 573267
1.8 – 2.5 A 573268
2.2 – 3.2 A 573269 Order no. 576616
EMC-Resistant Drive Systems

Information and backgrounds
What is EMC?
dBµV Modern systems and plants are be-
100 coming increasingly technically-de-
manding, and in particular their elec-
95
trical components are increasingly
90 complex. In particular the growing
amount of power electronics and
85
microelectronics makes ever strict-
M1 M1
80 er demands of the components to
guarantee trouble free and reliable
75
Lim A operation.
70
65
EMC stands for “electromagnetic
compatibility” and refers to “the
60 ability of an equipment of system to
55 Lim B function satisfactorily in its electro-
magnetic environment without intro-
50
ducing intolerable electromagnetic
M2
45 Lim A
disturbances to other equipment in
that environment”.
40 Lim B
M2
35 Resistance to interference and
interference emission
30
In general, a device is examined for
25 both of these phenomena. When
testing the resistance to interfer-
20 f [Hz]
ence, the device is operated and
100k 150k 1M 10M 30M 100M 1G
subjected to various defined distur-
MB 1 MB 2
bance variables. These tests include
typical electrical phenomena, such
as static discharge or surge voltage
Key to illustration: The graph shows the two areas of Areas of application (lightning strikes) and test for im-
– MB1 (measuring range 1): application. The red line shows the The EMC standards define two ar- munity against external interference
150 kHz – 30 MHz, measurement limit value for Class A devices, the eas of application: use in “industri- sources.
of the conducted emission green line the limit value for Class B al environments” and in “residen-
– MB2 (measuring range 2): devices. tial/small company” applications. By contrast, the emitted interference
30 MHz – 1 GHz, measurement of The industrial environment is char- is tested by operating the device in a
the radiated emission The black curve shows the interfer- acterised by separation of the inter- condition in which the maximum
– Lim A: Limit curve per DIN EN ence emission for a frequency con- nal low-voltage grid from the pub- interference emission is to be expect-
55011, Class A (industrial devices) verter without a housing. The blue lic medium or high-voltage grid via ed. The emissions must not exceed a
– Lim B: Limit curve per DIN EN curve shows how the interference a dedicated transformer. The limits limit specified in the standards.
55011, Class B (domestic and emission can be significantly re- for emitted interference of these in-
small commercial devices) duced with additional measures like dustrial devices (Class A devices) are
– M1: Interference emission without filtering, screening, enclosed metal higher than the limits for residential
EMC measures housings and appropriate compo- devices (Class B devices) where ma-
– M2: Interference emission with nent arrangements. ny independent users are connected
EMC measures to the same low-voltage grid.
CE marking
EU directives define minimum stan-
dards for various product groups
which products are required to com-
ply with. The characteristics are en-
tirely different depending on the
product group.
Manufacturers use the CE marking

to confirm that the device complies
with all relevant EU directives. This is
confirmed by applying correspond-
ing standards. Devices which do not
fulfil the required directives may not
bear the CE marking. The market
supervisory authority can prohib-
it sales.
The following EU directives are rel-

evant for CE marking of frequency
converters:
– Low Voltage Directive
(2006/95/EC)
– EMC (2014/30/EU)
– RoHS (2011/65/EU)
The low voltage directive requires

that products do not cause electric
hazards.
The EMC directive requires that elec-

tric devices must only influence one On the safe side with Festo Your advantages The interior structure and the consis-
another to a limited extent. In close cooperation with test labora- Depending on the type of drive tent shielding concept clearly shows
tories, Festo Didactic has developed tasks, whether simple or complex, a how EMC must be implemented prac-
The RoHS directive requires a limit to the optimal solution for operating range of frequency converters with tically. As a result the solution adds
hazardous substances such as lead, frequency converters in training: The suitable motors are available in vari- didactic value, as important training
mercury, cadmium or chrome. EMC-compliant frequency converters ous designs. The accessories for pa- content on EMC-compliant design is
are designe to manufacturer’s speci- rameterisation and configuration are taught.
fications, compact and safe to use. also available, as is a test system for
measurements and loading the drive The devices can be used both in the
The new design of the frequency systems. A4 mounting frame and as table-top
converter fulfils all directives, as is devices. Furniture and storage sys-
confirmed by the CE marking. That All relevant device interfaces are tems for optimal classroom use are
means that the device can be oper- clearly arranged on a front panel. also available.
ated safely in all laboratory environ- The control section of the frequency
ments without further measures. converter can be used there and re-
placed if necessary.
The motor is connected via a special

EMC-compatible cable. The industry
plug connector on the cabinet and
the shielded clamp on the motor en-
sure EMC-compatible design of the
drive system. The 4 mm safety plug
on the motor side also focuses on
the didactic aspect.
Sinamics G120 EduTrainer®
The next generation of the Sinamics Special characteristics

G120 frequency converter – Opti- – Simple parametrisation via
mised even further for training. Now STARTER and the BOP-2 or IOP
in a completely new housing and control panels
EMC-compliant for use in laborato- – Versatile, programmable inputs/
ries without heeding installation in- outputs voltage/frequency charac-
structions – just like that! teristic curves for constant, square
torque
The G120 is well-suited as a begin- – Encoder-free vector regulation
ner device, however its comprehen- brake functions (resistance, DC,
sive functions offer plenty of poten- motor holding, compound brake)
tial for advanced users who want to – Integrated protection/overload
implement complex drive tasks. Var- functions
ious bus systems, advanced safety
functions and an optional encoder in- Technical data
put permit perfect adjustment to the – 6 digital inputs, depending on the
requirements and integration in con- variant, 2 of which can be parame-
trol systems. All relevant ports are terised as failsafe inputs
accessible on the front of the device – 3 digital outputs
and installed in 4 mm safety sockets – 1 analogue input
or system connectors. – 2 analogue outputs
– 3-m USB cable included
The motor is connected via the fully – Connections for temperature
pre-assembled cable sold separately sensor and for external braking
which permits EMC-compliant opera- resistor
tion. The devices can be used flexibly – Dimensions (H x W x D)
– suspended in an A4 frame or on a 297 x 266 x 340 – 360 mm,
table, and are equipped with an EMC depending on the variant
filter with low leakage current. The – Input:
corresponding control panels (BOP- 1x 200-240 V AC (# 8105137)
2, IOP) are available as accessories. 3x 380-480 V AC (# 8037819 and
# 8105421)
– Output:
3x 400 V AC, 0.55 kW (# 8037819)
or 0.75 kW (# 8105421 and
#8 105137)
Sinamics G120 DP 8037819

Sinamics G120 PN with encoder port (1 AC input) 8105137
Sinamics G120 PN with encoder port (3 AC input) 8105421
Possibilities of expansion and accessories

for frequency converters
1 EMC motor cable 1

Pre-assembled cable, prepared to
connect the asynchronous machine
and frequency converter with one
another with EMC compliance. The
shielded cable has a system plug
for connecting to the converter; on
the motor side, it is equipped with
a shielded terminal and individu-
al 4 mm safety plugs. Set including
shield connection adapter for motor.
Length 2 m.
Order no. 8038849 2
2 Set of feet and device handle

Using the frequency converter on the
table-top is even more convenient
with the optional conversion set. The
set comprises 2 fixed and 2 fold-out
device feet, a folding device handle
Intelligent Operator Panel (IOP-2) Basic Operator Panel (BOP-2) and the required mounting material.
Powerful operator panel with large Operator panel with 2-line display Suitable for all EMC-compliant fre-
plain text display and menu naviga- and basic startup menu navigation. quency converters.
tion. The application wizard guides Two percentages can be numerical- Order no. 8036788 3
you through the startup procedure ly displayed at the same time for fre-
for important applications. The gen- quency converter diagnostics. 3 Startdrive software
eral startup procedure is performed Order no. 8022475 Software program for parametrisa-
with quick-startup wizards. Up to tion, startup, optimisation, diagnos-
two percentages can be displayed tics and control
graphically or numerically. Contains order no. 8105776
de, en, fr, it and es language pack-
ages. Updatable and extendable via
USB interface.
Order no. 8022476
EduTrainer® EduTrainer®
Variable Transformer Field Rheostat
Single-phase variable transformer Technical data The field rheostat allows the field Technical data
for providing a variable alternating – Input voltage: 1 x 230 V AC voltage of motors and generators to – Maximum input voltage: 230 V DC
current. – Output voltage: 1 AC/0 – 230 V, be reduced if a set direct voltage is – Maximum load capacity: 100 W
short-circuit and overload pro- used. By connecting a variable re- – Setting range 0 – 1.5 kΩ
Alternatively, the device can be used tected sistor upstream, an exciter field can – Maximum current:
via the integrated rectifier as an un- – Max. output current: 4 A be set. 0 – 450 Ω, 0.5 A
smoothed direct current source with – Rectifier load capacity: 4 A 450 – 1.5k Ω, 0.25 A
a variable and a fixed output, e.g. for – Front panel 266 x 297 mm The resistor is infinitely adjustable. – Front panel: 133 x 297 mm
supplying electrical machinery. – For use in an A4 frame – For use in an A4 frame
– Connection via 4 mm safety plugs All connection locations are stan- – Connection via 4 mm safety plugs
The integrated device circuit breaker – Through-feed for 3 x 400 V AC dardised and are laid out as safety – Through-feed for 3 x 400 V AC
deactivates the variable output volt- sockets.
age in the event of an overload or
short circuit.
The locations of all connections are

standardised and are routed to safe-
ty sockets or system plugs.
EduTrainer®
Load Resistance
The load resistance is used to load Technical data

electrical machinery for use as – Maximum input voltage:
generators or as starting resistors 230 V DC, 3x 400 V AC
for slip ring rotors. – Load capacity: 500 W
– Setting range: 1.8 – 1 kΩ
It consists of a rheostat with an up- – Maximum current:
stream protecting resistor. An addi- 1.8 – 30 Ω, 3.1 A
tional fixed resistor can extend the 30 – 56 Ω, 1.8 A
load range. 56 – 140 Ω, 0.95 A
140 – 1 kΩ, 0.6 A
The rheostat is infinitely adjustable; – Protecting resistance: 1.8 Ω
the multi-level winding allows differ- – Extension resistance: 1 kΩ/180 W
ent maximum peak currents to be set – Front panel: 266 x 297 mm
as loads. – For use in an A4 frame
– Connection via 4 mm safety plugs
The 3-phase rectifier allows the load – Through-feed for 3 x 400 V AC
resistance to be used as a load for
alternating and 3-phase current
sources.
All connection locations are stan-

dardised and are laid out as safety
sockets.
Order no. 8037136

Servo motor drive technology
Drives with servo motors Reliable and flexible Advantages Training content
The rotary disk guarantees simple – The latest generation of modern – Components of a drive system
Modern servo drives have become and reliable handling of the system drive components from Festo – Design
indispensable for a wide variety of throughout all stages of the intro- – Integrated SysLink interfaces – Commissioning
automation tasks thanks to their ductory course. The integrated limit – Integrated test box for all import- – RPM regulation
combination of high precision, dy- switches support the simulation of ant I/Os – Regulating torque
namic response and torque. Basic an axis on a range of rotation of ap- – Standardised concept from basic – Homing
knowledge of the areas of applica- prox. 340°. Metering can be imple- principles to application – Positions
tion and the components of modern mented for extended training con- – The component set contains all – Ramps
servo drives is therefore essential. tent. of the components for carrying out
basic experiments and provides
The use of the latest generation of clear assignment thanks to its
Festo controllers and motors guaran- printed storage panel.
tees that this equipment set is up-to-
date, while the supplied PC software
facilitates project engineering.

1 1x EduTrainer servo motor controller On request
2 1x Servo motor drive unit On request
3 1x Null modem cable On request
EGC linear axis 600 mm including mounting kit 571873
MPS Handling station, electrical 567203

RS232 USB adapter 540699
Electric drives 1: WBT ➔ www.festo-didactic.com 2
Electric drives 2: WBT ➔ www.festo-didactic.com

– Solutions
Workbook – Didactic notes
– Worksheets for the student
Fundamentals of
servo motor drive technology
Workbook
TP 1421
Campus licence:
de 571851
With CD-ROM
en 571853
es 571855
fr 571857
Festo Didactic
571853 EN
The basic principles of servo motor

drive technology are explained using
real project engineering.
Worksheets support the students

through the required stages of intro-
duction, planning and execution of
exercises, evaluation of results and
documentation.
Articular emphasis is placed on inde-

pendent execution by the student.

Stepper motor drive technology
Drives with stepper motors Convenient and open Advantages Training content
The integrated simulation box al- – The latest generation of modern – Components of a drive system
One of the main reasons why drive lows the connection of the required drive components from Festo – Design
tasks are implemented with stepper inputs and displays the states of all – Integrated SysLink interfaces – Commissioning
motor drives in modern systems is important outputs. This allows con- – Integrated test box for all import- – RPM regulation
the cost benefit. However, the weak- venient operation without any addi- ant I/Os – Homing
nesses associated with their design tional hardware. The analogue and – Standardised concept from basic – Positions
mean that basic knowledge of the digital SysLink interfaces make it principles to application – Ramps
components and areas of application easy to integrate the drives in com- – The component set contains all
is essential. plete systems for explaining addi- of the components for carrying out
tional content. basic experiments and provides
The current components in the clear assignment thanks to its
equipment set and the supplied PC printed storage panel.
software provide a useful introduc-
tion to this topic.

1 1x EduTrainer stepper motor controller On request
2 1x Stepper motor drive unit On request
3 1x Null modem cable On request
EGC linear axis 600 mm including mounting kit 571873
MPS Handling station, electrical 567203

RS232 USB adapter 540699
Electric drives 1: WBT ➔ www.festo-didactic.com 2
Electric drives 2: WBT ➔ www.festo-didactic.com

– Solutions
Workbook – Didactic notes
– Worksheets for the student
Fundamentals of
stepper motor drive technology
Workbook
TP 1422
Campus licence:
de 571859
With CD-ROM
en 571861
es 571863
Festo Didactic
571861 EN
The basic principles of stepper motor

drive technology are explained using
real project engineering.
Worksheets support the students

through the required stages of intro-
duction, planning and execution of
exercises, evaluation of results and
documentation.
Articular emphasis is placed on inde-

pendent execution by the student.
EGC Linear Axis 600 mm EduTrainer® Supply Unit

Including Mounting Kit
Linear axis for work on additional Technical data The supply unit ensures safe opera- Technical data
teaching content together with the – 600 mm working stroke tion of single-phase servo controllers – Supply voltage: 1 AC/230 V (50 Hz)
basic training packages for servo or – Maximum speed 3 m/s or frequency converters at worksta- – Output voltage: 1 AC 230 V with
stepper motor drive technology. – Maximum acceleration 50 m/s² tions where there is no correspond- type B RCD protection 30 mA,
– Feed force maximum 50 N ing infrastructure. It is connected to output current max. 6 A
Advantages: – Dimensions: 600 x 60 x 50 mm the mains supply via a non-heating – DC 24 V, 2 A
– The latest generation of modern (H x W x D) device cable and makes it possible – Outputs are protected against
drive components from Festo to provide an electrically safe work- short circuits and overload
– Built-in quick coupling for station even in places where there is – Front panel: 133 x 297 mm
connection to basic training drive no separate fuse protection or type B – Console housing with rubber feet
packages RCD protection available. for use in an A4 frame or on a table
– Complete with Quick-Fix holder for – Power supply via non-heating
slotted assembly board The unit offers the following func- device connection
– Limit switches included in scope tions: – Outputs for 4 mm safety plugs
of delivery – Short circuit protection
– RCD protection, type B
– Emergency stop for the workstation
– Safety when restarting after
voltage recovery
– Switching the workstation power
supply on and off
It also provides the 24 V DC voltage

necessary for operation.
The locations of all connections are

standardised and are laid out as
safety sockets.
EduTrainer® Motor Switches EduTrainer® Dahlander Switch
The motor switches are designed Technical data The motor switches are designed for Technical data
for direct switch activation of elec- – Input voltage: 3 x 400 V AC direct switch activation of electric – Input voltage: 3x 400 V AC
tric machines. Equipped with on/off – Output voltage: 3 x 400 V AC machines. Fitted with a Dahlander – Output voltage: 3x 400 V AC
switch, polarity reversal switch and – Load rating: maximum 16 A switch and switches for asynchro- – Load rating: maximum 16 A
star/delta switch. – Front panel: 266 x 297 mm nous motors with separate windings. – Front panel: 266 x 297 mm
– Console housing with rubber feet – Console housing with rubber feet
The locations of all connections are for use in an A4 frame or on a table The locations of all connections are for use in an A4 frame or on a table
standardised and are routed to safe- – Connection via 4 mm safety plugs standardised and are routed to safe- – Connection via 4 mm safety plugs
ty sockets or system plugs. ty sockets or system plugs.
Power Transmission and Distribution
214
Protective Relaying .......................................................................................216
0.2-kW Protective Relaying Training System ..................................................218
2-kW Power Transmission Training System ...................................................220
Power Line Series Demonstrator ..................................................................222
Distribution Transformer Trainer ...................................................................223
215
Power transmission and distribution > Protective relaying
Protective Relaying
Based on the SIPROTEC 5 series from Siemens
Modern, time-efficient, and State-of-the-art hardware Relay programming Access to the relay Ethernet port,
interactive hands-on training Three different relays are available Relay programming (e.g., protection binary inputs, and binary outputs
and must be selected in accordance function selection, function settings) (e.g., trip contacts) is also through
Protective relaying provides de- with the desired learning path. Each is achieved via the Siemens DIGSI 5 this removable panel. Each relay
tection of abnormal operating con- features a display that can provide software via a USB connection (both is powered via an ac power inlet
ditions in electrical systems and is information about the relay pro- the software and USB are included mounted on the front of the relay
needed in order to act quickly to tection functions, indicate numer- with each relay and the software li- enclosure. A variant of each relay
protect circuits, equipment, and the ous currently measured values such cense is free for educational purpos- with safety jacks and connectors
general public. as the line voltages, line currents, es). Relay function settings can also mounted on the front panel to
phase power, three-phase power, be performed using the keypad and provide access to all relay inputs,
The theoretical background, as well and power factor, and show informa- display located on the front panel of outputs, and ports is also available.
as practical application, of these pro- tion about trip events that have been the relay. Once programmed, the re-
tective devices and their protection recorded. A keypad, also on the front lays can be tested using a built-in Comprehensive courseware
functions are an important part of panel of the relay, allows users to se- relay testing unit to ensure it is pro- Theoretical knowledge and hands-on
the education of power systems for lect the information displayed. The grammed to operate as expected. training exercises teach students the
electrical engineers. front panel of the relay also features This eliminates the need for users to basic and advanced relay protection
a set of 16 LEDs that allows quick purchase a costly external relay tes- functions. The available range of re-
Power-utility-grade equipment, monitoring of the status of various ter to perform relay testing. Access lays and manuals provide coverage
Siemens’ newest generation the relay functions. to the voltage and current inputs of these topics:
SIPROTEC 5 series, is used in this in- of the Numerical Distance Relay is
novative teaching approach. through a removable panel located
at the back of the relay enclosure.
Power transmission and distribution > Protective relaying
Also order:
Workbooks
Overcurrent/Overload Protection
– Evolution of protective relays
– Overcurrent protection
– Overcurrent and overload
protection of AC machines and
power transformers
– Overcurrent protection of radial
feeders
Instructor Guide, en 589888 Numerical Directional Overcurrent Numerical Distance Relay Numerical Differential Protective
Relay – Phase distance (21) Relay
Directional Protection – Directional phase overcurrent – Ground distance (21N) – Transformer differential (87T)
– Protection of parallel power lines (67) – Directional phase overcurrent – Instantaneous phase overcurrent
using overcurrent relays – Directional ground overcurrent (67) (50)
– Directional overcurrent protection (67N) – Directional ground overcurrent – Instantaneous ground
– Directional comparison protection – Directional power (32) (67N) overcurrent (50N)
– Directional power protection – Instantaneous phase overcurrent – Directional power (32) – Phase overcurrent (51)
Student Manual, en 589889 (50) – Instantaneous phase overcurrent – Ground overcurrent (51N)
Instructor Guide, en 589890 – Instantaneous ground (50) – Other possible functions
overcurrent (50N) – Instantaneous ground (ANSI 37, 38, 46, 74, 86, 87N,
Differential Protection – Phase overcurrent (51) overcurrent (50N) and 87M)
– Effect of the current measuring – Ground overcurrent (51N) – Phase overcurrent (51)
error on the sensitivity of current – Other possible functions – Ground overcurrent (51N) Standard Version
differential protection (ANSI 27, 37, 38, 46, 59, 74, 81, – Other possible functions Order no. 589891
– Percentage restrained differential 86, and 87N) (ANSI 27, 37, 38, 46, 59, 68, 74, Variant with external connection jacks
protection 81, 86, and 87N) Order no. 592529
– Application of differential Standard Version
protection Order no. 589061 Standard Version Notes
Student Manual, en 590085 Variant with external connection jacks Order no. 589062 – The numbers in parenthesis are
Instructor Guide, en 590086 Order no. 589110 Variant with external connection jacks the corresponding ANSI/IEE
Order no. 589111 protection functions.
Distance Protection – Required accessory for the
– Simplified diagram of a power three relays: IEC Power Cable
system see page 110
– Conventional time-stepped
distance protection
– Distance relay impedance
characteristic
– Fault impedance vs.
load impedance
– Line protection
– Generator loss-of-excitation
protection
– Distance protection using
communication-assisted tripping
schemes Workbooks
Instructor Guide, en 593881 Overcurrent/ Directional Differential Distance
Note: PDF version also available. Protective Relay Overload Protection Protection Protection Protection
Siemens DIGSI 5 software Numerical Overcurrent

x x
License for non-educational user only Relay
Order no. 779959
Numerical Distance
x x x
Relay
Numerical Differential
x x
Relay
Power transmission and distribution > 0.2-kW protective relaying training system
0.2-kW Protective Relaying Training System

A complete program that extends training in protective relaying
LabVolt Series 8007 The 0.2-kW Protective Relaying The modular structure of the 0.2-kW Highlights
Training System consists of several Protective Relaying Training System, – Modular approach allowing selec-
The 0.2-kW Protective Relaying modules, which can be divided into together with the subdivision of stu- tion of areas of interest for study,
Training System is a complete pro- five groups: common electrical mod- dent manuals into topical units, and tailoring to special training
gram that extends training in protec- ules, power system modules, enables instructors to choose equip- needs equipment selection to
tive relaying beyond the operation protective relaying control station, ment that matches their budgets match budgets setup of complete
and calibrations of individual relays protective relays, and additional and while progressively enhancing their power systems/generators feeding
into broader circuit applications. optional equipment. systems over time. various devices such as transform-
ers, transmission lines, and others
The program provides hands-on The prerequisites include: For power utility users, it is possible progressive system enhancement
training at the system level in gener- completion of a course in relay op- to combine their own protective re- with no replication of equipment
ator protection, transformer protec- eration and calibration, and com- lays with a selection of modules from – Use of many modules from other
tion, and induction motor protection. pletion of a course in electric power the 0.2-kW Protective Relaying Train- well-known Electromechanical
technology that covers electric power ing System to obtain equipment set- System (EMS)
generation, power transformers, and ups that correspond to existing one- – Wide range of protective relays
induction motors. line and three-line diagrams. – Fault insertion capability for trou-
bleshooting at the system level
– Very safe operation and experi-
mentation
– Comprehensive curriculum with
detailed lab procedures, exercises,
theory, tests, etc.
Power transmission and distribution > 0.2-kW protective relaying training system
0.2-kW Protective Relaying Protective Relaying Training System Training content

Training System Add-On – Differential protection Additional required equipment
– Reverse power protection for both systems:
LabVolt Series 8007 LabVolt Series 8007-A – Rotor earth fault protection
– Loss-of-excitation protection – 1 x Dual-Trace Digital Storage
Most important components This equipment is an add-on to the – Overvoltage protection Oscilloscope (see page 78)
– 1x Source Impedance 0.2 kW Electromechanical Training – Overspeed protection – 1 x Digital Multimeter
– 1x Current Transformers System (see page 178) which sup- – Overcurrent protection (see page 115)
– 1x Voltage Transformers plements the necessary components – Generator synchronization
– 1x Faultable Transformers to teach Protective Relaying in con- – Synchronous generator
– 1x Transmission Grid ‘A’ junction with the standard EMS plat- protection scheme
– 1x Interconnection Module form. – Transformer magnetizing inrush
– 1x Universal Fault Module – Differential protection
– 1x Protective Relaying Control en es fr – Restricted earth fault protection
Station 120V/60Hz – Overcurrent protection
– 1x Three-Phase Over Current Relay 587296 587297 – Three-phase power transformer
– 1x AC/DC Current Sensitive Relay 220V/50Hz protection scheme
– 1x Three-Phase Under/ 587298 – Stator-winding fault protection
Over Voltage Relay 240V/50Hz – Overcurrent protection
– 1x AC/DC Voltage Sensitive Relay 587295 – Phase reversal protection
– 1x Synchro-Check Relay – Phase unbalance and undervoltage
– 1x Under/Over Frequency Relay
– 1x Phase Balance/Sequence Relay
– 1x Reverse Power Relay
– 1x Motor Power-Factor Relay
– 1x Mobile Workstation
– 1x Three-Module Workstation
– 1x Storage Shelves
– 1x Four-Pole Squirrel-Cage
Induction Motor
– 1x Synchronous Motor/Generator
– 2x Resistive Load
– 1x DC Voltmeter/Ammeter
– 1x AC Ammeter
– 1x AC Voltmeter
– 1x Wattmeter / Varmeter
– 1x Synchronizing Module
– 1x Power Supply
– 1x Power Diodes
– 1x Timing Belt
– 1x Connection Lead Set
– 1x Four-Quadrant Dynamometer/
Power Supply
– 1x Inertia Wheel
en es fr
120V/60Hz
587292 587293
220V/50Hz
587294
240V/50Hz
587299
Manuals included
Introduction to Protective Relaying
en es fr
Student Manual
584217 584218
Instructor Guide
584222
Power transmission and distribution > 2-kW electric power transmission training systems
2-kW Electric Power Transmission Training Systems

Hands-on experimentation with power transmission
LabVolt Series 8059 The exercises show how changes in Alternator, motor, capacitors, reac- Three exclusive modules:
the source, the load, and the trans- tors, resistors, regulating autotrans- – Three-Phase Transmission Line
The 2-kW Electric Power Transmis- mission line affect the overall perfor- former, series compensator, and – Power Line Series Compensator
sion Training Systems are designed to mance of the system. They illustrate transmission lines are employed. – Three-Phase Regulating
teach through hands-on exercises the meaning of active and reactive Despite their small size, these com- Autotransformer
the principles of transmission of elec- power, how the voltage at the end of ponents are designed to act in the
tric power – a subject which is usually a line can be lowered or raised, how same way under steady-state and
taught in a strictly theoretical power can be forced to flow over one transient conditions, as their larger
manner. transmission line instead of another, counterparts in industry. This practi-
and how a system behaves when sub- cal, hands-on course is presented in a
jected to disturbances. way that is readily understandable by
anyone who has foundational knowl-
The tests relating to switching tran- edge of electricity.
sients, sudden overloads, and mo-
mentary short-circuits dramatically
demonstrate the mechanical swing
of generator poles and the concur-
rent surges of power over the trans-
mission line. More than any amount
of theory could show, these exercises
convey the meaning of power stabili-
ty and the limits to power flow.
Power transmission and distribution > 2-kW electric power transmission training systems
220V/50Hz
Complete System with Analog Meters 587414 2-kW Electric Power Transmission Training System – Analog Meters
Add-on to 8013 2-kW Electromechanical System with Analog Meters 587415 LabVolt Series 8059-2
Complete System with Data Acquisition Interface 587416
Add-on to 8013 2-kW Electromechanical System with Data Acquisition Interface 587417 The-2 kW Electric Power Transmission Training System – Analog Meters is a
complete system that uses analog meters to perform electrical measurements.
Included manual
2-kW Electric Power Transmission System Most important components
Student Manual 585094 – 1x Mobile Workstation
Instructor Guide 585095 – 1x Three-Module Workstation
– 2x Three-Phase Transmission Line
Training content Courseware – 1x Three-Phase Regulating Autotransformer
– Power measurements The 2-kW Electric Power Trans- – 1x Power Line Series Compensator
– Voltage regulation and power mission Training System courseware – 1x AC Voltmeter, 1x Phase Meter
transmission capability of a consists of a Student Manual and In- – 1x DC Motor/Generator
transmission line structor Guide. The Student Manual – 1x Wiring Module for DC Motor/Generator
– Shunt capacitors and phase angle contains exercises designed to pres- – 1x Three-Phase Synchronous Motor/Generator
between sender and receiver ent the subject matter in convenient – 1x Wiring Module for Synchronous Motor/Generator
– Parameters affecting active and instructional segments. In each ex- – 3x Resistive Load
reactive power flow ercise, principles and concepts are – 3x Inductive Load
– Power-handling capability and presented first, followed by a step- – 3x Capacitive Load
parallel lines by-step, hands-on procedure to com- – 1x DC Voltmeter/Ammeter
– Effects of series compensation plete the learning process. – 1x AC Ammeter
on the power transfer capability – 2x Three-Phase Wattmeter/Varmeter
and system stability The exercises in the Student – 2x Field Rheostat
– Effect of series compensation Manual are written to be performed – 1x Power Supply
on the voltage regulation and using the Data Acquisition Interface – 1x Phase-Shift Indicator
power factor module. However, for those who are – 1x Stroboscope
– The alternator using a system with analog meters, – 1x Coupler
– The synchronous motor the connection diagrams are includ- – 1x Connection Leads
– The synchronous compensator ed in the Appendix. The Instructor
and long high voltage lines Guide contains the practical results 2-kW Electric Power Transmission Training System –
– Transmission line networks and and the answers for each hands-on Add-on to LabVolt Series 8013 with Analog Meters
the three-phase regulating exercise and review question. LabVolt Series 8059-3
autotransformer
– The synchronous motor under load The 2-kW Electric Power Transmission Training System – Add-On to LabVolt
– Hunting and system oscillation Series 8013 with Analog Meters is an add-on to the 2-kW Electromechanical
– Power system transients Training System, LabVolt Series 8013. It provides the equipment required to
perform the exercises using LabVolt Series 8013 and analog meters.
2-kW Electric Power Transmission Training System –

with Data Acquisition Interface
LabVolt Series 8059-4
The 2-kW Electric Power Transmission Training System – With Data Acquisition
Interface is a complete system that uses a Data Acquisition Interface,
LabVolt Series 9063, to perform electrical measurements.
2-kW Electric Power Transmission Training System –

Add-on to LabVolt Series 8013 with Data acquisition interface
LabVolt Series 8059-5
The 2-kW Electric Power Transmission Training System – Add-On to LabVolt

Series 8013 with Data Acquisition Interface is an add-on system to the
2-kW Electromechanical Training System, LabVolt Series 8013 (see page 174).
It provides the equipment required to perform the exercises using LabVolt
eries 8013 and a Data Acquisition Interface, LabVolt Series 9063.
Power transmission and distribution > Power line series compensation demonstrator
Power Line Series Compensation Demonstrator

Principles of series compensation for transmission lines
LabVolt Series 8362 The Power Line Series Compensation

Demonstrator includes all the test
The Power Line Series Compensa- equipment necessary to perform the
tion Demonstrator is specifically de- lab exercises. Input and output me-
signed for hands-on training in the tering, dual transmission lines and
principles of series compensation for various loads are all available from
electric power transmission lines. All the front panel of this self-contained
equipment is provided in a single, in- unit. Mounted on casters, the trainer
tegrated mobile console. can be easily moved. A student man-
ual is also included.
The unit is powered from a standard
single-phase ac wall outlet. It sim- Topic coverage
ulates two high-voltage (735 kV) – Power transfer capability of a
three-phase transmission lines: one transmission line
uncompensated, the other compen- – Effects of series compensation on
sated to 17%, 25%, or 34%. Line power transfer capability and
voltage, current, active power, and system stability
reactive power are measured at the – Effect of series compensation on
inputs and outputs of the lines. The regulation of the receiver voltage
module is also available at 220 V 50 – Reduction of transmission losses
Hz but it demonstrates the function- on parallel lines using series
ality of North American power line compensation
at 60 Hz.
120V/60Hz en es fr
586474 586475
240V/50Hz
586478
220V/50Hz
586476
Included manual:
Power transmission and distribution > Distribution transformer trainer
Distribution Transformer Trainer

Connect single- and three-phase transformers
LabVolt Series 8361 Targeted skills

The trainer allows students to:
The Distribution Transformer Trainer – Identify different types of
is a portable, hands-on trainer de- transformers
signed to allow students to develop – Identify faulted transformers
the skills required to connect single- – Test for proper no-load voltage
and three-phase transformers similar – Show how a three-phase trans-
to those found in North American ac former produces correct and
power networks. incorrect motor rotation
– Show how the ratio of the
The trainer contains two sets of three transformer windings affects the
single-phase transformers to demon- secondary output voltage
strate three-phase transformer bank – Show how to simulate parallel
configurations such as wye-wye, single-phase and three-phase
delta-delta, closed delta-wye, closed transformers
wye-delta, open-wye, open-del- – Simulate a burned-out trans-
ta, etc. Each individual transform- former in a three-phase bank,
er winding is protected by a ther- as well as the connection of the
mal-magnetic circuit breaker and remaining transformers in open-
designed to accept multiple faults. wye and open-delta configurations
to produce the correct voltage
The trainer is faultable to develop
sound techniques for troubleshoot- Topic coverage
ing single-phase and three-phase – Distribution Transformer Trainer
transformer banks. Eight trainer – Transformer Polarity and Terminal
faults are available. Markings
– Single-Phase Transformers
The trainer is complete with a stu- Supplying Single-Phase Loads
dent laboratory manual written in a – Single-Phase Paralleling
skill-building, performance-based – Three-Phase Banking of
format, allowing easy set-up of all Single-Phase Transformers
laboratory exercises.
120V/60Hz en es fr
586459 586470
220V/50Hz
586471 586472
240V/50Hz
587299
Included manual: Distribution Transformer Trainer


Connection Lead Set 586903
Multimeter 780874
Communications and Radar Technology
224
Radar technology
Training Systems ..........................................................................................228
Modules, Accessories, Optional Components ...............................................234
Satellite communication
Modules ........................................................................................................242
Orbit Simulator Software ..............................................................................244
Antennas
Modules, Accessories, Optional Components ..............................................248
Microwave technology
Computer-Assisted Microwave Training System ............................................252
Microwave Training Systems .........................................................................254
Telephony
Communications
Communications Technologies Training Systems ..........................................266
Analog Communications Training Systems ....................................................268
Digital Communications Training Systems.....................................................270
Software .......................................................................................................274
Modules, Accessories, Optional Components ...............................................275
225
Communications and radar technology > System description
Communications and Radar Technology

Training in leading-edge technologies
Classroom training for high-tech High realism and educational value Innovative features Turnkey courseware
communication technologies Realistic training systems special- – FPGA-based radar processing Festo Didactic first develops learn-
ly designed for education purposes, allows for teaching pulse compres- ing objectives and content, then de-
Communications play a crucial role in deliver clear benefits through their sion, otherwise impossible using velops the supporting hardware. The
today’s connected world. This high- similarity to industrial equipment, traditional methods. focus on pedagogical resources re-
tech sector is directly impacted by measurement capabilities, and be- – A single reconfigurable training sults in high quality, well-structured
evolving technologies, which make haviors (frequencies, bit rates, con- module (RTM) can be used for solutions adaptable to several teach-
systems more complex, while broad- nectors, protocols…), allowing stu- several technologies without ing settings. Extensive student man-
ening their scope of applications dents to relate the experiments to duplicating equipment. uals – featuring theory, detailed lab
across various industries. real-world situations. Access to test – An affordable spectrum analyzer experiments, and review questions–
points, fault-insertion capability, as displays signals up to 11.3 GHz. and instructor guides are available
The demand for specialized work- well as additional settings and ac- – A single power supply allows for each training system.
ers in the design, development, and cess to signals usually unavailable in modules to be stacked on the
maintenance of such systems is in- industrial equipment, ensure better power supply, thus optimizing
creasing, requiring focused and ap- and faster learning. space.
plicable training. Hands-on practice
is key to successful training. There-
fore, Festo Didactic has developed
affordable, safe learning solutions
that reproduce radar and commu-
nications technologies in the class-
room.
226 All Communications and Radar Technology solutions are detailed on labvolt.com
Communications and radar technology > System description
Communications and radar train-

ing systems from Festo Didactic
incorporate hands-on experience
with the principles and operations
of electronic communications and
radar systems.
Through computer-assisted curric-

ulum or simulation software, train-
ees can progress from intermedi-
ate to advanced levels of study in
the following communications-
related technologies:
– Radar
– Satellite communication
– Antenna
– Microwave
– Telephony
– Analog/digital communications
Computer-based tools
Virtual tools complement course-
ware to stimulate students and sup-
port the learning process. Comput- Build knowledge in electronics Circuit boards for communications
er instrumentation reduces overall Electronics and communication technologies:
costs and optimizes time spent in technologies are closely connected. – Digital communications
the laboratory. Software programs A sound understanding of electronics – QPSK/OQPSK/DPSK
enhance the modularity and flexibil- for communications can be conveyed – Analog communications
ity of the system and allow multiple with FACET, a completely integrat- – Fiber optic communications
configurations. ed learning system for electronics. – Communications transmission lines
A unique combination of hardware – Digital signal processor
(a base unit and circuit boards) and – and more
software (E-Learning courses and
virtual instrumentation) provides a To learn more about the FACET
complete learning solution. training system ➔ Pages 54
227
Communications and radar technology > Radar training systems
Radar Training Systems

The only real radar trainer that operates safely
inside a classroom or a lab
LabVolt Series 8096 High pedagogical value and Highlights Training content
interactivity – Innovative design combining – Principles of radar systems
The Radar Training Systems provide The Radar Training System is unique real-world radar with the power of – Analog MTI processing
students with real — not simulated since it presents the realism of a re- modern surveillance technology – Digital MTD processing
— hands-on experience in the use of al-world system while using the pow- – Computer-based control of the – Tracking radar
radar to detect and track passive tar- er of modern computer technologies. radar’s processing and display – Radar in an active target
gets at very short range in the pres- This realism makes the system very functions environment
ence of noise and clutter. motivating to use by students and – Comprehensive courseware and – The phased array antenna
encourages their experimentation system level training with lab – RCS, SAR and ISAR measurements
After more than 25 years, it is still with the system. exercises – Radar Pulse Compression
the only real radar trainer that oper- – Fault-insertion capability for the
ates safely inside a classroom or lab. The system is not a simulator: its teaching of troubleshooting
The level of technical advancement operation is totally real. All outside – Turnkey, cost-effective training
achieved by this system has been world signals entering the system solution including instrumentation
unequalled since. Affordable price, can be monitored and measured us- – Powerful DSP, FPGA, and Data
a fraction of real equipment. ing the built-in virtual instruments. Acquisition System for Digital
Conversely, several signals generat- Analysis
The upgrade through the addition of ed by the system, and made avail- – Realistic, high-gain parabolic
computer-based control of the ra- able on the Radar Training System’s antenna for high azimuth (angular)
dar’s processing and display func- connectors and external test points resolution
tions ensure it will continue to be a can be measured with hardware in- – Several subsystems allow delv-
leading-edge pedagogical product struments such as conventional os- ing into specific topics to expand
for many years. cilloscopes. This ensures that the knowledge and skills
system is perceived as real by the – Can expand and complete existing
students. telecommunication programs
(satellite, antenna, microwave,
etc.)
Modularity through subsystems Based on a versatile module Comprehensive courseware Safety

Subsystems 8096-1 and 8096-2 pro- The Radar Training System is based Manuals contain step-by-step, The Radar Training System is total-
vide students with hands-on train- on a reconfigurable training mod- hands-on exercise procedures that ly safe for use in a classroom or lab,
ing in the principles and operation ule (RTM) including a powerful DSP guide the student through various unlike radars used in the industry. All
of analog and digital radar. Subsys- and a large FPGA. The RTM allows experimentations on numerous ra- voltages and microwave power levels
tems 8096-3 and 8096-4 adds track- the Radar Training System to be used dar topics. All experiments are highly are well below accepted safety stan-
ing and active jamming possibilities in many different modes with little repeatable, thanks to the stability of dards. Low RF power prevents wild-
to the system to train students in the or no hardware changes This “pro- digital processing techniques. This life from being exposed to harmful
principles and scenarios of Electron- grammable hardware” approach is enhances student motivation and microwave levels.
ic Warfare (EW). Subsystem 8096-6 achieved using a firmware upload- system credibility.
provides students with training in the ed and executed by the DSP and FP-
principles of electronically steered GA chips. The system interacts with Fault insertion
antennas. Subsystem 8096-A al- the outside world through a series of Real system and electronic faults can
lows radar cross section (RCS) mea- small, low-cost plug-in modules in- easily be inserted through the Faults
surement of different targets as well serted into the RTM. The RTM, control window in the LVRTS soft-
as inverse synthetic aperture radar together with the modularity of the ware. Several features are built into
(ISAR) imagery. Subsystem 8096- system, facilitates expansion of the the system to enhance its pedagog-
B introduces students to the basic system without unnecessary duplica- ical usefulness. These are features
principles and operation of synthet- tion of equipment. that would not normally be included
ic aperture radar (SAR). Finally, sub- in real-world radars.
system 8096-C demystifies the prin-
ciples of radar phase-coded pulse
compression.
LVRTS software
The LVRTS software is a Windows® – Use the Data Monitor to observe

based application used to download and analyze the signal processing
programs into the DSP and FPGA sequence involved in Moving
memory of the RTM, to select the Target Detection
type of radar which is implement- – Insert faults in the system
ed. It also has an intuitive user in- (password-protected feature) for
terface to: troubleshooting purposes.
– Select the radar processing – Set the parameters that control the
functions and adjust other parame- generation of clutter and
ters of the radar, such as the video interference.
gain, detection threshold, etc. – Obtain on-line help screens.
– Control the radar display functions
such as the PPI display mode The software can be download for
selection, Variable Range Marker free on our website:
(VRM), Electronic Bearing Line ➔ www.labvolt.com
(EBL), etc.
– Display diagrams that show how to
connect the equipment.
– Display the functional block
diagrams of the complete radar
and radar processor/display
subsystem.
– Connect virtual probes to test
points in the block diagrams to
observe real signals using the
built-in oscilloscope.
229
Basic Radar Training System Radar Processor/

Display Add-On
LabVolt Series 8096-1 LabVolt Series 8096-2
The Basic Radar Training System is a complete set of hardware, courseware, The Radar Processor/Display is used in conjunction with the Basic Radar Training
and all necessary accessories such as targets and interconnecting cables that System to form a complete and modern pulse radar system. The Radar Proces-
allows the principles of pulse, CW Doppler, and FM-CW radar systems to be sor/Display adds the following elements to the Basic Radar Training
studied. The Basic Radar Training System consists of a transmitter, a receiver, System: radar echo signal processing functions, PPI display functions, on-screen
three instrumentation modules, an antenna with pedestal, a target positioning block diagrams of the complete radar and radar processor/display subsystem,
system, and a set of accessories. and computer-based instruments (oscilloscope and data monitoring system).
Two major types of radar echo signal processing function are available: Moving
A comprehensive student manual and an instructor guide, which may be or- Target Indication (MTI) and Moving Target Detection (MTD). The Radar Processor/
dered separately, are also provided. An oscilloscope is required for target echo Display also provides computer controlled generation of clutter and interference
visualization on an A-scope display as well as time-domain observation of sig- to allow study of the MTI processing function. The following types of clutter and
nals at outputs and test points. interference can be generated: sea clutter, rain clutter, second-trace echo, noise,
and pulse interference.
en es fr
120 V/60 Hz 582087 582089 582088 The RTM, which uses state-of-the-art digital signal processor (DSP) technolo-
220 V/50 Hz 582090 594507 582091 gy, can be programmed to act as either an analog pulse radar (i.e., a pulse radar
220 V/60 Hz 582093 with MTI processing) or a digital pulse radar (i.e., a pulse radar using MTD,
240 V/50 Hz 582092 correlation and interpolation, and surveillance processing).
The most important components at a glance: en es fr

– 1x Horn Antenna 120 V/60 Hz 582094 582096 582095
– 1x Power Supply/Antenna Motor Driver 220 V/50 Hz 582097 594508 582098
– 1x Radar Synchronizer/Antenna Controller 240 V/50 Hz 582099
– 1x Rotating-Antenna Pedestal
– 1x Radar Antenna The most important components at a glance:
– 1x Dual-Channel Sampler – 1x Power Supply
– 1x Target Positioning System – 1x Reconfigurable Training Module (RTM)
– 1x Radar Transmitter – 1x Analog/Digital Signal Combiner
– 1x Radar Receiver – 1x Data Acquisition Interface
– 1x Accessories for 8096-1 – 1x Radar Analog/Digital Output Interface
– 1x Accessories for 8096-2
Manual included:
Principles of Radar Systems en es fr Manuals included:
Student Manual 580402 580404 580403 Analog MTI Processing en es fr
Instructor Guide 580405 580407 580406 Student Manual 580412 588936 580413
Note: PDF version also available. Digital MTD Processing
Student Manual 580418 580420 580419
Additional required equipment User Guide
– 1x Dual Trace Oscilloscope (or a similar oscilloscope) Order no. 580414 580416 580415
Additional required equipment

– 1x Dual Trace Oscilloscope (or a similar oscilloscope)
– 1x Radar Host Computer (Or an equivalent Windows® based host computer)
– 1x Basic Radar Training System (8096-1)
– 1x Dual Function Generator (or a similar function generator)
– 1x Frequency Counter (or a similar frequency counter)
Radar Tracking Training Radar Active Target Training

System Add-On System Add-On
The Radar Tracking Training System adds on to the pulse radar implemented Radar Active Target (RAT) Training System is used in conjunction with the three
with the Basic Radar Training System and the Radar Processor/Display to form previous subsystems to train students in the principles and scenarios of EW.
a continuous tracking radar. This radar can track a passive target that moves in This is a truly unique system that places real-time, safe, and unclassified EW
the classroom laboratory. demonstrations into the hands of students. The RAT Training System consists of
an active jamming pod trainer, an elaborate set of accessories, and a comprehen-
The tracking radar can operate in three different modes (Scan, Manual, and sive student manual.
Lock), which are selected through the hand-controller buttons. In scan mode,
the antenna rotates at constant speed, allowing observation of targets on the The jamming pod trainer is a Self-Screening Jammer (SSJ) target that can per-
PPI display. In manual mode, the operator can isolate a fixed or moving target form direct or modulated noise jamming as well as repeater jamming. It includes
of their choice, using the hand controller to control the antenna azimuth and a remote controller to select the type of jamming and set the jamming parame-
to position an electronic marker (range gate) over the target echo signal. ters. The jamming pod trainer and the included accessories are designed for use
A computer-based O-scope display is used to monitor the position of the range with the Radar to implement real EW situations. This provides an effective means
gate relative to the echo signal of the target to be tracked. When the range of introducing students to a real-time jamming situation that necessitates a re-
gate straddles the target echo signal, the lock mode can be activated and the sponse, that is, the use of an appropriate ECCM to prevent losing track of the
target is automatically tracked in range and azimuth by the system. target.
Range tracking is achieved by means of the split range-gate technique, where- en es fr

as angle tracking is accomplished using lobe switching (sequential lobing). The 120 V/60 Hz 582103 582105 582104
study of these two techniques allows students to understand the principles of 220 V/50 Hz 582106 582107
radar tracking. 220 V/60 Hz 582109
240 V/50 Hz 582108
en es fr
Radar Tracking Training System Add-On 582100 582102 582101 The most important components at a glance:
– 1x Horn Antenna
The most important components at a glance: – 1x Radar Jamming Pod Trainer Support
– 1x Dual Feed Parabolic Antenna – 1x Radar Jamming Pod Trainer
– 1x Radar Target Tracking Interface – 1x Power Supply (Radar Electronic Warfare)
– 1x Accessories for 8096-3 – 1x Accessories for 8096-4
– 1x Radar Tracker Hand Controller (USB)
Manuals included:
Manual included: Electronic warfare en es fr
Tracking Radar en es fr Reference Book 580343 580346
Student Manual 580422 580423 Radar in an Active Target Environment
Note: PDF version also available. Student Manual 580425 580426
– 1x Basic Radar Training System (8096-1) Additional required equipment
– 1x Radar Processor/Display (8096-2) – 1x Basic Radar Training System (8096-1)
– 1x Radar Processor/Display (8096-2)
– 1x Radar Tracking Training System (8096-3)
231
Radar Phased Array Antenna RCS and ISAR Measurement

Training System Add-On Training System Add-On
LabVolt Series 8096-6 LabVolt Series 8096-A
The Radar Phased Array Antenna Training System is specifically designed to The RCS and ISAR Measurement Training System adds on to the Radar Proces-
be used with the complete, pulse radar system that can be implemented with sor/Display (8096-2) to form a computer-based, pulse-mode system that can
the Basic Radar Training System (8096-1) and the Radar Processor/Display measure the radar cross section (RCS) of targets and produce inverse synthet-
(8096-2). ic-aperture radar (ISAR) images of targets.
Beam steering in the Radar Phased Array Antenna Training System is achieved The system can generate RCS patterns of targets of up to 75 cm (30 in) in length
using a microwave switch coupled to a Rotman lens and microstrip tapered slot when the longest pulse width is used. The system can also generate high-resolu-
array antennas. Beam steering control can be manual, continuous or synchro- tion ISAR images of much larger targets when the shortest pulse width is used.
nized on the PRF (pulse repetition frequency). Scan speeds of up to 1080 scans/ Because the system is based on pulse operation, it does not need to be operat-
min can be achieved, thereby allowing the PPI display (sector scan) of the radar ed in an anechoic chamber or in an outdoor range. Background clutter is rejected
system to be refreshed at much higher rates than with a conventional mechani- using time-gating and subtraction techniques during the measurement process.
cally rotated parabolic antenna. Targets can thus be followed in near real time.
The RCS and ISAR Measurement Training System includes a low-RCS target sup-
en es fr port to achieve precise RCS measurements; an RCS/ISAR data acquisition in-
Radar Phased Array Antenna 582115 587512 582116 terface; an RCS measurement/ISAR imagery software included in the LVRTS
software; an RCS/ISAR measurement interface module; a set of accessories
The most important components at a glance: including a reflective scale model of a 777 Boeing aircraft; and a system user
– 1x Phased Array Antenna guide. Note that RTM 9431-2 (and newer) from the Radar Processor/Display add-
– 1x Phased Array Antenna Controller on is required to use this add-on.
– 1x Accessories for 8096-6
en es fr
Manual included: RCS and ISAR Measurement Training System 592582
The Phased Array Antenna en es fr
Student Manual 580428 580429 The most important components at a glance:
Note: PDF version also available. – 1x RCS/ISAR Measurement Interface
– 1x RCS/ISAR Data Acquisition Interface
Additional required equipment – 1x Accessories for 8096-A
– 1x Radar Processor/Display (8096-2) Additional required equipment
– 1x Radar Processor/Display (8096-2)
Optional equipment
– 1x B2 RCS Scale Model
– 1xF-117A RCS Scale Model
Synthetic Aperture Radar (SAR) Radar Phase-Coded Pulse

Training System Add-On Compression Training System
LabVolt Series 8096-B LabVolt Series 8096-C
The Synthetic-Aperture Radar (SAR) Training System adds on to the RCS and Radar Pulse Compression is a signal processing technique used to increase the
ISAR Measurement Training System (8096-A) to form a synthetic aperture radar range resolution and signal-to-noise ratio of any pulse radar. The design of a
that can produce high-resolution images. This system introduces students to radar is usually a question of compromise. In many cases, a trade-off must be
the basic principles and operation of synthetic aperture radar (SAR). made between desirable characteristics. For only a modest increase in cost and
complexity, pulse compression improves the range resolution without sacrificing
The SAR Training System synthesizes a large aperture antenna through motion the signal-to-noise ratio.
of a small-aperture (low directivity) horn antenna. Motion of the horn antenna
is achieved using the Target Positioning System, LabVolt Series 9607-1, The Phase-Coded Pulse Compression System is an add-on to the Basic Radar and
included in the Basic Radar Training System, LabVolt Series 8069-1, and an Radar Processor/Display Training Systems. The system includes the Phase-Cod-
antenna-motion control module (SAR controller). Target radar echoes produced ed Pulse Compression Processor that encodes the radar pulses before transmis-
during a complete antenna scan are sampled and stored in the SAR processor sion and compresses the received pulses. It also includes the Pulse Compression
then processed using a range Doppler algorithm to obtain high resolution SAR Parabolic Dish Antenna, which is designed to prevent internal reflections from
images. interfering with the radar signal, and two attenuators (4 dB and 10 dB) used to
facilitate measurements. The Phase-Coded Pulse Compression application is al-
The SAR Training System consist of SAR processing and imagery software in- ready included in the LVRTS software.
cluded in the LVRTS software, a SAR controller module, the necessary cables
and accessories, and a system user guide. Note that RTM 9431-2 from the en es fr
Radar Processor/Display add-on is required to use this add-on. Reflective scale 120 V/60 Hz 592584
models of aircraft that can be used with the SAR Training System are optional- 220 V/50 Hz 594506
ly available. 240 V/50 Hz 594505
en es fr The most important components at a glance:

Synthetic Aperture Radar Training System Add-On 592583 – 1x Pulse Compression Radar Antenna
– 1x Phase-Coded Pulse Compression Processor
The most important components at a glance: – 1x Power Cord
– 1x SAR Controller
– 1x Accessories for 8096-B Manual included:
Phase-coded pulse compression en es fr
Additional required equipment Student Manual 593926
– 1x Basic Radar Training System (8096-1) Instructor Guide 593927
– 1x Radar Processor/Display (8096-2) Note: PDF version also available.
– 1x RCS and ISAR Measurement Training System (8096-A)
Optional equipment
– 1x B2 RCS Scale Model
– 1xF-117A RCS Scale Model
233
Communications and radar technology > Radar training systems > Accessories and optional components
Modules, Accessories, and Optional Components
1 4 1 Power Supply 4 Power Supply/

The power supply is the power Antenna Motor Driver
source for the Reconfigurable Train- The Power Supply/Antenna motor
ing Module (RTM) used in various driver is the physical base for the Ba-
communications training systems. Its sic Radar Training System. The power
5 back panel has two multi-pin connec- supply distributes three unregulated
tor outputs that provide regulated dc voltages to the stacked modules
DC voltages. Each multi-pin connec- through self-aligning connectors.
tor output can supply power to one The antenna motor driver supplies
RTM. Auto-reset fuses protect the power to the Rotating-Antenna Ped-
2 outputs of the Power Supply against estal. The Pulse-Width-Modulated
short-circuits. (PWM) motor driver uses a 4-quad-
For all configurations 592595 rant chopper requiring a command
signal from the antenna controller or
2 Reconfigurable Training radar target tracking system.
Module (RTM) 120 V/60 Hz en es fr
The Reconfigurable Training Module Order no. 581922 581924 581923
(RTM) consists mainly of a powerful 220 V/50 Hz
digital signal processor (DSP), with Order no. 581925 581927 581926
three slots on the module front pan- 220 V/60 Hz
el for installing interface modules. An Order no. 581929
3 Ethernet port (RJ-45) connector, lo- 240 V/50 Hz
cated on the back panel, allows local Order no. 581928
or distant connection of the RTM to
the host computer. The functionality 5 Radar Synchronizer/
of the training system is determined Antenna Controller
by downloading a program into the The Radar Synchronizer/Antenna
DSP memory using the host comput- Controller is used for Pulse Repeti-
er that runs the software. Electrical tion Frequency (PRF) generation and
power is supplied to the RTM by the synchronization of the different ra-
Power Supply through a multipin ca- dar components. It also controls the
ble that connects to the back panel. operating parameters of the radar
Order no. 587443 antenna.
en es fr
3 Horn Antenna Order no. 581930 581932 581931
The Horn antenna is used to perform
experiments related to a variety of
topics, such as FM-CW radar, anten-
na gain, and microwaves. When used
in conjunction with the Radar Anten-
na, the Horn Antenna allows sepa-
rate transmission and reception of RF
signals. It is also used in certain EW
demonstrations.
Order no. 581847
1 Rotating Antenna Pedestal 5 Dual-Channel Sampler 1 5

The Rotating antenna pedestal is the The Dual-channel sampler performs
mount and drive motor for the radar time expansion of the I- and Q-chan-
antenna. It provides the RF connec- nel baseband signals from the radar
tion between the antenna and the receiver to allow further processing
radar transmitter and receiver. An- and display. It has three switches to
tenna position feedback is obtained select the system observation range,
from an incremental optical shaft as well as control knobs for adjusting
encoder, the output of which may the system range origin, the balance 6
be monitored through front-panel of the I- and Q-channel output sig-
test points. The RF section includes nals, and the DC offsets at the I- and 2
a circulator for simultaneous trans- Q-channel outputs. A time base out-
mission and reception. A rotary joint put is provided to obtain an A-scope
provides RF coupling to the rotating display on a conventional oscillo-
antenna mount. scope.
en es fr en es fr
Order no. 581933 581935 581934 Order no. 581938 581940 581939
2 Radar Antenna 6 Target Positioning System

The Radar antenna mounts on the Consists of a mobile target table,
rotating-antenna pedestal and has a a remote target controller module
miniature plug-in connector for quick connected to the table via a multi- 3
RF coupling. It uses an offset-feed way cable, and four types of targets
design to reduce masking effects. A (a sphere, a cylinder, a 90-degree
screen of microwave-radiation ab- reflector, three metal plates and a
sorbing material is also supplied, plexiglass plate). The surface of the
which, although not required due to target table measures 90 by 90 cm
the low level of RF power radiated by and is marked with a 1-cm grid. The
the system, provides training in mi- system provides closed-loop DC ser-
crowave safety techniques as well vo control of the position and speed
as preventing interference with sur- of the target in X and Y.
rounding radar stations.
Order no. 581936 120 V/60 Hz en es fr
Order no. 581941 581943 581942 4
3 Dual Feed Parabolic Antenna 220 V/50 Hz
The Dual Feed Parabolic Antenna Order no. 581944 581946 581945
mounts on the rotating antenna ped- 220 V/60 Hz
estal and is fully compatible with the Order no. 581948
miniature plug-in RF quick connector. 240 V/50 Hz
The dual-feed horns are connected Order no. 581947
to a microwave SPDT switch that al-
lows alternating transmission and re-
ception of the signal from each horn
through the single rotary joint of the
antenna pedestal.
Order no. 581937
4 Pulse Compression Radar

Antenna
The Radar pulse compression anten-
na mounts on the rotating antenna
pedestal and is fully compatible with
the miniature plug-in RF quick con-
nector. It uses an offset-feed design
to reduce masking effects. It also
comprises a low-lost cable for add-
ing delay in pulse-compression ex-
ercises.
Order no. 592570
235
1 4 1 Radar Jamming Pod Trainer 4 Phased Array Antenna

Self-screening jammer (SSJ) target in The phased array antenna is
a compact enclosure. It is designed specifically designed to be used with
to be placed on the target position- the radar training system. It allows a
ing system to electronically attack horizontal sector to be scanned
the radar training system by masking (azimuthal scanning) without any
the target echo signal with noise or antenna motion. The antenna can be
causing either range or angle decep- tilted 90° to demonstrate elevation
tion. The radar jamming pod train- scanning. It consists of a microwave
er mainly consists of an RF signal switch coupled to a Rotman lens
2 source, a variable attenuator, trans- and microstrip tapered slot array an-
mitting and receiving horn antennas, tennas. A built-in circulator allows
a signal repeater, an amplitude mod- simultaneous transmission and re-
5 ulator, and a remote controller. ception.
en es fr en es fr
Order no. 581949 581951 581950 Order no. 581966 587460 581967
Radar Jamming Pod Trainer Support 5 Phased Array Antenna Controller

This support is a mast designed The phased array antenna control-
3 to support the Radar Jamming Pod ler is used for beam steering control
Trainer when it is used to perform of the Phased array antenna (PAA).
electronic jamming against the Ra- It allows the PAA to be operated in
6 dar. Soft pads allow the mast to glide three scan modes: manual, continu-
softly over the surface of the Target ous, and PRF locked (radar PRF de-
Positioning System. pendent). The beam sequence can
Order no. 581916 be either linear or pseudo random,
or consists of even numbered beams
2 Power Supply only.
The Power supply can be installed en es fr
under the surface of the target posi- Order no. 581968 587461 581969
tioning system to provide power to
the radar jamming pod trainer. It pro- 6 Phase-Coded Pulse Compression
vides the same unregulated DC volt- Processor
ages as the power supply/antenna The phase-coded pulse compression
motor driver through a multi-pin con- processor allows to experiment pulse
nector located on its top panel. compression with the radar training
120 V/60 Hz en es fr system. It is divided into three sec-
Order no. 581952 581954 581953 tions: dual-channel sampler, pulse
220 V/50 Hz compressor and pulse generator.
Order no. 581955 581957 581956 The dual-channel sampler samples
220 V/60 Hz the I- and Q-Channel baseband sig-
Order no. 581959 nals from the receiver and stretch
240 V/50 Hz these signals in time to facilitate ob-
Order no. 581958 servation and measurement.
en es fr
3 RCS/ISAR Measurement Interface Order no. 592571
The RCS/ISAR measurement Inter-
face contains additional RF circuitry
that allows RCS and ISAR measure-
ments to be performed using the
basic radar training system and the
radar processor/display add-on. This
RF circuitry also allows the basic ra-
dar training system to be converted
into a synthetic aperture radar (SAR).
en es fr
Order no. 581960 587459 581961
1 SAR Controller 4 Analog/Digital Signal Combiner 1 4

The SAR Controller allows motion The Analog/Digital Signal Combiner
control of the small-aperture horn is a compact module designed to be
antenna installed on the moveable installed into one of the slots on the
carriage of the Target Positioning RTM of the Radar Processor/Display.
System when the Basic Radar Train- This module converts the clutter and
ing System is used as a synthetic ap- interference generated by the DSP of
erture radar. It also ensures that the the RTM to analog format, and adds
radar echo signal acquisition is prop- it to the I- and Q-channel echo sig-
erly synchronized with the horn an- nals coming from the Radar Receiver.
tenna motion. The SAR Controller is Order no. 581978
complemented by the Synthetic Ap- 2 5
erture Software – a Windows®-based 5 Data Acquisition Interface
application, included in the LVRTS The Data Acquisition Interface is a
software, that allows to produce sig- compact module designed to be in-
nals acquired during a scan of the stalled into one of the slots on the
small-aperture horn antenna over RTM of the Radar Processor/Dis-
the complete aperture length. play. This module receives the I- and
en es fr Q-channel echo signals of the radar,
Order no. 581970 587462 581971 perturbed or not, and converts them
to digital format. It also receives the
2 Radar Transmitter PRF and synchronization signals as 3
The Radar Transmitter is an instruc- well as azimuth information from the
tional module designed to provide Radar Synchronizer/Antenna Con- 6
training in system- and module-lev- troller. All these signals are then
el troubleshooting. It has switches routed to the RTM for digital signal
that the instructor can use to insert processing.
faults. It generates an RF signal that Order no. 581979
can be either frequency modulated
or amplitude modulated. It includes 6 Radar Analog/Digital Output
an RF oscillator, a pulse generator, Interface
and an amplitude modulator. The Analog/Digital Output Interface
en es fr is a compact module designed to be
Order no. 581972 581974 581973 installed into one of the slots on the
RTM of the Radar Processor/Display.
3 Radar Receiver This module provides analog and
The Radar Receiver is an instruction- digital output signals generated by
al module designed to provide train- the RTM. The nature of the signals
ing in system- and module-level trou- generated depends on the type of
bleshooting. It has switches that the radar processing that the RTM per-
instructor can use to insert faults. forms.
The Radar Receiver down-converts Order no. 581980
the received RF signal to baseband
directly (homodyne receiver) for the
three types of radar that can be im-
plemented (CW, FM-CW, and pulse
radars).
en es fr
Order no. 581975 581977 581976
237
1 5 1 Radar target tracking interface 5 Accessories for 8096-3

Compact module designed to be in- Containing a cylinder target, two zig-
stalled into one of the slots on the zag targets, and a BNC connector-
RTM of the radar processor/dis- to-miniature banana jack cable.
play. The module provides the lobe Order no. 581984
switching control signal and the RF
circuitry (bias tee and DC blocking Accessories for 8096-4
capacitor) required to perform lobe Containing a chaff cloud simulation
switching with the dual feed parabol- device, a multifunction stand, a tri-
ic antenna. angular (stealth) shield to cover the
Order no. 581981 radar jamming pod trainer, radiation
2 6 absorbing material (RAM), a set of
2 RCS/ISAR data acquisition microwave components and cables,
interface and a sample of actual chaff.
The RCS/ISAR data acquisition inter- Order no. 581985
face is a compact module designed
to be installed into one of the slots Accessories for 8096-6
on the RTM of the radar processor/ Containing two short SMA cables
display. This module receives the I- with built-in passive limiters, two
and Q-channel echo signals of the low-loss long SMA cables, a 30 dB
radar and converts them to digital SMA attenuator, a DB25 cable, and a
format. It also receives the PRF and microwave absorbing pen.
3 7 synchronization signals as well as Order no. 581987
azimuth information from the radar
synchronizer/antenna controller. All 6 Accessories for 8096-A
these signals are then routed to the Containing a low-RCS target support
RTM for digital signal processing. with a support stand, an adjustable
Order no. 592573 base and long interconnection cables
for the rotating-antenna pedestal,
3 Accessories for 8096-1 additional BNC and SMA cables, a
Containing all the cables and acces- tripod with an antenna mast, a large
sories required for the operation horn antenna, a small metal plate
of the basic radar training system. target, a small metal plate target
These include: SMA flexible cables, with radar absorbing material (RAM)
BNC cables, a DB9 cable, an anten- on one side, and a reflective aircraft
4 na motor driver cable, BNC tees, target (777 Boeing scale model).
SMA attenuators, an SMA 50 Ω load, Order no. 581986
a measuring tape, a level, a wave-
guide-to-coax adapter, a horn an- 7 Accessories for 8096-B
tenna. Containing two medium-length BNC
Order no. 581982 cables, two long BNC cables, a low
loss long SMA cable, a short multi-
4 Accessories for 8096-2 way cable (to connect the SAR con-
Containing a DB15 cable, a USB port troller to the target controller of the
cable, an RJ-45 connector crossover target positioning system), a long
cable, an Ethernet adapter (network USB port cable, a two-axis adjust-
card) to be installed in the radar host able antenna support, and a radia-
computer, two semi-circular targets, tion absorbing material (RAM) panel.
a multiple target holder to be used Order no. 581988
with the target positioning system
and the LVRTS software CD-ROM.
Order no. 581983
1 Radar Tracker Hand Controller 5 Frequency Counter 1 4

The radar tracker hand controller is a Direct counting frequency counter
joystick-type device designed to be with an 8-digit display. It determines
connected to a USB port of a person- the frequency of the input signal and
al computer. It is used to select spe- displays the frequency in Hz, kHz, or
cific targets when the tracking radar MHz, it determines the period of the
is in the manual mode of operation. input signal and displays the period
Fore and aft motion of the handle al- in s or ms, and it works as an event
lows range positioning of a tracking counter when the counter function is
cursor (range gate). Left-right motion selected. The frequency/period
of the handle controls the direction resolution is switch-selectable from 2 5
of the antenna’s rotation, thereby al- 0.1 to 100 Hz (0.1 to 100 ns).
lowing the antenna to be rotated to a en es fr
specific azimuth. Order no. 581552 581554 581553
Order no. 587464
Radar Host Computer
2 Dual Trace Oscilloscope The radar host computer is a
Economical and highly reliable solid- Windows® based computer with the
state instrument, ideal for general LVRTS software installed, two mon-
purpose use in laboratory and train- itors, and a dual-output display
ing applications. Students can mea- adapter (video card) compatible with
sure phase difference between wave- Microsoft DirectX® version 9 or later. 3
forms using the X-Y operation mode, 120 V/60 Hz en es fr
and video signals can be measured Order no. 587465 589842
quickly with the special TV sync sep- 220 V/50 Hz
aration circuit. The dual trace oscil- Order no. 587466 589843
loscope includes CH 1, CH 2, CHOP, 240 V/50 Hz
and ALT display modes. An operat- Order no. 587472
ing instruction manual, one fuse, one
line cord, and two low capacitance
probes are provided with the oscil-
loscope.
Order no. 580849
3 RCS Scale Models

Scale models of different aircrafts for
RCS measurement. Color may vary.
Boeing 777 582122
B2 587493
F-117A 587494
4 Dual Function Generator

Module consisting of two indepen-
dent function generators (A and B),
each capable of generating a sine
wave signal, a square-wave signal, a
triangular-wave signal, a saw tooth-
wave signal, and a pulse signal with
variable pulse-width. The signal fre-
quency can be varied from 10 Hz to
100 kHz through four ranges.
en es fr
Order no. 581549 581551 581550
239
Communications and radar technology > Satellite communication training system
Satellite Communication Training System

System-level training using an operational satellite link
LabVolt Series 8093 Affordable instrumentation tools Highlights Training content

The required Telemetry and Instru- – Real-time data transmission over – Satellite Communication
The Satellite Communications Train- mentation Add-On is an economical the satellite link Fundamentals
ing System is a versatile training alternative to expensive, high fre- – License-free transmission and low – Analog and Digital Transmission
platform designed to teach modern quency conventional instruments. power levels for complete safety – Link Characteristics/Performance
technologies in the classroom using This add-on, used in conjunction – Reflects current standards and – Orbital Mechanics
a fully operational satellite link. with the Telemetry and Instrumen- modulation types – Satellite Orbits and Coverage
tation software, provides telemetry – Includes both analog and digital – Troubleshooting
The transmitter, receiver, and satel- with the Satellite Receiver as well modulators/demodulators
lite repeater operate at realistic up- as a full suite of virtual instruments. – Fault-insertion capability to teach
link and downlink frequencies and Alternatively, conventional instru- troubleshooting
at safe power levels. The system al- ments can also be used. – Comprehensive courseware
lows students to observe and study – Orbit Simulator software available
a wide range of telecom concepts, Computer simulation – Virtual telemetry/instrumentation
such as digital and analog modula- The Orbit Simulator provides interac-
tion, scrambling, differential encod- tive visualization of satellite orbital
ing, and frequency conversion as mechanics and satellite coverage.
well as concepts specifically related See page 244 for more details.
to satellite communications. In ad-
dition, since noise and losses affect
the performance of all telecom sys-
tems, performance-related concepts
such as noise figure, figure of merit,
link budget, and the performance
ratio C/N0 are also covered.
Satellite Communications Telemetry and

Training System Instrumentation – Add-On
LabVolt Series 8093 LabVolt Series 8093-1
The Basic Satellite Communications Training System is a state-of-the-art The Telemetry and Instrumentation Add-On is used with the Telemetry and
training system that covers the field of satellite communications. Specifically Instrumentation software to provide virtual instruments and telemetry with the
designed for hands-on training, the system covers modern satellite communi- repeater. This add-on consists of the Data Generation/ Acquisition Interface, and
cation technologies including analog and digital modulation. This system is the Virtual Instrument Package. These modules, used in conjunction with the
designed to use realistic satellite uplink and downlink frequencies at safe Telemetry and Instrumentation software, provide virtual instruments designed
power levels and to reflect the standards commonly used in modern satellite for the display and measurement of the baseband, IF and RF signals present
communications systems in the system as well as virtual generators used to generate analog and digital
baseband signals for transmission.
en es fr
120V/60Hz 582081 589201 en es fr
220V/50Hz 582082 120V/60Hz 582084 589202
240V/50Hz 582083 220V/50Hz 582085 594504
240V/50Hz 582086
– 1x Earth Station Transmitter
– 1x Earth Station Receiver Note
– 1x Satellite Repeater Pentium-type personal computer running under a Windows® operating system
– 1x Cables and Accessories* with the LVSAT software preinstalled required for both systems.
– 1x Orbit Simulator Software en es fr
– 3x Power Cords 120V/60Hz 582084 589202
* Include SMA cables, BNC cables, USB cables, 2x small-aperture horn antennas, 220V/50Hz 582085 594504
2x large-aperture horn antennas, 4x horn antenna supports, an attenuator, and adapters. 240V/50Hz 582086
Order no. 581876
Manuals included:
Principles of Satellite Communications
Link Characteristics and Performance
Satellite Orbits, Coverage, and Antenna Alignment

– 1x Telemetry and Instrumentation Add-on (8093-1)
(or instruments provided by the customer: 0–12 GHz spectrum analyzer,
oscilloscope, BER indicator, function generator, and one or more data generators)
241
Modules
Earth Station Transmitter A Scrambler is used to ensure fre- Earth Station Receiver The Analog Demodulator section pro-
The Earth Station Transmitter is de- quent transitions in the data and The Earth Station Receiver is de- vides wideband FM demodulation as
signed to teach ground-segment to spread the power smoothly over signed to teach ground-segment fre- well as de-emphasis baseband pro-
signal processing, modulation, and the available bandwidth. A Clock & quency conversion, demodulation, cessing. The Digital Demodulator sec-
frequency conversion techniques. It Frame Encoder is used to add tran- and signal processing techniques. tion provides DQPSK demodulation,
includes an Analog Modulator and a sitions to the multiplexed data to It includes two down converters as decoding, descrambling and demul-
Digital Modulator as well as two up- ensure reliable clock recovery in well as an Analog Demodulator and tiplexing. Front-panel test points pro-
converters. The Analog Modulator the receiver as well as control bits a Digital Demodulator. A large-aper- vide access to signals at each inter-
section provides pre-emphasis base- for frame synchronization. Both the ture horn antenna connected to the mediate stage of the demodulation
band processing as well as wideband Scrambler and the Clock & Frame En- integrated LNA (low-noise amplifi- process. The DQPSK demodulator us-
FM modulation, both commonly used coder can be switched on or off inde- er) receives the downlink signal from es a Costas loop to recover the carrier
in satellite communications systems. pendently. the Satellite Repeater. This antenna from the IF 1 signal. BNC connectors
The 10 MHz bandwidth is sufficient is connected to the RF Input of Down provide access to the I and Q chan-
for transmitting one composite tele- The Digital Modulator section us- Converter 2, which includes a Channel nel signals of the QPSK Costas loop.
vision signal. es DQPSK (differential quadrature selector to select one of six downlink The demodulator also has a Clock
phase-shift keying) modulation, a frequencies in the 9 GHz range. Down Recovery block to recover a clock sig-
The Digital Modulator section pro- type of digital modulation common- Converter 2, which also includes a nal which is made available at a BNC
vides time-division multiplexing ly used in satellite communications Power Sensor to facilitate measure- connector.
(TDM), scrambling, encoding and systems. BNC connectors provide ment of the received power level,
digital modulation. The TDM multi- access to the I and Q channel signals shifts the signal down to the 1.56 GHz The serial data from the DQPSK de-
plexer allows multiplexing up to four of the DQPSK modulator. Front-pan- range (IF 2). Down Converter 1 further modulator is sent through a Clock &
data streams at a maximum data rate el test points provide access to sig- shifts the signal down to the 280 MHz Frame Decoder and a Descrambler
of 4 Mbit/s per stream. nals at each intermediate stage of range (IF 1). An SMA cable is used to and then to the TDM demultiplex-
the modulation process. After mod- connect the IF 1 signal to either the er which demultiplexes the data into
ulation, either analog or digital, the Analog Demodulator or the Digital De- four data streams.
signal is converted to a frequency modulator section.
(around 11 GHz) by the two stages of
up-conversion.”
en es fr en es fr
Order no. 581864 589203 Order no. 581867 589204
Additional required equipment: Additional required equipment:

1x Power cord, Type F 789182 1x Power cord, Type F 789182
1x Power cord, Type B 789405 1x Power cord, Type B 789405
1x Power cord, Type I 789406 1x Power cord, Type I 789406
Satellite Repeater The functional blocks after the LNB Data Generation/Acquisition The Data Generation/Acquisition In-
The Satellite Repeater is designed to implement a single transponder. Interface terface also contains the circuitry and
teach the operation of a transparent These blocks include a variable-gain The Data Generation/Acquisition In- the antenna required for telemetry,
satellite payload, including telemetry amplifier (VGA), an isolator, a band- terface is part of the Telemetry and over a dedicated RF link, with the Sat-
and remote troubleshooting and pass filter and a power amplifi- Instrumentation Add-On. It provides a ellite Repeater. The Data Generation
maintenance using redundancy er (PA). The LNB, VGA, filter and PA physical interface (BNC input and and Acquisition Interface communi-
switching. A small-aperture horn each have a MAIN and a BACKUP output connectors) for the digital gen- cates with the host computer via a
antenna receives the uplink signal LED. Internal circuits controlled by erators and digital instruments of USB port and includes a 3-port USB
from the Earth Station Transmitter. A telemetry simulate faults and redun- the Telemetry and Instrumentation bridge with front-panel connectors to
low-noise block (LNB) shifts all fre- dancy switching for troubleshooting software. facilitate interfacing the other mod-
quencies in the uplink signal range exercises. A Power Sensor facilitates ules with the host computer.
(11 GHz) to the downlink frequen- direct measurement of the pow- The module also provides a Spectrum
cy range (9 GHz). The bandwidth of er level of the transmitted downlink Analyzer Interface for use with the The Virtual Instrument Package is in-
the LNB is sufficient to include all six signal. This power level, as well as Virtual Instrument Package. This included with this equipment. The Vir-
channels. A single Satellite Repeater the status of the redundant function- terface includes two attenuators and tual Instrument Package is an inter-
can therefore be used with up to six al blocks, can be monitored at the a probe buffer. Any one of these can face module that provides highspeed
different earth stations simultane- earth station via the telemetry link. be connected to a software-controlled sampling (up to 1 GS/s) and genera-
ously (note that physical constrains Another small-aperture horn antenna frequency converter which shifts the tion of analog signals. It interfaces to
might prevent the user from being transmits the downlink signal to the frequency of the signal to a range a computer’s USB port and is used in
able to create such a set up). Earth Station Receiver. compatible with the Virtual Instru- conjunction with the Telemetry and In-
ment. Together, the Spectrum Ana- strumentation software to implement
lyzer Interface, the Virtual Instrument all the analog virtual instruments
Package, and the software provide required to perform the laboratory
a virtual spectrum analyzer covering exercises.
four frequency ranges from DC to over
11 GHz, allowing the frequency-do-
main display and measurement of all
signals in the training system.
en es fr en es fr
Order no. 581870 589205 Order no. 581873 589206
Additional required equipment: Additional required equipment:

1x Power cord, Type F 789182 1x Power cord, Type F 789182
1x Power cord, Type B 789405 1x Power cord, Type B 789405
1x Power cord, Type I 789406 1x Power cord, Type I 789406
243
Orbit Simulator Software

Interactive visualization of satellite orbital mechanics
and satellite coverage
Because the space segment is an es- Interactive 2D and 3D animations The software demonstrates various Highlights
sential part of every satellite system, The Orbit Simulator software is a aspects of satellite coverage such as – Use simulation to help students
whether it is intended for communi- highly motivating and interactive tool visibility, footprints, elevation con- understand the behavior of the
cations, remote sensing, reconnais- designed to help students visualize tours, time of visibility, revisit time, satellites when designing, using or
sance, navigation, scientific research, and grasp these important concepts. swath, satellite constellations, glob- maintaining a satellite system
mapping, or disaster detection and This software provides 2D and 3D ani- al and spot satellite antenna beams, – Demonstrate various aspects of
relief or for any other application, it mated views of the e arth and orbiting and instantaneous and long-term cov- satellite coverage
is vitally important to understand the satellites as well as a plane view of erage. It also helps students under- – Practice antenna alignment with re-
behavior of the satellites when de- one orbit. Students can display typi- stand factors critical to the alignment al geostationary satellites (requires
signing, using or maintaining a sat- cal orbits of existing satellites, such of earth station antennas to geosta- user-provided equipment)
ellite system. For this reason, edu- as geosynchronous, geostationary, tionary satellites such as satellite lon- – Students can see unfamiliar con-
cational programs for these fields quasi-geostationary, quasi-zenith, gitude, antenna look angles and po- cepts in action, such as inertial and
usually cover orbital mechanics and polar, LEO, MEO and highly elliptical larization angle (skew). rotating frames of reference and
satellite coverage. (e.g. Molniya) orbits and create their coordinate systems, etc.
own satellites by entering the appro- The Orbit Simulator Software includes
priate orbital elements. They can al- three software applications: Orbit Training content
so modify the orbital elements of any Simulator, Telemetry and Instrumen- – Satellite orbits
satellite and observe the result. The tation, and Data Transfer. For con- – Coverage
animation can be viewed in real time, venience. The installation program – Antenna alignment
accelerated or stopped. allows installing some or all the appli-
cations, depending on the equipment
purchased by the user.
en es fr Telemetry and Instrumentation

Single license for 1 user 581877 581879 581878 Used in conjunction with the Teleme-
Notes: try and Instrumentation Add-On, the
Several license options are available; please contact us. software application provides a user
Manuals “Satellite Communications Training System” and “Satellite Orbits, Coverage, and interface for telemetry with the Sat-
Antenna Alignment” are provided with the software. ellite Repeater. It also provides the
following virtual instruments: an os-
cilloscope, a spectrum analyzer (il-
lustrated), a true RMS Voltmeter/
Power Meter, a BER Tester, a wave-
form Generator, and three user-con-
figurable binary sequence genera-
tors.
Data Transfer
The Data Transfer software consists
of two separate applications de-
signed to demonstrate the transfer
of computer data over a satellite link.
Data is sent using the Data Transmit-
ter application via the Earth Station
Transmitter. The data is received us-
ing the Data Receiver application via
the Earth Station Receiver. The Data
Transfer applications can be run on
the same computer or on two differ-
ent computers.
245
Communications and radar technology > Antenna training and measuring system
Antenna Training and Measuring System

Experimentation on antennas in the 1 GHz and 10 GHz bands
LabVolt Series 8092 Expansion options Highlights Training content

The ATMS is a self-contained, stand- – Convenient and powerful antenna – Basic antenna measurements,
The Antenna Training and Measuring alone system that does not require measuring system that can also including: beamwidth, gain,
System (ATMS) provides teachers other microwave equipment. Howev- be utilized by design and research impedance, directivity, polarization
and students with training materials er, optional antennas, a two-element teams and the radiation pattern.
for hands-on experimentation on phasing kit, and a set of RCS demon- – Stand-alone system requiring no – Experimentation with different
antennas in the 1-GHz and 10-GHz stration accessories can be added other microwave equipment antenna types
bands. A convenient and powerful to the ATMS to enhance the scope – Provides system-level, hands-on – Microstrip and array antennas
antenna measuring system, the of experimentation on antennas and experimentation on antennas in
ATMS can also be utilized by design reflectors. the 1-GHz and 10-GHz bands in the
and research teams. classroom
Furthermore, the ATMS is compatible – Rugged, high-quality components
The complete Antenna Training and with the 10.5-GHz Microwave Tech- designed for hands-on training
Measuring System includes a set of nology Training System, LabVolt Se- purposes
1-GHz antennas, a set of 10-GHz an- ries 8090 or 8091. The VSWR Meter – Meets a variety of needs and
tennas, an RF Generator, a receiving and the Power Meter of the Micro- budgets because of options
system, and the Data Acquisition and wave Technology Training System, – Does not require an anechoic
Management Software for Antennas along with microwave components chamber
(LVDAM-ANT), a user-friendly soft- such as the slotted line, the Gunn – Devices and components
ware operating under the Microsoft® oscillator, attenuators, and couplers, fabricated from electroless-plated
Windows™ environment. The receiv- can be used for various creative lab- brass to standard X-band wave-
ing system consists of a rotating An- oratory projects. guide dimensions
tenna Positioner linked to a Data Ac- – Waveguide flanges are joined by
quisition Interface connected to the precision quick fasteners, allowing
USB port of a personal computer. rapid assembly and disassembly of
microwave circuits
Communications and radar technology > Antenna training and measuring system
en es fr Antennas
120V/60Hz 582074 582076 582075 The ATMS provides a great variety
220V/50Hz 582077 582079 582078 of antennas. Except for the horn-
240V/50Hz 582080 and waveguide-type antennas, con-
nection to each antenna is made
The most important components at a glance: through an SMA connector. The
– 1x X RF Generator 1-GHz and 10- GHz antennas avail-
– 1x Antenna Positioner able in the ATMS are listed below:
– 1x Data Acquisition Interface/Power Supply
– 1x Horn Antenna, Small Aperture 1-GHz Antennas:
– 2x Horn Antenna, Large Aperture – Dipoles (/2, , 3/2)
– 2x Helical Antenna, Right-Hand Circular Polarization – Folded Dipole
– 1x Helical Antenna, Left-Hand Circular Polarization – Folded Dipole with Balun
– 1x Patch Antennas – Monopole (over ground plane)
– 1x Slotted-Waveguide Antenna – Drooping Monopole
– 1x Open-Ended Waveguide Antenna – Loops (circular, square, lozenge)
– 1x Yagi Antenna – Fixed Yag
– 1x Wire Antenna – Adjustable Yagi
– 1x Cables and Accessories
– 1x Waveguide Accessories 10-GHz Antennas: Computer-based data acquisition
– 1x Antenna Support – Open-Ended Waveguide with the LVDAM software
– 1x Storage Module – Slotted Waveguide (single and The LVDAM-ANT package provides a
multi-slots) toolbox for controlling antenna ro-
Manual included: – Horns (small and large aperture) tation and data acquisition, as well
Antenna Fundamentals en es fr – Helical (right-hand and left-hand as for displaying measured anten-
Student Manual 580303 580306 580304 circular polarization) na characteristics in the E and the H
Instructor Guide 580310 580312 580311 – Patch (rectangular, parallel-fed planes. It also includes algorithms
Note: PDF version also available. array, series-fed array) for estimating beam width and an-
tenna gain from measurements or
Additional required equipment from external data.
1x Personal computer running under Windows® 10 (or equivalent)
LVDAM-ANT can be downloaded for
Optional equipment: free from our website.
– 1x X Antenna Positioner, RCS Ready
– 1x RCS Demonstration Accessories
– 1x Directional Coupler, 1 GHz
– 1x Multi-Beam Array Antenna
– 2x Log-Periodic Antenna
– 1x Two-Element Phasing Kit
– 1x Parabolic Reflector
247
Communications and radar technology > Antenna training and measuring system > Modules, accessories, and optional components
1 4 1 RF Generator 3 Data Acquisition Interface/

The RF Generator contains 2x Power Supply
independent generators, one at 915 The Data Acquisition Interface links
MHz and the other at 10.5 GHz, both the Antenna Positioner with the per-
capable of producing a CW or 1 kHz sonal computer that runs the LVDAM-
square wave AM modulated RF signal. ANT software. The Data Acquisition
Each generator has a push-button Interface converts the received sig-
switch for turning RF power on and nal coming from the Antenna Posi-
2 off, a LED that flashes on and off when tioner into a digital signal which can
RF power is turned on, and an SMA be used by the computer.
5 output connector. The oscillator in 120V/60Hz en es fr
the generator can be tuned from 700 Order no. 581825 581827 581826
to 1200 MHz via an external tuning 220V/50Hz
voltage input. The RF Generator is Order no. 581828 581830 581829
self-powered and has a standard 240V/50Hz
unregulated dc power bus to supply Order no. 581831
power to other compatible modules
through its top panel connector. 4 Horn Antenna
120 V, 60 Hz en es fr WR90 waveguide-type pyramidal
3 6 Order no. 581812 581814 581813 horn antenna.
220 V, 50 Hz Small aperture 581848
Order no. 581815 581817 581816 Large aperture 581852
240 V, 50 Hz
Order no. 581818 5 Helical Antenna,
Circular Polarization
2 Antenna Positioner Helical antenna with SMA connector.
The Antenna Positioner consists of The antenna is protected with a
the mast for the receiving antenna Plexiglas dome.
(antenna under test), a drive motor, a Right-hand circular polarization 581853
signal detector, a variable attenuator, Left-handcircular polarization 581854
7 and a shaft encoder. The drive motor
is used to rotate the mast while the 6 Patch Antennas
rotation is controlled by the LVDAM- The Patch Antennas set consists of
ANT software via the Data Acquisition three (rectangular, series-fed array
Interface. An SMA connector allows a and parallel-fed array) microstrip
connection to be made between the patch antennas with SMA connec-
receiving antenna and the signal de- tor that operate at a frequency of
tector. This detector provides a signal 10.525 GHz.
whose voltage depends on the level Order no. 581855
of the RF signal received. This signal
is available on a BNC connector for 7 Slotted-Waveguide Antenna
connection to the Data Acquisition Light-weight, small-size WR90
Interface. The variable attenuator al- waveguide-type slotted antenna. The
lows adjustments to be made to the slot antenna is of the “standing wave
sensitivity of the receiving system ac- array” type. The array is terminated
cording to the strength of the received by a short circuit at the end of the
signal, in order to prevent system sat- waveguide.
uration. Order no. 581856
en es fr
Order no. 581819 581821 581820
1 Open-Ended Waveguide Antenna 5 Waveguide Accessories 1 5

The Open-Ended Waveguide Antenna Kit containing the accessories
is of the WR90 type. required when using the horn- and
Order no. 581857 waveguide-type antennas of the
ATMS. The kit includes quick-lock
2 Yagi Antenna fasteners, waveguide-to-coaxial
Six-element Yagi-Uda parasitic array cable adapters (SMA connector),
antenna with SMA connector. a waveguide plastic holder, a
Order no. 581860 waveguide short-circuit, and copper
tape to modify the characteristics
3 Wire Antennas of the slotted waveguide and patch 6
Kit consisting of an active element antennas. 2
and a set of parasitic elements which Order no. 581912
can be assembled to obtain various
types of antennas (e.g. Yagi antenna, 6 Antenna Support
loop antenna, folded-dipole antenna, Support used as a mount for the
dipole antenna). fixed (transmitting) antenna of
Order no. 581861 the ATMS. It comes with different
adapters to mount different types of
4 Cables and Accessories antennas.
The Cables and Accessories package Order no. 581915
contains the various cables and 3
accessories required to perform the 7 Storage Module 7
exercises in the program training Storage cabinet for storing
manuals. The accessories package equipment included in the Antenna
contains the following parts: Three Training and Measuring System.
different lengths of coaxial cables Order no. 581918
terminated with SMA connectors, all
required cables (3) to connect the Directional Coupler, 1 GHz
different equipment together. These The Directional Coupler consists of
accessories come in a convenient an AtlanTecRF A2023-20 directional
plastic storage case. coupler used in different microwave
Order no. 581914 and antenna training systems. 4
Order no. 581841
Personal Computer
Desktop computer running under
Windows® 7 or later. A monitor,
keyboard, and mouse are included.
120 V/60 Hz en es fr
Order no. 579785 589839
220 V/50 Hz
Order no. 579787 589840
240 V/50 Hz
Order no. 587003
249
1 3 1 Antenna Positioner, RCS Ready 2 Multi-Beam Array Antenna

This variant of the Antenna Position- The Multi-Beam Array Antenna
er is provided with an auxiliary RF (MBAA) is designed to operate in the
input coupled to an RF signal detec- X-band (8-12.4 GHz) and provides
tor. These additional components students with training in phased ar-
are required when the ATMS is used ray antenna theory. It allows hands-
with the optional RCS Demonstra- on experimentation in Advanced an-
tion Accessories, to measure and tenna principles used in the fields
observe the near-field or far-field of radar imagery as well as satellite
relative Radar Cross Section (RCS) and space-diversity communication
of reflecting objects (targets). RCS systems. The MBAA is mechanical-
2 4 patterns of targets with different ly designed to provide easy installa-
shapes are acquired, displayed, and tion on the ATMS Antenna Position-
stored using the LVDAM-ANT soft- er. The student manual included with
ware the same way as antenna ra- the MBAA deals with the multi-beam
diation patterns are. The ATMS and array antenna theory and design,
RCS Demonstration Accessories al- antenna beam characteristics, and
low quasi-monostatic and bi-static beam combination effects. The stu-
RCS measurements to be performed. dent manual “The Multi-Beam Array
The standard Antenna Positioner is Antenna” (order no. 580347) is in-
no longer required when the Anten- cluded.
na Positioner, RCS Ready is ordered. Order no. 581858
A switch on the front panel of the
Antenna Positioner allows selection 3 Log-Periodic Antenna
between the RF input mounted on The Log-Periodic Antenna is de-
the base of the rotating mast and the signed to familiarize students with
auxiliary RF input. the principles of frequency indepen-
dent antennas. The nominal frequen-
The RCS demonstration accessories cy range of the Log-Periodic Anten-
are required to perform RCS mea- na is 700 to 3600 MHz, but it can
surements. be operated from 700 to 1200 MHz
en es fr when used with the ATMS (by tun-
Order no. 581822 581824 581823 ing the frequency of the ATMS 1-GHz
RF Generator). It is recommended to
4 RCS Demonstration Accessories use two log-periodic antennas: one
The RCS Demonstration Accessories for transmission and the other for
kit contains all the accessories re- reception.
quired to measure the relative RCS Order no. 581862
pattern of targets using the ATMS. It
includes targets of various shapes
(small and large metal plates, cylin-
der, and prism-shaped target), a 2 m
SMA cable, a fixed antenna support,
and an antenna mounting pole.
Order no. 581913
1 Two-Element Phasing Kit 2 Parabolic Reflector 1 2

The Two-Element Phasing Kit en- The Parabolic Reflector allows stu-
ables students to observe the effects dents to study the characteristics of
of antenna phasing on the result- the parabolic antenna, one of today’s
ing antenna radiation pattern (com- most widely used antennas, that
bined radiation pattern). Different finds applications in cellular telepho-
combined radiation patterns such ny, satellite communications, radars,
as end fire, broadside, and cardioid etc. The Parabolic Reflector mainly
can be obtained. These can be mea- consists of a parabolic reflector and
sured, stored, and analyzed using a chassis. It allows a complete para-
the ATMS. The Two Element Phasing bolic antenna to be assembled using
Kit consists of an additional drooping the small aperture horn antenna in-
monopole antenna (one is already cluded in the ATMS. A mast included
included in the ATMS), an addition- in the Parabolic Reflector allows the
al antenna mast with vertical mount- assembled parabolic antenna to be
ing clips (one is already included in installed on the ATMS Antenna Po-
the ATMS), a power splitter/combin- sitioner. This mast also allows the
er, and a set of RF cables of different parabolic antenna to be tilted 90°
lengths. Phase shifts of 0, 90, and for either vertical or horizontal po-
180 degrees can be produced with larization.
the supplied RF cables. Other phase Order no. 581917
shifts can be produced by using RF
cables having lengths that differ from
those of the supplied RF cables.
Order no. 581863
251
Communications and radar technology > Computer-assisted microwave technology training system
Computer-Assisted Microwave Technology Training System

Safe training in the classroom, enhanced by computerized tools
LabVolt Series 8091 Computer-based data acquisition Highlights LVDAM-MW Software

The experiments are performed – Hands-on, system-level training in The LVDAM-MW software includes
The Computer-Assisted Microwave using the Data Acquisition and microwave technologies the following virtual instruments
Technology Training System is a com- Management for Microwave systems – Rugged, high-quality components and tools:
plete, state-of-the-art microwave software (LVDAM-MW). This mod- designed for educational purposes – A Power Meter displaying either
training program that includes data ern software is built around a Data – Each component is identified with the relative power or absolute
acquisition and instrumentation. Acquisition Interface (DAI), that per- standard micro-wave symbol power of microwave signals
forms 12-bit A/D acquisition on four – Microwave devices and compo- – A SWR Meter displaying the stand-
Specifically designed for hands-on channels. nents fabricated from electro- ing-wave ratio along a waveguide
training, this integrated package of less-plated brass to standard or the power relative to a reference
software, hardware, and courseware The software uses the acquired data X-band waveguide dimensions set by the user
contains all power supplies, high received from the interface to calcu- – Waveguide flanges joined by – A Data Table used to record and
quality microwave components, and late and display the values of power precision quick fasteners, allowing save the values of parameters
accessories required to perform the and SWR measurements on a com- rapid assembly and disassembly of measured during a work session.
experiments. puter screen. This approach elimi- system configurations A Graph function allows the user to
nates the need for a separate power – USB Data Acquisition Interface plot the relationships between the
It meets a variety of needs and bud- meter and standing-wave ratio (SWR) (DAI) providing virtual instrumenta- parameters
gets because of subsystems and meter, thereby providing high flexi- tion for the LVDAM®-MW software – A Smith Chart used to evaluate the
options. bility at a reduced cost. – Comprehensive courseware transmission line parameters: the
impedance, the admittance, the
SWR, the reflection coefficient, and
the transmission coefficient.
– An oscilloscope displaying analog
or digital waveforms
The software LVDAM-MW can be

downloaded for free on our website:
➔ www.labvolt.com
Communications and radar technology > Computer-assisted microwave technology training system
Microwave Technology Training Variable RF Oscillator and

System with LVDAM-MW Resonant-Cavity Frequency
Meter – Add-On
en es fr The Variable RF Oscillator and Resonant-Cavity Frequency Meter package is an

120 V/60 Hz 582068 582069 add-on to the Computer- Assisted Microwave Technology Training System that
220 V/50 Hz 582070 582071 contains a variable RF oscillator and a resonant-cavity frequency meter.
240 V/50 Hz 582072 This add-on allows the study of variable-frequency microwave measurements
and applications.
– 1x Gunn Oscillator Power Supply en es fr
– 1x Data Acquisition Interface Order no. 582073 589212
– 1x Gunn Oscillator
– 1x Slotted Line The most important components at a glance:
– 1x Thermistor Mount – 1x Voltage-Controlled RF Oscillator
– 1x Crystal Detector – 1x Resonant-Cavity Frequency Meter
– 1x Directional Coupler, 10 GHz – 1x Storage for Frequency Measurement Devices
– 1x Slide-Screw Tuner
– 2x Matched Load Manuals included:
– 1x Variable Attenuator Microwave Variable-Frequency Measurements and Applications
– 1x Fixed Attenuator, 6 dB Student Manual, en 580507
– 1x Fixed Attenuator, 30 dB Instructor Guide, en 580508
– 2x Horn Antenna
– 1x Microwave Accessories Required equipment:
– 1x Hybrid Tee – 1x Microwave Technology Training System with LVDAM-MW
– 1x PIN Diodex – 1x Personal Computer (or equivalent)
– 1x Video Amplifier
– 1x Leads and Accessories
– 2x Waveguide Support
– 1x Antenna Azimuth Indicator
– 1x Amplifierx
– 1x Storage Tray
– 1x Storage for PIN Diode and Hybrid Tee
Manual included:
Microwave Fundamentals
Optional equipment
– 1x Variable RF Oscillator and Resonant-Cavity Frequency Meter
– 1x Power Supply/Dual Audio Amplifier
– 1x Dual Function Generator
– 1x FM/PM Receiver
253
Communications and radar technology > Microwave technology training systems
Microwave Technology Training Systems

Hands-on experimentation in the principles and practices of
microwave technology
still missing.
but worst case scenario we‘d use

https://www.labvolt.com/Medias/
images/800x800/7636_.jpg
and add a computer with software
LabVolt Series 8090 High level of realism Highlights Training content

The systems are fully operation- – Modular, realistic simulation – Microwave Fundamentals
The Microwave Technology Training al and highly realistic. They provide system reflecting the standards – Microwave Variable-Frequency
Systems are complete, integrated students with practical experimen- and technologies used in modern Measurements and Applications
package of hardware and course- tation in power measurements, the systems – PIN Diodes, Microwave Tees, and
ware that allow students to perform Gunn oscillator, detection of micro- – High-quality components designed Applications
experiments in microwave principles wave signals, impedance measure- for educational purposes
and practices. ments and matching, microwave op- – Microwave devices and compo-
tics, and more. nents manufactured from elec-
The systems include all power sup- troless-plated brass to standard
plies, instrumentation, high quality X-band waveguide dimensions.
microwave components, and acces- – Waveguide flanges joined by
sories required to perform the ex- precision quick fasteners, allowing
periments. An oscilloscope, also re- rapid assembly and disassembly of
quired, is not included. microwave circuits.
– Perfectly safe:
low power operation levels
– Meets a variety of needs and
budgets because of subsystems
and options
LabVolt Series 8090-0 Comprehensive courseware The other courses are a continuation
The system courseware consists of of Microwave Fundamentals.
The Standard Microwave Technology Training System comes standard with all comprehensive manuals with theory, – PIN Diodes, Microwave Tees, and
power supplies, instrumentation, high-quality microwave components, and step-by-step exercises, and review Applications teaches the construc-
accessories required to perform the experiments. This system covers the prin- questions. tion and operation of PIN diodes
ciples of microwave signals and their propagation, the construction and oper- and hybrid tees and how they are
ation of microwave components, as well as the techniques used to measure – Microwave Basics accompanies the used in microwave applications.
power, attenuation, SWR, and impedance. The experiments are performed us- basic training system (8090-B). This course requires the complete
ing the provided microwave measurement equipment. It consists of exercises taken from training system (8090-2).
Microwave Fundamentals covering – Microwave Variable-Frequency
en es fr the basics of microwave technolo- Measurements and Applications
120V/60Hz 582043 582045 582044 gies. To perform the experiments, teaches the operation of vari-
220V/50Hz 582046 582048 582047 the user must provide his own mi- able-frequency oscillators (VCOs).
240V/50Hz 582049 crowave measurement equipment It also teaches three methods of
(SWR meter, power meter, and measuring the frequency of micro-
The most important components at a glance: thermistor mount). wave signals and demonstrates the
– 1x Gunn Oscillator Power Supply – Microwave Fundamentals covers frequency modulation and demod-
– 1x SWR Meter the principles of microwave signals ulation of microwave signals. This
– 1x Power Meter and their propagation; the con- course requires the complete train-
– 1x Gunn Oscillator struction and operation of micro- ing system (8090-2) and the add-
– 1x Slotted Line wave components; the techniques on (8090-3).
– 1x Thermistor Mount used to measure power, attenu-
– 1x Crystal Detector ation, SWR, and impedance. The Note: Users who already have the
– 1x Directional Coupler, 10 GHz experiments are performed by us- standard training system (Model
– 1x Slide-Screw Tuner ing the provided SWR Meter, Power 8090) can perform the PIN Diodes,
– 2x Matched Load Meter, and Thermistor Mount. Microwave Tees, and Applications
– 1x Variable Attenuator course as well as the Microwave Vari-
– 1x Fixed Attenuator, 6 dB able-Frequency Measurements and
– 1x Fixed Attenuator, 30 dB Applications course by buying the
– 2x Horn Antenna additional required components sep-
– 1x Microwave Accessories arately.
– 1x Leads and Accessories
– 2x Waveguide Support
– 1x Antenna Azimuth Indicator
– 1x Amplifier
– 1x Storage Tray
Manual included:
Microwave Fundamentals en es fr
Student Manual 580281 580284 580283
Instructor Guide 580288 580290 580289
Optional equipment
– 1x Dual Trace Oscilloscope
– 1x Power Supply/Dual Audio Amplifier
– 1x Dual Function Generator
– 1x Dust Cover for Model 8090 (Modules)
– 1x Dust Cover for Model 8090 (Component Drawer)
– 1x Summing Amplifier
255
Complete Microwave Microwave Variable-Frequency

Technology Training System, Measurements and
with Hybrid Tee and Pin Diode Applications – Add-On
The Complete Microwave Technology Training System, with Hybrid Tee and Pin The Microwave Variable-Frequency Measurements and Applications is an
Diode covers all the topics of Microwave Fundamentals, and it further expands add-on to the Complete Microwave Technology Training System, with Hybrid
on microwave technologies with the study of microwave tees, PIN diodes, Tee and Pin Diode (8090-2). It consists of a Voltage-Controlled RF Oscillator, a
and applications. Furthermore, students can implement and test a wireless Resonant Cavity Frequency Meter, and a storage box that hangs on either side
video transmission system that uses a PIN diode as a microwave AM modula- of the Storage Tray. The accompanying courseware covers microwave variable-
tor (additional equipment required). It includes all the Equipment provided in frequency measurements and applications. This add-on can also be used with
the standard training system, as well as a PIN Diode, a Hybrid Tee, a Video the Standard Microwave Technology.
Amplifier, and a PIN Diode/RF Oscillator Controller.
en es fr
en es fr Order no. 582053
120V/60Hz 582050
220V/50Hz 582051 The most important components at a glance:
240V/50Hz 582052 – 1x Voltage-Controlled RF Oscillator
– 1x Resonant-Cavity Frequency Meter
The most important components at a glance: – 1x Storage for Frequency Measurement Devices
All components from 8090, plus:
– 1x Storage Tray Manual included: en es fr
– 1x Hybrid Teexx Microwave Variable-Frequency Measurements and Applications
– 1x PIN Diode Student Manual 580474
– 1x Video Amplifier Instructor Guide 580475
– 1x PIN Diode/RF Oscillator Controller Note: PDF version also available.
– 1x Storage for PIN Diode and Hybrid Tee
Required equipment
Manual included: en es fr – 1x Standard Microwave Technology Training System (8090)
PIN Diodes, Microwave Tees, and Applications
Standard Microwave Microwave Basic System,

Training System, without without Microwave
Measurement Equipment Measurement Equipment
LabVolt Series 8090-A LabVolt Series 8090-B
The Standard Microwave Technology Training System is available without the The Microwave Basic System, without Microwave Measurement Equipment is
standard microwave measurement equipment (that is, without the SWR Meter, a basic version of the Standard Microwave Technology Training System, Model
Power Meter, and Thermistor Mount). The resulting system, 8090-A, includes 8090, and includes some of the same components. It does not include the
all other components, as well as the Microwave Fundamentals manual. How- microwave measurement equipment (SWR Meter, Power Meter, and Thermistor
ever, users must provide their own microwave measurement equipment and Mount) and users must provide their own to perform the exercises.
adapt the experiments accordingly. The accompanying courseware covers part of the Microwave Fundamentals
manual.
en es fr
120V/60Hz 582054 582056 582055 en es fr
220V/50Hz 582057 582059 582058 120V/60Hz 582061 582063 582062
240V/50Hz 582060 220V/50Hz 582064 582066 582065
240V/50Hz 582067
257
Communications and radar technology > Microwave technology training systems > Modules, accessories, and optional components
1 3 1 Data Acquisition Interface 3 Gunn Oscillator Power Supply

The Data Acquisition Interface (DAI) The Gunn Oscillator Power Supply is
provides the following instrumen- intended for use with the Gunn Os-
tation for the designed LVDAM-MW cillator. The OUTPUT of the Gunn Os-
software: Power Meter, SWR Me- cillator Power Supply connects to the
ter, and Oscilloscope, thereby elimi- Gunn Oscillator. If the Data Acqui-
nating the need for separate instru- sition Interface is used, it connects
ments. The LVDAM-MW software to the Gunn Oscillator via a power
includes the following instrumenta- switch inside the Data Acquisition
2 4 tion: SWR Meter, Power Meter, Du- Interface.
al-Trace Oscilloscope, and PIN Diode 120 V/60 Hz en es fr
Bias Meter. Order no. 581799 581801 581800
– It dispenses with the need for the 220 V/50 Hz
SWR Meter, Power Meter, or any Order no. 581802 581804 581803
equivalent. 240 V/50 Hz
– The LVDAM-MW software displays Order no. 581805
the bias voltage and current used
to drive the PIN Diode, and the 4 Gunn Oscillator
operating frequency of the Volt- The Gunn Oscillator provides the mi-
age-Controlled RF Oscillator, there- crowave signal source used in vari-
by eliminating the need for sep- ous microwave training systems. This
arate ammeter, voltmeter, and oscillator generates a microwave
frequency meter. signal having a frequency of 10.525
– The software allows the user to re- GHz. The power of the microwave
cord, save, print, import, and ex- signal generated by the Gunn Os-
port data, graphs, and the Smith cillator can be varied by varying the
Chart. voltage applied to this oscillator by
120 V/60 Hz en es fr the Gunn Oscillator Power Supply.
581832 581833 594503 Order no. 581834
2 SWR Meter Voltage-Controlled RF Oscillator

The SWR Meter essentially consists The Voltage-Controlled RF Oscillator
of a narrow-band amplifier tuned to is a module used in certain exercises
a frequency of approximately 1 kHz, of the Microwave Training System. A
and an indicator. The microwave sig- built-in prescaler facilitates frequen-
nals to be measured with the SWR cy measurement of the microwave
Meter must be amplitude modulated signal produced by the voltage-con-
by a 1 kHz square wave. This square trolled oscillator (VCO).
wave is produced by the Gunn Oscil- Order no. 581835
lator Power Supply.
581806 581808 581807
Power Meter
The Power Meter is used to measure
relative (dBm) and absolute (mW)
power levels. It is intended to be
used in conjunction with the Therm-
istor Mount.
581809 581811 581810
1 Thermistor Mount 8 Variable Attenuator 1 6

The Thermistor Mount consists of The Variable Attenuator is a device
a thermistor that is permanently used to reduce the power level at the
housed in a waveguide section. input of microwave components. It is
Order no. 581837 of the side vane type. A plastic fiber-
glass blade with a resistive coating is
2 Crystal Detector used to produce attenuation.
The Crystal Detector is required to Order no. 581844
measure power or attenuation using
the SWR Meter. Fixed Attenuator
Order no. 581838 WR90 waveguide-type attenuator
that consists of a section of wave- 2 7
3 Directional Coupler, 10 GHz guide providing a fixed attenuation
The Directional Coupler is formed of 6 or 30 dB, and operating at a fre-
by the superposition of two crossed quency of 10.525 GHz (typical).
waveguides sharing a common wall. 6 dB 581845
The waveguides are at right angles 30 dB 581846
to each other. Two cruciform open-
ings located a quarter wavelength 9 Horn Antenna
(/4) apart are made in the com- Used to perform experiments related
mon wall. to antenna propagation, wireless 8
Order no. 581839 transmission and microwaves optics.
Order no. 581847 3
4 Resonant-Cavity Frequency Meter
The Resonant-Cavity Frequency Me- 10 Hybrid Tee
ter is a device used in the Microwave The Hybrid Tee, also called magic
Training System to perform frequen- tee, is a combination of a H-plane tee
cy measurements. and a E-plane tee. It has four arms:
Order no. 581840 – The H-() plane arm, which is in the
direction of the H (magnetic) field.
5 Slide-Screw Tuner – The E-(Δ) plane arm, which is in the
The Slide-Screw Tuner consists of a direction of the E (electric) field. 9
variable susceptance of adjustable – Two lateral arms. The lateral arms 4
position that allows the matching of are disposed about an imaginary
a load to be carried out without cal- plane dividing the H- and E-plane
culations. arms symmetrically.
6 Slotted Line
Can be used to measure the distance
between the minima and the maxi-
ma of a standing wave. It consists of 10
a low-loss waveguide section with a 5
narrow, longitudinal slot in the top
wall.
Order no. 581836
7 Matched Load
The Matched Load consists of a
WR90 waveguide-type load having
a standing wave ratio (SWR) of 1.03
and that operates at a frequency of
10.525 GHz (typical).
Order no. 581843
259
1 3 1 PIN Diode Leads and Accessories

A semiconductor device that acts like Kit containing the various cables and
a variable resistor at microwave fre- accessories required to perform the
quencies. The resistance of the diode exercises in the program training
is controlled by varying the DC cur- manuals. The accessories package
rent used to forward bias the diode. contains the following parts: two dif-
PIN diodes are used in numerous mi- ferent lengths of coaxial cables ter-
crowave and wireless applications. minated with BNC connectors, a BNC
Order no. 581851 T-connector, microwave quick fasten-
ers. One kit comes with a plastic re-
2 Video Amplifier flector and a steel reflector as well.
4 Video signal amplifier that has a gain These accessories are provided in a
2 adjustable up to 50 dB and a band- convenient plastic storage case. The
width of 5 MHz reflectors can be stored in the stor-
Order no. 581904 age tray.
With reflectors
3 Waveguide Support Order no. 581907
Set of supports allowing the secure Without reflectors
mounting of microwave setups at Order no. 581908
various heights.
Order no. 581909 Summing Amplifier
Audio amplifier used for wireless
4 Antenna Azimuth Indicator microwave transmission. The ampli-
5 Rotating support that is used to turn fier adds the signal produced at the
the mast of an antenna over a 360° output of the Gunn Oscillator Power
range. A graduated scale on the mast Supply to a modulating audio signal.
indicates the current orientation of The resulting signal is applied to the
the antenna. Gunn Oscillator for transmission into
Order no. 581910 space. The student manual “Micro-
wave transmission demonstration”
5 Amplifier is included.
Low-noise, high-gain audio amplifi- Order no. 581993
6 er that is used to amplify the signals
produced by the Crystal Detector and Personal Computer
the Slotted Line. Desktop computer running under
Order no. 581911 Windows® 7 or later. A monitor, key-
board, and mouse are included.
6 Storage Tray 120 V/60 Hz en es fr
Storage box for storing microwave Order no. 579785 589839
components and accessories. 220 V/50 Hz
Order no. 579787 589840
Storage for the equipment included with 240 V/50 Hz
the training system Order no. 587003
Order no. 581919
Storage for PIN Diode and Hybrid Tee
Order no. 581920
Storage for Frequency Measurement
Devices
Order no. 581921
1 Power Supply/ 3 FM/PM Receiver 1 3

Dual Audio Amplifier The FM/PM Receiver offers training
The Power Supply/Dual Audio Ampli- in multiplex and wideband FM (cov-
fier module forms the physical base ering commercial broadcast tech-
for the analog and digital commu- niques), narrowband FM, and PM
nications training systems, and can reception. PM reception is used in
be used in other training systems. such applications as satellite com- 2
A two-channel audio amplifier with munications, data communications,
headphone jacks and speakers ac- over narrowband communications
commodates FM stereo and narrow- systems, telephone lines, microwave
band FM and AM receiver outputs. communications lines and links. 4
120 V/60 Hz en es fr en es fr
Order no. 581542 581544 581543 Order no. 581589 581591 581590
220 V/50 Hz
Order no. 581545 581547 581546 4 Dual Trace Oscilloscope
240 V/50 Hz Economical and highly reliable sol-
Order no. 581548 id-state instrument, ideal for general
purpose use in laboratory and train-
2 Dual Function Generator ing applications. Students can mea-
The Dual Function Generator consists sure phase difference between wave-
of two independent function genera- forms using the X Y operation mode,
tors (A and B), each capable of gen- and video signals can be measured
erating a sine-wave signal, a square- quickly with the special TV sync sep-
wave signal, a triangular-wave aration circuit. The Dual Trace Oscil-
signal, a sawtooth-wave signal, and loscope includes CH 1, CH 2, CHOP,
a pulse signal with variable pulse and ALT display modes. An operat-
width. The signal frequency can be ing instruction manual, one fuse, one
varied from 10 Hz to 100 kHz through line cord, and two low-capacitance
four ranges. probes are provided with the oscil-
120 V/60 Hz en es fr loscope.
Order no. 581549 581551 581550 120 V/60 Hz en es fr
Order no. 580849
Dust Cover 220 V/50 Hz
Flexible fabric cover specially de- Order no. 580850
signed to protect a module or com-
ponent drawer of various microwave
training systems against the accumu-
lation of dust during extended stor-
age periods.
For the modules
Order no. 587457
For the drawers
Order no. 587458
261
Communications and radar technology > Telephony training systems
Telephony Training Systems

Study of telephone networks
LabVolt Series 8086 The RTM: a versatile module Highlights Training content
The TTS are built upon the Reconfig- – DSP-based processing allows flex- – Analog Access to the Telephone
The Telephony Training Systems urable Training Module (RTM), which ibility and provides real-life expe- Network
(TTS) are powerful learning tools that can be programmed to act as differ- rience – Central Office Operation
allow students to become familiar ent parts of a telephone network. In- – DSP-based reconfigurable training – Digital PABX
with the operation of telephone net- terface cards that students install in system easily upgradable to new – PABX Analog Trunk
works and digital private automatic the training module allow connection standards and systems – Digital Trunk
branch exchanges (PABX), as well as of real analog and digital telephone – Can be configured for different in-
Integrated Services Digital Network sets and trunk lines. A central office ternational standards
(ISDN). (CO) is easily implemented by insert- – When configured as a digital PABX
ing an analog line interface card into or when a digital trunk is set up,
Its gradual didactic approach allows a training module programmed to act system allows study of the physical
students to start with the essentials, as a central office. Similarly, a digital and network layers
then study of high-level architecture PABX is implemented by inserting a – Can be configured as a digital CO of
of the systems, the workflow of each digital telephone interface card into the public switched telephone net-
function, and interactions between a training module programmed to act work (PSTN) or as a digital PABX
systems. The basic TTS contains all as a PABX. – Comprehensive curriculum
the equipment and courseware ma- – Fault-insertion capability for trou-
terial required to cover Analog Ac- bleshooting purposes
cess to the Telephone Network and – Minimal hardware interfaces are
Central Office Operation. Add-ons required
can be purchased to cover Digital – Enhanced flexibility through the
PABX, PABX Analog Trunk, and Digi- elimination of front panel controls
tal Trunk. and diagrams
– Software allows display of dia-
grams, signal observation, settings
changes, etc.
Introduction to ISDN LVTTS Software: control,

The TTS also introduce students to measurement and recording
the Integrated Services Digital Net- A host computer connected to the
work (ISDN). The digital PABX which Reconfigurable Training Module is
can be setup with the TTS uses dig- required to run the Telephony Train-
ital telephone sets of the ISDN type ing System (LVTTS) software. This
and ISDN basic rate interfaces. Windows®-based software is used
to download programs into the DSP
The digital trunk that can be set up memory of the RTM. The LVTTS soft-
to interconnect two CO’s implement- ware also has an intuitive user inter-
ed with the TTS uses ISDN primary face to:
rate interfaces. Thus, while perform- – Display the functional block dia-
ing the courseware material for the gram of the telephony equipment
digital PABX and the digital trunk, (CO, digital PABX, etc.) implement-
students are introduced to the fol- ed in the Reconfigurable Training
lowing two major aspects of ISDN: Module
the physical layer (layer 1) and the – Change various system settings
network layer (layer 3). Layer 1 de- and options, such as the telephone
fines the physical support and the ringing cadence, companding type,
nature of the electrical signals used subscriber names and phone num-
in ISDN interfaces. Layer 3 defines bers, etc.
the digital signaling protocol used – Observe real signals throughout
in the ISDN to establish and release the system in both the time and
connections (telephone calls). frequency domains using modern
virtual instruments
A powerful data-logging instrument – Perform step-by-step observation
in the LVTTS software, referred to as of call routing sequences by re-
the Call Processor Log, allows record- cording all the events that occur
ing of all ISDN layer-3 messages that during a call and then playing back
are exchanged between ISDN enti- these events
ties (call processor in a CO or PABX, – Insert faults in the system (pass-
digital telephone sets) during tele- word-protected feature) for trou-
phone calls. This enables student to bleshooting purposes
easily observe the sequence of ISDN
layer-3 messages that are used to LVTTS software can be downloaded
establish a call, place a call on hold, for free from our website.
initiate a conference call, terminate a
call, etc. The Call Processor Log can
also display the detailed contents of
the ISDN layer-3 messages recorded,
thereby allowing thorough investiga-
tion of the ISDN signaling protocol.
263
Telephony Training Systems
Telephony Training System – Analog Telephone Telephony Training System – Analog Trunk Add-On
This basic system contains all the equipment and courseware material required The TTS – Analog Trunk Add-On is an add-on to the Telephony Training System
to cover Analog Access to the Telephone Network and Central Office Operation. (8086-1). It consists of an Analog Trunk Interface that can be installed in the
Reconfigurable Training Module. Note that two Reconfigurable Training Mod-
en es fr ules are required.
120V/60Hz 587496 587498 587497
220V/50Hz 587499 587501 587500 en es fr
240V/50Hz 587495 120V/60Hz 587505 587507 587506
The most important components at a glance: The most important components at a glance:
– 1x Power Supply – 1x PABX Analog Trunk Interface
– 1x Reconfigurable Training Module (RTM)
– 1x Dual Analog Line Interface Manual included:
– 1x Software and Accessories PABX Analog Trunk en es fr
– 2x Analog Telephone Set Student Manual 584356 584358 584357
Manuals included:
Analog Access to the Telephone Network en es fr Additional required equipment:
Student Manual 584279 584281 584280 – 1x TTS – Analog Telephone LabVolt Series 8086-1
Instructor Guide 584286 584288 584287 – 1x TTS – Digital Telephone Add-On LabVolt Series 8086-2
Central Office Operation en es fr – 1x Reconfigurable Training Module*
Student Manual 584302 584304 584303 – 1x Personal Computer (or equivalent)
Instructor Guide 584305 584307 584306 * In addition to the one included with the TTS 8086-1.
Additional required equipment Telephony Training System – Digital Trunk Add-On

– 1x Personal Computer (or equivalent) LabVolt Series 8086-4
Telephony Training System – Digital Telephone Add-On The TTS – Digital Trunk Add-On is an add-on to the Telephony Training System
LabVolt Series 8086-2 (8086-1). It consists of a Digital Trunk Interface that can be installed in the
Reconfigurable Training Module. Note that two Reconfigurable Training Mod-
The Digital Telephone Add-On is a PABX add-on to the basic TTS – ules are required.
Analog System (8086-1). It adds a digital telephone, as well as the required
interface, to the training system. en es fr
Order no. 587508 587510 587509
en es fr
120V/60Hz 587502 587504 587503 The most important components at a glance:
– 1x Digital Trunk Interface
– 1x Digital Telephone Interface Manual included:
– 2x Digital Telephone Set Digital Trunk en es fr
Student Manual 584372 584374 584373
Manual included: Instructor Guide 584375 584377 584376
Private Automatic Branch Exchange (PABX) en es fr
Student Manual 584308 584310 584309 Additional required equipment:
Instructor Guide 584311 584313 584312 – 1x TTS – Analog Telephone LabVolt Series 8086-1
– 1x Reconfigurable Training Module*
Additional required equipment: – 1x Dual Line Analog Interface*
– 1x Digital Telephone Interface – 1x Digital Trunk Interface**
– 1x TTS – Analog Telephone LabVolt Series 8086-10 – 1x Personal Computer (or equivalent)
– 1x Personal computer (or equivalent) * In addition to the one included with the TTS LabVolt Series 8086-1.
** In addition to the on included in the Digital Trunk Add-on 8086-4.
Communications and radar technology > Telephony training systems > Accessories and optional components
1 Power Supply 5 PABX Analog Trunk Interface 1 5

Power source for the Reconfigurable Module designed to be installed into
Training Module (RTM). Its back pan- the RTM that acts as an analog trunk.
el has two multi-pin connector out- It connects the PABX implemented
puts that provide regulated dc volt- with the RTM to a CO implemented
ages. Its front panel has two outputs with another RTM, through an analog
that supply the ac power network trunk line.
voltage to power the analog tele- Order no. 587446
phones. Each multi-pin connector
output can supply power to one RTM. 6 Digital Trunk Interface
120V/60Hz 581571 Module designed to be installed into 6
220V/50Hz 581572 the RTM that acts as a digital trunk. 2
240V/50Hz 581573 It allows connection of the CO imple-
mented with the RTM to another CO
2 Reconfigurable Training Module implemented with a second RTM, via
The Reconfigurable Training Module two digital trunk line (only one is in-
(RTM) consists mainly of a powerful cluded with the module) operating
digital signal processor (DSP), with at the DS1 or E1 time-division multi-
three slots on the module front pan- plexing format.
el for installing interface modules. Order no. 587447
An Ethernet port (RJ-45) connector
allows connection of the RTM to the 7 Analog Telephone Set 7
host computer. The functionality of Conventional telephone unit with 3
the training system is determined by speaker phone, LCD display, call-
downloading a program into the DSP er identification function, multiple
memory using the computer that phone number memory, and one-
runs the software. touch call buttons.
3 Dual Analog Line Interface 8 Digital Telephone Set

Module designed to be installed into Voice-only ISDN-type telephone pro-
the RTM that acts as a digital CO. It vided with basic ISDN functions, pro-
contains two standard line interfaces grammable call appearance/function 8
providing analog telephone sets with buttons, tiltable LCD display, and 4
an analog access to the CO imple- semi duplex speaker.
mented with the RTM. Order no. 587450
Order no. 587444
Personal Computer
Software and Accessories Desktop computer running under
Set that mainly consists of the LVTTS Windows® 7 or later. A monitor, key-
software, interconnection cables, an board, and mouse are included.
Ethernet adapter (network card) to 120 V, 60 Hz en es fr
be installed in the host computer, Order no. 579785 589839
and speakers. 220 V, 50 Hz
Order no. 587448 Order no. 579787 589840
240 V, 50 Hz
4 Digital Telephone Interface Order no. 587003
Module designed to be installed into
the RTM that acts as a digital PABX.
It can interface four digital telephone
sets with the PABX implemented with
the RTM.
Order no. 587445
265
Communications and radar technology > Communications technologies training systems
Communications Technologies Training Systems

Practical training in a wide range of communications technologies
LabVolt Series 8087 Detailed courseware Highlights Training content

The courseware consists of a series – Real system and real frequencies, – Pulse Modulation and Sampling
The Communications Technologies of student manuals covering the dif- not simulations, reflecting the (PAM/PWM/PPM)
Training Systems are specifically de- ferent technologies, as well as in- standards commonly used in mod- – Digital Modulation
signed for hands-on training in a structor guides that provide the an- ern communications systems (PCM/DPCM/Delta)
wide range of communication tech- swers to procedure step questions – Flexible, open system using a – Basic Modems and Data
nologies. Training starts from the and review questions. The train- high-performance DSP-based Transmission (ASK/FSK/BPSK)
basic pulse modulation techniques ing systems and the accompany- Reconfigurable Training Module – Quadrature Phase Shift Keying
(PAM, PWM, and PPM), covers the ing courseware provide a complete (RTM) (QPSK/DQPSK)
various digital modulation schemes study program. – Comprehensive courseware – Quadrature Amplitude Modulation
used in data transmission (PCM, DP- providing a complete study (QAM/DQAM)
CM, Delta CVSD, ASK, FSK, BPSK, program – Asymmetric Digital Subscriber Line
QPSK, and QAM), and extends to – Fault-insertion capability for (ADSL)
modern, spectrally efficient, digi- troubleshooting exercises – Spread Spectrum
tal communication techniques such – MATLAB® Import/Export in ADSL (DSSS/FHSS/CDMA)
as ADSL, CDMA and spread spec- applications – Troubleshooting
trum technologies (direct-sequence – Short-circuit-proof, low-power for
spread spectrum and frequency-hop- safety
ping spread spectrum). – Front-panel access to signals
– Windows-based Communications
Technologies (LVCT) software
provides the user interface and
configures the RTM to implement
the selected communications
Communications and radar technology > Communications technologies training systems
A wide learning scope LVCT software Communications Technologies Training System 4

Through the study of ADSL, the train- Each of the communications technol- LabVolt Series 8087-4
ing systems also introduces various ogies to be studied is provided as an
essential underlying technologies application that can be selected from The Communications Technologies Training System 4 includes the PAM/ PWM/
such as discrete multi-tone (DMT) a menu. Once loaded into the LVCT PPM applications, the PCM/ DPCM/Delta Modulation applications, the ASK/
modulation, orthogonal frequency software, the selected application FSK/BPSK applications, and the QPSK/QAM/ADSL applications, as well as the
division multiplexing (OFDM), da- configures the RTM to implement corresponding courseware.
ta scrambling, convolutional cod- the communications technology, and en es fr
ing, trellis-coded modulation (TCM), provides to students a specially de- 120V/60Hz 582032 589848 582033
forward error correction (FEC) using signed user interface. A wide variety 220V/50Hz 582034 589051
Reed-Solomon codes, data interleav- of applications are available, cover- 240V/50Hz 582035
ing, and Viterbi decoding. ing many current and evolving com-
munications technologies.
Similarly, study of the spread spec- Communications Technologies Training System 5
trum technologies using the training Because the Communications Tech- LabVolt Series 8087-5
systems allows coverage of sever- nologies Training Systems are open,
al other relevant topics such as the reconfigurable systems, they can be The Communications Technologies Training System 5 includes the PAM/PWM/
principles of code-division multiple upgraded at any time to cover addi- PPM applications, the PCM/DPCM/Delta Modulation applications, the ASK/
access (CDMA), Gold code sequence tional technologies simply by pur- FSK/BPSK Applications, the QPSK/QAM/ADSL applications, and the DSSS/
generation, auto-correlation and chasing additional applications. The FHSS/CDMA applications, as well as the corresponding courseware.
cross-correlation properties of code LVCT software provides settings for
sequences, as well as an introduc- full user control over the operat- en es fr
tion to modern applications of these ing parameters of each communica- 120V/60 Hz 582036 589211 582037
technologies such as CDMA-based tions technology application. Func- 220V/50 Hz 582038 582039
cellular telephony, Global Positioning tional block diagrams for the circuits 240V/50 Hz 582040
System (GPS), residential cordless involved are shown on screen. The
telephone sets, Bluetooth specifica- digital or analog signals at various The most important components at a glance:
tion for wireless personal area net- points in the circuits can be viewed – 1x Power Supply
works (WPAN), etc. and analyzed using the virtual in- – 1x Reconfigurable Training Module (RTM)
struments included in the software. – 1x LVCT Software (➔ Page 274)
In addition, the most important of – 1x Data Acquisition Interface
these signals are made available at – 1x Analog/Digital Output Interfacex
physical connectors on the RTM and – 1x Vocoder*
can be displayed and measured us- – 1x Cables and accessories
ing conventional instruments. * Only included with the 8087-5 system
For more details regarding software Manuals included:

➔ Page 274 en es fr
Pulse Modulation and Sampling (PAM/PWM/PPM)
Digital Modulation (PCM/DPCM/Delta)
Basic Modems and Data Transmission (ASK/FSK/BPSK)
Quadrature Phase Shift Keying (QPSK/DQPSK)
Note: A Communications Technologies Instructor Guide 584893 584894
Host Computer (or equivalent) is required Quadrature Amplitude Modulation (QAM/DQAM)
for all systems. Student Manual 584895 584896
Asymmetric Digital Subscriber Line (ADSL)
Spread Spectrum (DSSS/FHSS/CDMA)*
* Only included with the 8087-5 system
267
Communications and radar technology > Communications technologies training systems > Analog communications training systems
Analog Communications Training Systems

Generation, transmission, and reception of analog signals
LabVolt Series 8080 Instructional Modules Highlights Training content

The six instructional modules of the – Uses an hardware modular ap- – Basic Concepts and Equipment
The Analog Communications Train- Analog Communications Training proach to teach analog communi- – Spectral Analysis
ing Systems form a comprehensive Systems are: cations, both in theory and in prac- – Amplitude Modulation and Fre-
program that enables instructors to – AM/DSB/SSB Generator tice, for colleges and universities quency Modulation (Generation
teach the principles of analog com- – AM/DSB Receiver – Provides hands-on exercises in the and Reception of Signals)
munications, both in theory and in – SSB Receiver generation, transmission, and re- – Double- and Single-Sideband Mod-
practice, using a variety of training – Direct FM Multiplex Generator ception of analog communications ulation
environments. – Indirect FM/PM Generator signals – Narrowband Angle Modulation
– FM/PM Receiver – System design allows voltage and – Troubleshooting AM and FM
Instrumentation Modules signal measurements, alignment, – Communication Systems
The six instrumentation modules of Fault switches and test points inside calibration, and signal tracing – Frequency Division Multiplexing
the Analog Communications Training the modules allow fault insertion – Coaxial cables eliminate radiation
Systems are: and observation of signals at various and noise interference
– Power Supply/Dual Audio Amplifier stages in the circuit. Both the fault – Noise can be introduced to simu-
– Dual Function Generator switches and the test points are ac- late atmospheric disturbances, and
– Frequency Counter cessed through a hinged panel in the to provide realistic signal-to-noise
– True RMS Voltmeter/Power Meter top cover. A small, hinged, lockable evaluation
– Spectrum Analyzer cover inside the module limits access – Fault insertion capability to teach
– RF/Noise Generator to the fault switches troubleshooting
– Comprehensive curriculum with
These modules are designed for hands-on exercises included
skills training in telecommunications – Simulation software available
and are part of the Analog and Dig-
ital Communications Systems. Each
instrument is fully protected against
short circuits and misconnections
made by the student.
Communications and radar technology > Communications technologies training systems > Analog communications training systems
Analog Communications Analog Communications Training

Training System System with LVDAM-COM
LabVolt Series 8080 LabVolt Series 8080–A
The Analog Communications Training System consists of six instructional The Analog Communications Training System with LVDAM-COM is a compre-
modules supported by six instrumentation modules. Correlated student man- hensive training system that enables instructors to teach the principles of ana-
uals guide students through hands-on learning exercises. Individual system log communications, both in theory and in practice, using a variety of training
modules offer applications in the generation, transmission, and reception of environments. It is part of a series of advanced system-level programs that is
amplitude, double sideband, single sideband, frequency, and phase one of the most comprehensive of its kind in the marketplace. The LVDAM-COM
(AM, DSB, SSB, FM, and PM) modulated signals. To complete these exercises, software is a set of computer-based instruments for telecommunications. It
a dual-trace oscilloscope is required (purchased separately). is used with the Virtual Test Equipment Interface to perform time-domain and
frequency-domain measurements in the Analog and Digital Communications
en es fr Training Systems.
120V/60Hz 581994 581996 581995 en es fr
220V/50Hz 581997 581999 581998 120V/60Hz 582011 582013 582012
240V/50Hz 582000 220V/50Hz 582014 582016 582015
240V/50Hz 582017
– 1x Cables and accessories The most important components at a glance:
– 1x Power Supply/Dual Audio Amplifier – 1x Cables and accessories
– 1x Dual Function Generator – 1x Power Supply/Dual Audio Amplifier
– 1x Frequency Counter – 1x Dual Function Generator
– 1x True RMS Voltmeter/Power Meter – 1x Data Acquisition and Management for Telecommunications (LVDAM-COM)
– 1x Spectrum Analyzer – 1x RF/Noise Generator
– 1x RF/Noise Generator – 1x AM/DSB/SSB Generator
– 1x AM/DSB/SSB Generator – 1x AM/DSB Receiverx
– 1x AM/DSB Receiver – 1x SSB Receiverxxxxx
– 1x SSB Receiver – 1x Direct FM Multiplex Generator
– 1x Direct FM Multiplex Generator – 1x Indirect FM/PM Generator
– 1x Indirect FM/PM Generator – 1x FM/PM Receiver
Manuals included:
Manuals included: en es fr
en es fr Instrumentation
Instrumentation Student Manual 580235 580237 580236
Student Manual 580235 580237 580236 Analog Communications
Analog Communications Instructor Guide 580240 580242 580241
Instructor Guide 580240 580242 580241 AM/DSB/SSB
AM/DSB/SSB Student Manual 580243 580247 580246
Student Manual 580243 580247 580246 FM/PM
FM/PM Student Manual 580251 580254 580253
Student Manual 580251 580254 580253 Note: PDF version also available.
Required equipment
Optional equipment – 1x Personal Computer (or equivalent)
1x Oscilloscope (120 V, 60 Hz) 580849
or Optional equipment
1x Oscilloscope (220 V, 50 Hz) 580850 1x Dust Cover 587451
1x Dust Cover 587451 1x Digital Communications Add-On ➔ Page xx
1x LVSIM-ACOM ➔ Page 274
1x Digital Communication Add-On ➔ Page 273
269
Communications and radar technology > Communications technologies training systems > Digital communications training systems
Digital Communications Training Systems

A complete and operational communications program
LabVolt Series 8085 Modularity Highlights Training content

The modularity of the systems allows – Uses IC technology to implement – Pulse Modulation and Sampling
The Digital Communications Training students to quickly assemble a func- signal modulators and demodu- – Digital Modulation
Systems form a complete and oper- tioning communications network by lators – Modems and Data Transmission
ational communications program, as using coaxial cables. Fully compat- – Correlated courseware guides stu- – Troubleshooting
well as a powerful educational tool. ible signal levels and protocols are dents through hands-on exercis-
fed among modules from front panel es in voltage and signal measure-
They use IC technology to implement connection points. ments, alignment, calibration, and
signal modulators and demodula- signal tracing
tors that operate at standards em- Because the system is composed – Equipment protected short-circuit
ployed in digital communications of prewired, functioning modules and over-voltage
technology. and connections between modules – One of the most comprehensive of
are made with shielded cables, the its kind in the marketplace
The systems are equipped with vari- routing and trimming of student – Modular system with switches to
ous features that enhance hands-on connections do not affect system insert faults and teach trouble-
learning: easy access to test points, performance and measurements. Im- shooting
fault-insertion switches, safety portant test points or test busses are – Simulation software available
shielding and full short-circuit pro- brought out to 9-pin connectors on
tection, silk-screened block diagrams the front panels of modules for easy
and component labels, and fully-inte- access.
grated courseware. The Digital Com-
munications Training Systems allow
instructors to achieve a wide range
of educational objectives at various
levels.
Digital Communications Training System LabVolt Series 8085-1

en es fr
120V/60Hz 582001 582003 582002 The Digital Communications Training System consists of thirteen instructional
220V/50Hz 582004 582006 582007 modules supported by sixteen instrumentation modules.
240V/50Hz 582007
The instructional modules offer hands-on training in the following digital
The most important components at a glance: communications techniques: Pulse Amplitude Modulation (PAM); Pulse Width
– 1x Power Supply/Dual Audio Amplifier Modulation (PWM); Pulse Position Modulation (PPM); Pulse Code Modulation
– 1x Dual Function Generator (PCM); Differential Pulse Code Modulation (DPCM); Delta and Continuously
– 1x Frequency Counter Variable Slope Delta (CVSD) Modulation; Amplitude Shift Keying (ASK);
– 1x True RMS Voltmeter/Power Meter Frequency Shift Keying (FSK); and Binary Phase Shift Keying (BPSK).
– 1x Spectrum Analyzer
– 1x RF/Noise Generator
– 2x Enclosure/Supply Regulator
– 1x Clock Generator
– 1x Pseudo-Random Binary Sequence Generator
– 1x Bit Error Rate Indicator
– 1x Logic Analyzer
– 1x DC Voltmeter/DC Source
– 2x Low Pass Audio Filter
– 1x Synchronous Audio Generator
– 1x Signal Interruptor/Selector
– 1x Noise Measurement Filters
– 1x PAM/ASK Generator
– 1x PAM/ASK Receiver
– 1x PWM/PPM Generator
– 1x PWM/PPM Receiver
– 1x PCM Encoder
– 1x PCM Decoder
– 1x DPCM Encoder
– 1x DPCM Decoder
– 1x FSK Modem
– 1x BPSK Modulator
– 1x BPSK Demodulator
– 1x Delta/CVSD Encoder
– 1x Delta/CVSD Decoder
– 1x Storage Cabinet
Pulse Modulation and Sampling
Student Manual 580255 580257 580256
Digital Communications
Digital Modulation
Student Manual 580264 580268 580265
Modems and Data Transmission
Student Manual 580272 580274 580273
Optional equipment
– 1x Baseband Channel/Brickwall Filter
– 1x Time Division Multiplexer
– 1x Time Division Demultiplexer
– 1x T1/CEPT PCM Transceiver
– 1x Clock Recovery
– 1x Line Coder
– 1x Line Decoder
– 1x Dust Cover (Modules)
– 1x Dust Cover (Module Rack)
– 1x LVSIM-DCOM ➔ Page 274
271
Digital Communications Training System with LVDAM-COM
LabVolt Series 8085-B en es fr

120V/60Hz 582018 582020 582019
The Digital Communications Training System with LVDAM-COM provides mod- 220V/50Hz 582021 582023 582022
ern and versatile equipment for measuring, observing, and analyzing signals in 240V/50Hz 582024
telecommunications systems.
The LVDAM-COM system consists of a set of computer-based instruments run- – 1x Power Supply/Dual Audio Amplifier
ning on a personal computer under the Microsoft® Windows operating environ- – 1x Dual Function Generator
ment. It can replace the Frequency Counter, True RMS Voltmeter/Power Meter, – 1x Data Acquisition and Management for Telecommunications (LVDAM-COM)
and Spectrum Analyzer. The LVDAM-COM system also includes a dual trace os- – 1x RF/Noise Generator
cilloscope with a 40 MHz bandwidth. – 2x Enclosure/Supply Regulator
– 1x Clock Generator
– 1x Pseudo-Random Binary Sequence Generator
– 1x PCM Encoder
– 1x PCM Decoder
– 1x DPCM Encoder
– 1x DPCM Decoder
– 1x FSK Modem
Student mMnual 580255 580257 580256
Digital Modulation
Student Manual 580264 580268 580265
Student Manual 580272 580274 580273
Required equipment:
– 1x Personal computer (or equivalent)
Optional equipment
– 1x Baseband Channel/Brickwall Filter
– 1x Time Division Multiplexer
– 1x Time Division Demultiplexer
– 1x T1/CEPT PCM Transceiver
– 1x Clock Recovery
– 1x Line Coder
– 1x Line Decoder
– 1x Dust Cover (Modules)
– 1x Dust Cover (Module Rack)
– 1x LVSIM-DCOM ➔ Page 274
Digital Communication Add-On
en es fr LabVolt Series 8085-3

120V/60Hz 582008 582010 582009
The Digital Communications Add-on is an add-on to the Analog Communica-
The most important components at a glance: tions Training System (8080) that enables users to perform the exercises in
– 1x Cables and Accessories - Digital Communications Add-On the Digital Communications courseware (➔ Page 271). Since both the Digi-
– 2x Enclosure/Supply Regulator tal Communications and Analog Communications Training Systems share the
– 1x Clock Generator same basic equipment, this add-on is ideal to avoid any unnecessary duplica-
– 1x Pseudo-Random Binary Sequence Generator tion of equipment
– 1x PCM Encoder
– 1x PCM Decoder
– 1x DPCM Encoder
– 1x DPCM Decoder
– 1x FSK Modem
Student Manual 580255 580257 580256
Digital Modulation
Student Manual 580264 580268 580265
Student Manual 580272 580274 580273
Required equipment
– 1x Analog communications training system
or
– 1x Analog communications training system with LVDAM-COM
273
Communications and radar technology > Communications technologies training systems > Software
Software
Virtual test equipment with The LVDAM-COM system consists of LVSIM-ACOM or LVSIM-DCOM LVCT Software
LVDAM-COM the Virtual Test Equipment Interface LVSIM-ACOM or LVSIM-DCOM is a The Communications Technologies
The Data Acquisition and Manage- module and the Data Acquisition and Windows®-based simulation soft- (LVCT) software provides a user in-
ment (LVDAM) system is a full instru- Management for Telecommunica- ware that covers the same course- terface for the system. Each differ-
mentation package that runs on a tions software (LVDAM-COM). It can ware as the Analog or Digital Com- ent communications technology is
personal computer under the Mic- replace the conventional instruments munications Training Systems. presented as a separate application.
rosoft® Windows operating environ- (Frequency Counter, True-RMS Volt- On start-up, the user selects the de-
ment. Virtual instruments provide meter/Power Meter, and Spectrum All laboratory equipment is replaced sired application in the Application
instructors with the opportunity to Analyzer) in the Analog Communi- with 3D images, which students can Selection dialog box. Then the LVCT
clearly demonstrate concepts that, cations Training System and Digital manipulate on the computer screen. software loads the signal processing
until now, could only be presented Communications Training System. Using the mouse, students can in- routines used to implement that ap-
using traditional textbook methods stall virtual communications equip- plication in the RTM.
and static drawings. LVDAM-COM is 120V/60Hz en es fr ment in the laboratory, connect the
a dedicated software that consists of Order no. 581564 581566 581565 equipment, perform a lab exercise, The software includes the following
virtual instruments providing all the 220V/50Hz and obtain the same results as with virtual instruments: an oscilloscope,
standard measurements associated Order no. 581567 581569 581568 the actual training equipment. a spectrum analyzer, a true RMS Volt-
with voltage, frequency, and RF pow- 240V/50Hz meter, a Logic Analyzer, a constel-
er. The LVDAM-COM software also Order no. 581570 Highlights lation viewer and a Data Table. The
enhances the overall presentation – Students practice and test their user interface includes tables of set-
of course material with built-in ca- skills before they apply what they tings that allow changing various
pabilities for waveform observation, have learned to actual equipment software parameters to control the
spectral analysis, data storage, and – Same functionality and appearance system or to configure the virtual in-
graphics. as the actual equipment struments and the generators (func-
– Sophisticated mathematical mod- tion generators and clock genera-
The LVDAM-COM software includes a els accurately simulate the charac- tors) provided in the applications. In
Dual- Channel Oscilloscope, a Spec- teristics of the actual modules. addition, faults can be inserted into
trum Analyzer, a Frequency Count- – Saves and restores equipment set- the circuits by the instructor for trou-
er, and a True RMS Voltmeter/Power ups, data, and waveforms bleshooting exercises. A user guide
Meter. Data can be logged in a Data is included.
Table (ASCII format) for data anal- LVSIM-ACOM en es fr
ysis, and students can plot graphs 1 User 581695 581697 581696 Various application sets are available
using the data recorded in the Da- LVSIM-DCOM for the LVCT Software: PAM, PWM,
ta Table. 1 User 581746 581748 581747 PPM, PCM, DPCM, Delta Modulation,
Several license options are available. ASK, FSK, BPSK, QPSK, QAM, ADSL,
Signals can be observed in the time DSSS, FHSS, CDMA.
domain using the virtual memory os- The software can be downloaded
cilloscope, and in the frequency do- free of charge from our website
main using the virtual spectrum an- ➔ www.labvolt.com
alyzer. The software can operate in Connection to the equipment is
either acquisition, simulation, or vir- required to perform measurement.
tual mode. In the simulation mode,
signals are generated from user-de-
fined parameters. Configuration, da-
ta, and simulation files can be saved
and restored.
Communications and radar technology > Communications technologies training systems > Modules, accessories, and optional components
1 Power Supply/ 4 Frequency Counter 1 4

Dual Audio Amplifier Direct-counting frequency counter
The Power Supply/Dual Audio Ampli- with an 8-digit display. The frequency
fier module forms the physical base counter has three functions: it deter-
for the analog and digital communi- mines the frequency of the input sig-
cations training systems, and can be nal and displays the frequency in Hz,
used in other training systems. kHz, or MHz, it determines the peri-
120V/60Hz en es fr od of the input signal and displays 2
Order no. 581542 581544 581543 the period in s or ms, and it works as
220V/50Hz an event counter when the counter 5
Order no. 581545 581547 581546 function is selected. The frequency/
240V/50Hz period resolution is switch selectable
Order no. 581548 from 0.1 to 100 Hz (0.1 to 100 ns).
en es fr
2 True RMS Voltmeter/Power Meter Order no. 581552 581554 581553
Dual function instrument used to
measure RMS voltage or signal pow- 5 Spectrum Analyzer 3
er in communications systems. Volt- Used for signal observation of the
age and power can be measured communications system in the fre-
through four ranges on a 3½ dig- quency domain. It is a frequency-se- 6
it panel display. The function is lective instrument that allows the
switch-selectable on the front panel. power level of each frequency
The input signal frequency range is component of a signal to be dis-
20 Hz to 12 MHz. played on a regular oscilloscope: a
en es fr dual trace oscilloscope or a single
Order no. 581555 581557 581556 trace oscilloscope with an external
sweep input having a sensitivity of 1
3 Dual Function Generator V/div. is required.
The Dual Function Generator consists en es fr
of two independent function genera- Order no. 581558 581560 581559
tors (A and B), each capable of gen-
erating a sine-wave signal, a square- 6 RF/Noise Generator
wave signal, a triangular-wave The RF/Noise Generator contains
signal, a sawtooth-wave signal, and two independent generators capa-
a pulse signal with variable pulse- ble of generating a tone signal in the
width. The signal frequency can be frequency range from 100 kHz to 32
varied from 10 Hz to 100 kHz through MHz and a “white” noise signal in
four ranges. selected frequency bands from 0 to
en es fr 11.2 MHz. This generator has FM and
Order no. 581549 581551 581550 AM capabilities.
en es fr
Order no. 581561 581563 581562
275
1 4 1 AM/DSB/SSB Generator 4 Direct FM Multiplex Generator

The AM/DSB/SSB Generator pro- The Direct FM Multiplex Generator
vides training in AM, DSB and SSB offers practical experience in the
transmission. There are two signal techniques of direct FM modulation.
outputs from the module: an AM or Multiplexed audio input signals form
DSB signal is produced at one, and FM stereo modulation of a carrier in
an SSB signal is produced at the the commercial FM frequency band
other. The baseband input signal is of 88 to 108 MHz. Switchable 75-μs
common to both outputs. The AM/ pre-emphasis can be added to the
DSB generator operates in the com- left and right stereo signal inputs to
2 5 mercial AM broadcast band of 535 to increase the signal-to-noise ratio at
1605 kHz, while the SSB generator the receiver. A third audio output al-
produces radio signals in the 80-me- lows modulation of a VCO around a
ter (3.7 to 4.0 MHz) band reserved center frequency of 67 kHz.
for amateur radio operators. en es fr
en es fr Order no. 581583 581585 581584
Order no. 581574 581576 581575
5 Indirect FM/PM Generator
2 AM/DSB Receiver The Indirect FM/PM Generator is de-
The AM/DSB Receiver teaches the signed to teach the techniques used
3 6 steps involved in AM and DSB modu- in indirect generation of FM and
lated RF signal reception. The phase-modulated (PM) signals. With
receiver can have as input the AM/ the indirect method, either a PM or
DSB/SSB Generator signals or ra- an FM signal can be produced using
dio signals received via an antenna. a phase modulator. Frequency mod-
The RF input signal with a frequency ulation occurs when the audio sig-
between 535 to 1605 kHz is applied nal is passed through an integrator
through a BNC connector and may before being sent to the phase mod-
be connected to the AM/DSB/SSB ulator.
Generator. en es fr
en es fr Order no. 581586 581588 581587
Order no. 581577 581579 581578
6 FM/PM Receiver
3 SSB Receiver The FM/PM Receiver offers train-
The SSB Receiver offers instruction ing in multiplex and wideband FM
in SSB reception techniques and may (covering commercial broadcast
be used with the AM / DSB / SSB techniques), narrowband FM (wide-
Generator to establish a transmit- ly used in commercial and military
ter-receiver system. The SSB signal communications systems), and PM
may be injected via one of two in- reception. PM reception is used in
puts: a low-impedance input for sig- such applications as satellite com-
nals from the AM / DSB / SSB Gen- munications, data communications,
erator, or a high impedance input for over narrowband communications
signals from an external antenna. systems, telephone lines, microwave
The receiver operates in the frequen- communications lines and links.
cy band from 3.7 to 4.0 MHz using en es fr
two frequency conversion stages. Order no. 581589 581591 581590
en es fr
Order no. 581580 581582 581581
1 Enclosure / Supply Regulator 5 Clock Generator 1 6

The Enclosure / Supply Regulator The Clock Generator provides a se-
provides enough regulated power to ries of synchronized clock signals
supply four digital communications required for the clocking functions of
modules. It converts unregulated dc the digital communications system.
voltages from the Power Supply / The module consists of a master
Dual Audio Amplifier into four regu- clock driving a 10n frequency divid-
lated dc voltages accessed via back- er, which in turn drives eight divide-
plane connectors. by-two cascade-connected frequen-
Order no. 581592 cy dividers.
en es fr
2 Pseudo-Random Binary Sequence Order no. 581593 581595 581594 2 7
Generator
The Pseudo-Random Binary Se- 6 Logic Analyzer
quence (PRBS) Generator designed The Logic Analyzer is designed to ob-
to be used with the Bit Error Rate In- serve successive bytes (8-bit words)
dicator to measure the reliability (er- on any 8-bit bus. The Logic Analyz-
ror rate) of different digital transmis- er operation is divided into two dis-
sion systems. tinct parts: data acquisition and da-
en es fr ta display.
Order no. 581596 581598 581597 en es fr
Order no. 581602 581604 581603
3 Bit Error Rate Indicator 3 8
The Bit Error Rate Indicator is de- 7 DC Voltmeter / DC Source
signed to be used with the Pseu- The DC Voltmeter/DC Source com-
do-Random Binary Sequence Gen- bines a high-impedance digital
erator to measure the transmission dc voltmeter and a low-current dc
error rate on a bit stream within a source. The DC Source is designed to
communication system, to assess supply a user-adjustable reference
the reliability of the communication voltage. The digital display of the dc
path. voltmeter provides accurate voltage
en es fr readings.
Order no. 581599 581601 581600 en es fr
Order no. 581605 581607 581606 4 9
4 Clock Recovery
The Clock Recovery provides training 8 Low Pass Audio Filter
in the technique of recovering clock The Low Pass Audio Filter provides
(or bit timing) signals from baseband a second- or fourth order filter with
data signals. The Clock Recovery variable cutoff frequency. It is used
module provides a recovered clock before sampling and after decoding
signal for the Model 9462 T1/CEPT in digital communications systems to
PCM Transceiver. provide band limited signals.
en es fr en es fr
Order no. 581683 581685 581684 Order no. 581608 581610 581609
5
9 PAM/ASK Generator
The PAM/ASK Generator converts an-
alog input signals to Pulse Amplitude
Modulated (PAM) output signals or
digital data to Amplitude Shift Keyed
(ASK) output signals.
en es fr
Order no. 581635 581637 581636
277
1 7 1 PAM/ASK Receiver 7 PCM Decoder

The PAM/ASK Receiver demodulates The PCM Decoder is used to demod-
PAM or ASK signals from the PAM/ ulate a serial PCM signal generat-
ASK Generator to recover the original ed by the PCM Encoder, or a parallel
analog signals or data. PCM signal generated by either the
en es fr PCM Encoder or the DPCM Decod-
Order no. 581638 581640 581639 er, and to recover the original ana-
log signal.
2 PWM/PPM Generator en es fr
8 The PWM/PPM Generator converts Order no. 581650 581652 581651
2 analog input signals to Pulse Width
Modulated (PWM) or Pulse Position 8 DPCM Encoder
Modulated (PPM) output signals. The DPCM Encoder accepts parallel
en es fr PCM signals from the PCM Encod-
Order no. 581641 581643 581642 er and produces a parallel Differen-
tial Pulse Code Modulated (DPCM)
3 PWM/PPM Receiver signal.
The PWM/PPM Receiver demodu- en es fr
lates PWM or PPM signals from the Order no. 581653 581655 581654
9 PWM/PPM Generator to reconstruct
3 the original analog signal. 9 DPCM Decoder
en es fr The DPCM Decoder converts the less
Order no. 581644 581646 581645 than 8-bit parallel DPCM signals from
the DPCM Decoder to an 8-bit PCM
4 Synchronous Audio Generator signal. This PCM signal is then fed
Provides a triangle-wave audio signal to the parallel input of the PCM De-
that is synchronized to the system coder to recover the original analog
clock and enables PAM, PWM, PPM, signal.
and PCM signals throughout the sys- en es fr
tem to be observed easily. Order no. 581656 581658 581657
4 10 en es fr
Order no. 581611 581613 581612 10 FSK Modem
The FSK Modem converts TTL of RS-
5 Signal Interruptor/Selector 232C data to Frequency Shift
Allows selective interruption of one Keyed (FSK) audio signals which are
or more lines on an 8-bit data bus to compatible with a telephone line.
demonstrate the effect of losing bits The FSK Modem also converts FSK
in data transmission. audio signals to TTL or RS-232C data.
en es fr Full-duplex and half-duplex opera-
11 Order no. 581614 581616 581615 tion is possible.
5 en es fr
6 PCM Encoder Order no. 581659 581661 581660
The PCM Encoder converts an analog
input signal to a digitally coded out- 11 BPSK Modulator
put signal (pulse to PAM, PWM, and The BPSK Modulator converts TTL
PPM), since the PCM output is in bi- data to Binary Phase Shift Keyed
nary code. (BPSK) signals. BPSK is used exten-
en es fr sively in high-speed data transmis-
Order no. 581647 581649 581648 sion.
en es fr
6 Order no. 581662 581664 581663
1 BPSK Demodulator 7 Line Decoder 1 6

The BPSK Demodulator demodu- The Line Decoder provides training in
lates the BPSK signals from the BPSK the techniques of line decoding. This
Modulator and recovers the original module is normally used with the
data signal. The module employs de- Line Coder.
modulation techniques with the Cos- en es fr
tas Loop. Order no. 581689 581691 581690
en es fr
Order no. 581665 581667 581666 8 Time Division Multiplexer
The Time-Division Multiplexer pro- 7
2 Delta/CVSD Encoder vides training in the principles of 2
The Delta/CVSD Encoder converts time-division multiplexing (TDM).
audio input signals to Delta Modu- en es fr
lated or Continuously Variable Slope Order no. 581674 581676 581675
Delta (CVSD) modulated output sig-
nals. 9 Time Division Demultiplexer
en es fr The Time-Division Demultiplexer pro-
Order no. 581668 581670 581669 vides training in the technique of re-
covering time division multiplexed 8
3 Delta/CVSD Decoder signals. This technique separates a
The Delta/CVSD Decoder demodu- TDM signal into a certain number of 3
lates the Delta or CVSD modulated signals available at different output
signal from the Delta/CVSD Gener- channels.
ator and recovers the original ana- en es fr
log signal. Order no. 581677 581679 581678
en es fr
Order no. 581671 581673 581672 10 T1/CEPT PCM Transceiver
Provides training in PCM-TDM tech-
4 FM/PM Receiver niques. The most common forms
The FM/PM Receiver offers train- of time-division multiplexing used 9
ing in multiplex and wideband FM by telephone systems are T1 (also 4
(covering commercial broadcast known as DS1) in North America and
techniques), narrowband FM (wide- Japan, and CEPT (also known as PCM
ly used in commercial and military 30) in Europe.
communications systems), and PM en es fr
reception. Order no. 581680 581682 581681
en es fr
Order no. 581589 581591 581590 Cables and Accessories
Set containing: three different
5 Baseband Channel/ lengths of coaxial cables terminat- 10
Brickwall Filter ed with BNC connectors, whip, pig- 5
The Baseband Channel/Brick- tail, and folded dipole antennas, BNC
wall Filter is designed for use with T-connectors, resistive loads with
the Time-Division Multiplexer, the BNC connectors, headset. Provided
Time-Division Demultiplexer and the in a convenient plastic storage case.
T1/CEPT PCM Transceiver. For digital communications
en es fr Order no. 581540
Order no. 581632 581634 581633 For digital communications add-on
Order no. 581541
6 Line Coder
The Line Coder provides training in
the principles of line coding. Line
codes maintain timing information in
baseband signals.
en es fr
Order no. 581686 581688 581687
279
1 4 1 Power Supply 4 Analog/Digital Output Interface

The Power Supply is the power The Analog/Digital Output Inter-
source for the Reconfigurable Train- face is a compact module designed
ing Module (RTM) used in various to be installed into one of the slots
communications training systems. Its of the Reconfigurable Training Mod-
back panel has two multi-pin connec- ule (RTM). This module provides out-
tor outputs that provide regulated put connectors for analog and dig-
dc voltages. Each multi-pin connec- ital signals generated by the RTM.
tor output can supply power to one It has four output BNC connectors
RTM. Auto-reset fuses protect the for analog signals and four for digi-
outputs of the Power Supply against tal signals.
5 short-circuits. Order no. 581693
2 Order no. 593595
5 Vocoder Interface
2 Reconfigurable Training Module Compact module designed to be in-
The Reconfigurable Training Mod- stalled into one of the slots of the
ule (RTM) consists mainly of a pow- Reconfigurable Training Module
erful digital signal processor (DSP), (RTM). It allows the study of digitized
with three slots on the module front voice transmission in a CDMA envi-
panel for installing interface mod- ronment using reduced data rates,
ules. An Ethernet port (RJ-45) con- with or without forward error cor-
nector, located on the back panel, rection (FEC). This module uses two
allows connection of the RTM to the voice encoders to simultaneously
3 host computer. The functionality of encode two audio channels and uses
the training system is determined by one voice decoder to decode the se-
downloading a program into the DSP lected channel.
memory using the host computer Order no. 581694
that runs the software.
Order no. 587443 Cables and Accessories
The Cables and Accessories set con-
3 Data Acquisition Interface tains BNC cables for making external
The Data Acquisition Interface is a connections to the interface mod-
compact module designed to be in- ules in the Reconfigurable Training
stalled into one of the slots of the Module (RTM), a USB cable, an RJ-45
Reconfigurable Training Module crossover connector cable, and an
(RTM). This module provides input Ethernet adapter (network card) to
connectors for analog and digital sig- be installed in the host computer.
nals so they can be processed by the Order no. 581797
RTM. It has two input BNC connec-
tors for analog signals and four for Dust Cover
digital signals. Flexible fabric cover specially de-
Order no. 581692 signed to protect the modules or the
rack of the Digital Communications
Training Systems (8085), against the
accumulation of dust during extend-
ed storage periods.
For the modules
Order no. 587452
For the drawers
Order no. 587453
1 Power Supply/ 4 Dual Trace Oscilloscope 1 3

Dual Audio Amplifier Economical and highly reliable sol-
The Power Supply/Dual Audio Ampli- id-state instrument, ideal for general
fier module forms the physical base purpose use in laboratory and train-
for the analog and digital commu- ing applications. Students can mea-
nications training systems, and can sure phase difference between wave-
be used in other training systems. forms using the X Y operation mode,
A two-channel audio amplifier with and video signals can be measured 2
headphone jacks and speakers ac- quickly with the special TV sync sep-
commodates FM stereo and narrow- aration circuit. The Dual Trace Oscil-
band FM and AM receiver outputs. loscope includes CH 1, CH 2, CHOP, 4
120 V/60 Hz en es fr and ALT display modes.
Order no. 581542 581544 581543 en es fr
220 V/50 Hz Order no. 580849
Order no. 581545 581547 581546 220 V/50 Hz
240 V/50 Hz Order no. 580850
Order no. 581548
2 Dual Function Generator

The Dual Function Generator consists
of two independent function genera-
tors (A and B), each capable of gen-
erating a sine-wave signal, a square-
wave signal, a triangular-wave
signal, a sawtooth-wave signal, and
a pulse signal with variable pulse
width. The signal frequency can be
varied from 10 Hz to 100 kHz through
four ranges.
Order no. 581549 581551 581550
3 FM/PM Receiver
The FM/PM Receiver offers training
in multiplex and wideband FM (cov-
ering commercial broadcast tech-
niques), narrowband FM, and PM
reception. PM reception is used in
such applications as satellite com-
munications, data communications,
over narrowband communications
systems, telephone lines, microwave
communications lines and links.
Order no. 581589 581591 581590
281
Services
282
Services ........................................................................................................284
283
Services > Overview
Services
Make more of your potential
Service solutions tailored to your Worldwide availability? Installation, commissioning and Free software, demos and reading
equipment and needs. A qualified No problem. training will be carried out by qual- samples – For example, EasyVeep is
team provides services that will en- We are able to deliver our training ified technicians in order to guaran- a new graphic 2D process simulation
able you to maximize the capacity of services around the world in local tee safe, efficient setup and make software containing a number of
your learning systems. languages to the high standard that sure your team can use your new attractive examples for PLC training
both you and we require. products straight away. that is available for download free of
Knowing that your equipment is charge. You can sample many of our
effectively maintained will allow you software products and all our books
to focus on what is most important: free of charge on the Internet using
teaching. test and demo versions.
284 More information: www.festo-tac.com

Services > Overview
Service solutions –
To suit your needs
– Delivery free of charge
– Commissioning
– Training
– Demos and reading samples
– Seminars
– Service contracts
– Extended warranty
Certification Festo is a global engineering Customized service contracts give Personal advice
Instructor certification trainings help and manufacturing company that you peace of mind as our team takes We will be glad to provide a consul-
you to get the best possible use out maintains its own global training and care of your equipment. Available tation regarding concept and plan-
of your new learning system. Our consulting teams for customers all services include on-site hardware ning on site.
qualified instructors introduce the around the world. maintenance and calibration, warran-
equipment and provide the training ty extension and repairs, continuous For more information, please contact
material, as well as explaining how Operating in the same economic instructor training, and much more. your Festo contact person or write
to perform the exercises and inte- sector and environment as our to: [email protected]
grating them quickly into your exist- customers, we have a level of
ing training programs. These training understanding and insight into your
sessions can be conducted on your challenges that allows us to meet
premises, at a Festo core location, or your needs by providing targeted
via video conference. training and consulting solutions.
More information: www.festo-tac.com 285

Adobe® and the Adobe logo are registered trademarks of Mac OS® and Mac OS X® are registered trademarks of
Adobe Systems Incorporated in some countries. Apple Inc., USA, in some countries.
AirCS® is a registered trademark of MecLab® is a registered trademark of

ADIRO Automatisierungstechnik GmbH in some countries. Festo AG & Co. KG in some countries.
Amprobe® is a registered trademark of the Micromaster® is a registered trademark of

Fluke Corporation in some countries. Siemens AG in some countries.
CANopen® is a registered trademark of MPS® is a registered trademark of

CAN in Automation e.V in some countries. Festo AG & Co. KG in some countries.
CC-LINK® is a registered trademark of the novus® are registered trademarks of

Mitsubishi Electric Corporation in some countries. Erwin Müller GmbH in some countries.
CIROS® is a registered trademark of the PROFIBUS® and PROFINET® are registered trademarks of
Dortmunder Initiative zur rechnerintegrierten Fertigung (RIF) e.V. Profibus Nutzerorganisation eV in some countries.
(Dortmund Initiative for Computer-Integrated Manufacturing)
in some countries. Quick Star® is a registered trademark of
Festo AG & Co. KG in some countries.
CODESYS® is a registered trademark of
3S-Smart Software Solutions GmbH in some countries. Robotino® is a registered trademark of
DeviceNet® is a registered trademark of the
Open DeviceNet Vendor Association in some countries. SIMATIC® is a registered trademark of
Siemens AG in some countries.
EasyPort® is a registered trademark of
Festo AG & Co. KG in some countries. Systainer® is a registered trademark of
TTS Tooltechnic Systems AG & Co. KG in some countries
EDS® is a registered trademark of
Festo AG & Co. KG in some countries. Windows®, Windows® NT, Windows® 95/98,
Windows® 2000 and Windows® XP are registered trademarks of
EduTrainer® is a registered trademark of Microsoft Corp., USA, in some countries.
All other trademarks not listed here are the property of their respective
EPLAN® is a registered trademark of owners in some countries.
EPLAN Software & Service GmbH & Co. KG in some countries.
EtherCAT® is a registered trademark and patented technology, licensed by

Beckhoff Automation GmbH, Germany, in some countries.
FluidLab® is a registered trademark of

FluidSIM® is a registered trademark of

Art Systems Software GmbH and Festo AG & Co. KG in some countries.
iCIM® is a registered trademark of

INTOUCH® is a registered trademark of

Invensys Systems, Inc., Foxboro Mass., US in some countries.
Linux® is a registered trademark of

Linus Torvalds in some countries.
LOGO!® is a registered trademark of

Siemens AG in some countries.
Notes
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Notes
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Some training solutions included in this
product guide do not yet fully comply with
EU directives regarding safety, health, and
environmental protection
(CE marking).
If you are located in a country where this

marking is required, please contact your
Festo sales representative before placing
an order.
Publisher
Festo Didactic SE
P.O. Box 10 07 10
73707 Esslingen
Rechbergstraße 3
73770 Denkendorf
Germany
Edition: January 2019
Terms and conditions of sale
As a result of continuous develop-

ment and research work techni-
cal specifications and illustrations
are subject to change. They are not
binding. The specified data serves
purely as a product description and
is no guarantee in a legal sense.
All of the texts, diagrams, illustra-

tions and drawings featured in this
publication are the property of
Festo Didactic SE and are thus
protected under copyright.
Any reproduction, revision, trans-

lation, microfilming in any form, or
storage and processing in electronic *40
,3
"$FS U J ÙDBU J 2VBMJUZ.BOBHFNFOU
systems can only be undertaken
P
%&
O
8FBSFDFSUJÙFE
with the written permission of Festo 7PMVOUBSZQBSUJDJQBUJPOJOSFHVMBS
DF S U J ÙFE NPOJUPSJOHBDDPSEJOHUP*40
Didactic SE.
Festo Didactic SE
Rechbergstraße 3
73770 Denkendorf
Germany
Tel. +49 (711) 3467-0
Fax +49 (711) 347-54-88500
[email protected]
Festo Didactic Inc.
607 Industrial Way West

07724 Eatontown, New Jersey
United States
Tel. +1 (732) 938-2000
Fax +1 (732) 774-8573
[email protected]
Festo Didactic Ltée/Ltd

56849 en © 2019-01 Festo Didactic SE
675, Rue du Carbone

Québec, Québec, G2N 2K7
Canada
Tel. +1 (418) 849-1000
Fax +1 (418) 849-1666
[email protected]
www.festo-didactic.com
www.labvolt.com

2019 01 en PG Eee International Small PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

2019 01 en PG Eee International Small PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

2019 01 en PG Eee International Small PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

What topics are covered in the learning solutions?

What topics are covered in the learning solutions?

What is the focus of the electric power technology learning solutions?

What is the focus of the electric power technology learning solutions?

Electronics and Electrical Engineering

Learning solutions for basic and advanced training

Electricity and Electronics ..............................................................................52

Electric Power Technology............................................................................118

Industrial Motor Controls .............................................................................182

Power Transmission and Distribution...........................................................214

Communications and Radar Technology ......................................................224

Discover a wide range of practical learning solutions

… that answers extensive training requirements,

Electronics, electrical engineering,

Therefore, knowledge of these

Relevant and efficient learning

Learning solutions cover the

Holistic and Turnkey Training Solutions

Design, planning, and equipping The benefits for you

We offer a comprehensive scope

Effective learning environments

Essential technologies Electricity/Electronics and Industry 4.0 – Highlights

Flexible Room Concepts

Equipping of learning rooms The benefits for you

Efficient and versatile use of rooms

Multi-functional teaching rooms

Our room concept offers individual

Further information regarding flexible room concepts see:

Storage Workstation system Power supply

The mobile solution Space-saving Safe storage

10 Worldwide at your fingertips. Find your contact person at: www.festo-didactic.com

1 Mobile Frameline, complete 5 Frameline profile plate, 1 5

4 Frameline, keyboard shelf 8 Cable guide

12 Worldwide at your fingertips. Find your contact person at: www.festo-didactic.com

1 Basic stationary unit 3 Monitor bracket, long 1 3

Multimedia Training Programs/Courses/LMS..................................................16

Electricity and Electronics Workbooks .............................................................46

Multimedia Training Programs

Courses and programs relevant System requirements for WBTs

16 Worldwide at your fingertips. Find your contact person at: www.festo-didactic.com

Electrical Protective Measures Actuators – DC Motor

Our authoring tool:

Electrical Engineering 1 Electrical Engineering 2

Our authoring tool:

Sensor Technology 1 Sensor Technology 2

Order no. On request

Electric Drives 1 Electric Drives 2

Our authoring tool:

Electromechanical DC and AC Power Circuits

This site-license eLearning course eSeries

Contact us for more formats

FACET Brushless DC Motors –

Electrical Theory – Mobile Electrical –

Industrial Electrical – AC/DC Motors and Drives –

Contact us for more formats

Available training courses Order no.

eSeries courses (eSeries format)

Available training programs

Order no. configurable On request